The author wishes to express his indebtedness to
the publishers who have so kindly granted him permission
to reprint extended quotations from novels
used in the chapters of this book. These include
Robert M. McBride & Company, publishers of
“Jurgen,” “Figures of Earth,” “Domnei” and “The
Cream of the Jest” by James Branch Cabell; Houghton
Mifflin Company, publishers of “My Antonia” by
Willa Cather; Boni & Liveright, publishers of “An
American Tragedy,” “A Hoosier Holiday,” “The
Genius,” “Sister Carrie,” “The Financier” and “Hey
Rub-a-Dub-Dub” by Theodore Dreiser and “Dark
Laughter” by Sherwood Anderson; The Viking Press,
publishers of “Marching Men,” “The Triumph of the
Egg,” “A Story Teller’s Story,” “Windy McPherson’s
Son” and “Many Marriages” by Sherwood Anderson;
and D. Appleton & Company, publishers of “Miss
Lulu Bett” by Zona Gale.
FOREWORD
This book grew out of a series of lectures given by
the author at the Sorbonne during the year 1926.
These lectures were later published in a volume which
was awarded the Montyon prize by the French Academy.
The author’s first task is to apologize to the
American reader for his audacity in attempting to transcribe
it into English, and to seek his indulgence by
reminding him that this is “an essay from a French
pen,” to quote our former ambassador, M. Jusserand.
It is only fair that the writer should warn his readers
that the field of his investigation has been limited. His
purpose was not to write a complete history of the
American novel, although the principal masters of
modern fiction have been included in the book; nor
was it his intention that this should be purely a piece of
literary criticism.
No one can open an American novel without being
impressed by the earnestness and the unanimity which
the authors display in discussing moral and social questions.
Their books constitute a vast satire of present-day
American civilization, a defense of the rights of
man against the pressure of obsolete ideals and traditions.
From this standpoint, they constitute a homologous
group while each retains his full measure of
originality.
Realism is not a new factor in American fiction.
From Edward Eggleston to Theodore Dreiser, the
American novel has tended more and more to become a
precise account of American society. However, realism
has never been as prevalent and as outspoken as it is
to-day. As the United States increased in number and
in population, the conflict between the ideals of the
individual and those of the mass became more and more
acute. Meanwhile the progress of experimental psychology
afforded the American novelist a new means of
explaining and revealing the motives of the individual.
In my book I have made reference to psychoanalysis
in particular. Current literary criticism cannot afford
to ignore Doctor Freud. Some masters of American literature,
such as Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne,
Henry James, Margaret Fuller and Amy Lowell have
lately been subjected to a successful psychoanalysis.
The new psychology permits a more exact diagnosis of
several important phases of our consciousness which
have their origin in the deepest recesses of our soul, and
which, though not literary in themselves, are often manifest
in literature. Freudian psychology is the natural
ally of the sociologist. It shifts the largest part of the
responsibility for many of the moral diseases and idiosyncrasies
of the individual upon social institutions.
By presenting Puritanism as a form of moral inhibition
it throws a new light upon it.
Moral and psychological duplicity have been the
subjects of several European investigations before the
ascendancy of Doctor Freud. One of the most suggestive
was presented in a book called “Le Bovarysme”
by the French philosopher, Jules de Gaultier. He chose
Flaubert’s Madame Bovary as being the most typical
case of romantic inhibition. He showed that after
all romanticism was nothing but a psychological disease
and the attempt of an individual under social pressure
to appear in a double light in his own eyes. A more
pathetic example can scarcely be conceived than that of
Flaubert’s heroine, Emma Bovary, and her attempt to
lead an imaginary life as a compensation for her monotonous
environment. It is obvious from a perusal of
American novels of to-day that Emma Bovary has
many brothers and sisters in this country. A normal
society cannot exist without normal people and the
latter cannot be imagined without a certain amount of
personal freedom and felicity. Standardization, the
tyranny of public opinion and morals, the leveling of
the exceptional to the mass ideal, petty persecutions,
blue laws, Comstockery and so forth, had a part to play
in Emma Bovary’s slow but sure moral and spiritual
starvation, and in her ultimate suicide. Social welfare
rests on a harmonious balance of give and take between
the upper and lower classes. An excess of freedom
produces anarchy; an excess of tyranny, inhibitions,
despair and crime. No life is worth living wherein
action is not a sister to dreams to some extent, to use
Baudelaire’s saying. The plight of Flaubert’s heroine
and that of Carol Kennicott in “Main Street” are
different aspects of the same social and moral disease—undue
moral repression.
The author of this book is not a pessimist and he is
well aware that there are many American virtues;
frankness, cordiality, buoyancy, a love of life and a
love of action, a craving for change, the exaltation of
youth, pure and triumphant, and the dynamism of
national life,—these are qualities which the Old World
might envy the New. But an outside observer might
also have the right to point to the reverse side of these
qualities. What has become of ethical and intellectual
standards in the United States, a country so unmistakably
prosperous and happy from a material point
of view? What is the present condition of culture
which exists behind the display of luxury and comfort?
How has America fared in the conflict of quality versus
quantity which has swept the world?
One thing strikes the European in these United
States of to-day; it is the contrast between the general
prosperity and the individual discontent. The average
American, taken out of his natural surroundings, appears
like one who is sacrificed by being harnessed to some huge
task whose importance he cannot grasp with reference to
his personal satisfaction. He has helped to build a colossal
structure, but what has he succeeded in achieving
for his own gratification? Has he not sacrificed his best
personal interests to the general welfare? The average
American is an optimist superficially, but many
disappointments lie buried in his heart. There seems
to be some ungratified longing in his life; neither
Puritan asceticism nor material prosperity can satisfy
the new generation in America. The newcomers
declare themselves discontented; they have become
frankly pessimistic. A proud and wealthy nation, the
proudest and wealthiest of all, the most eager and the
most successful in conquering the means of material
welfare, America does not seem to know how to make
her children happy. They are in revolt, they are
questioning the ideals and institutions of their fathers.
In poetry, in drama, in the pulpit and in the press,
pessimism and criticism prevail. Only recently the
élite of the American intelligentsia declared that the
civilization of the United States had been a failure.
What of all that? The author is not dismayed by
these complaints. He holds that art in its largest sense
has always had pessimism as its base and exaltation
as its apogee. Durch Leiden Freude! the great Beethoven
proclaimed. Better to have the blues of a
Chatterton, an Edgar Allan Poe, a Francis Thompson,
than to have the banal optimism of a Babbitt after a
good meal. The present pessimism of the younger
generation in America is a good omen and an indication
of a better future. Young America is looking forward
to more thrilling spiritual adventures and it certainly
will not be deceived in its high expectations.
The last fifteen years have seen a complete revolution
in old American literary ideals. There has been a
new efflorescence of poetry known as the “new poetry”
movement. On the stage, after the attempts of William
Vaughn Moody to renew the American drama, by
fusing together realism and symbolism, Eugene O’Neill
appeared and showed originality in his lyric dramatizations.
In criticism, talents of the first order were
revealed. The din of battles, the eagerness of controversies
bear witness to the existence of an intensive,
intellectual life in the United States to-day. Romanticism
versus classicism, progress versus tradition, or, to
speak the language of the country, radicalism versus
conservatism, waged a strenuous battle for their respective
ideals. Messrs. Mencken, Van Doren, Rosenfeld,
Van Wyck Brooks, Frank Harris, on the left wing, Paul
Elmer More, the late Stuart P. Sherman, Irving
Babbitt, W. C. Brownell, on the right, have made a
sport of intellectual polemics and appreciation. American
criticism is not content with gliding on the surface
of authors or problems. It goes straight to moral problems
and shows a keen intuition of technics.
This spiritual effervescence is well worth our attention.
The literary nonconformist is a type not yet
extinct in America. A revival of the protestant spirit
and of critical examination has taken place in American
literature. More faith and conviction have been spent
in literary production than in the pulpit of the churches.
The late Randolph Bourne was a typical example of the
American literary radical, and Mr. Henry Mencken
continues the tradition among us.
Even from the literary point of view, the American
novel in the nineteenth century envied the rest of the
world nothing. It produced excellent models of all
kinds. The novel of adventure, the novel of manners
have been stamped by Cooper and Hawthorne with the
authentic seal of genius. More recently, Henry James
showed himself a master of the psychological novel
and an unparalleled artist. The vogue in America and
abroad of the American “movies” could not be explained
without the writings of Jack London. The short story,
since Edgar Poe, had been a product copyrighted in
America, while American humorists had won a worldwide
reputation.
When all is told, if we make an inventory of the literary
production in the world, as compared with that of
the United States, in prose and verse, since, let us say,
the advent of Baudelaire in France, we see that America,
a so-called utilitarian country, has set, in more
than one way, modern literary standards, with Poe,
Whitman, Henry James. Meanwhile, in the realm of
thought, American philosophy and psychology exerted
a capital influence abroad. (A recent novel by M.
Paul Bourget[1] still takes for granted all the doctrines
professed by William James in his “Handbook of
Psychology.”)
Let this be said in way of prelude, to make the readers
of this volume well aware of the fact that the author
does not accept without reserve all the criticisms
hurled against American literature by modern American
critics. The fertility and originality of American literature,
in a country without literary traditions or institutions,
are facts beyond all doubt. They fill one with
optimism regarding the intellectual future of this great
nation.
Yet, criticism is unleashed in the United States nowadays
and it spares nothing. If the French are critical
by birth, one would say, judging from the mass of evidence,
that the modern American was born fussy. In a
country where the standards of life change overnight,
critical revaluations in literature are fatal. The
American Hall of Fame could not escape the law of
perpetual transformation. Until recently, the United
States was the last country in the world which continued
to take for granted the optimism of the eighteenth-century
encyclopedists. Americans have not yet lost
their faith in automatic progress. Despite the “fundamentalists”
they have evolution in their blood. May I
suggest, on the threshold of this book, that a European
observer may be better located, ideally speaking, to
render American literature full justice than even native
critics? He has less illusions and also less prejudices.
He views the literary revolution in the recent years in
America as a result of the moral and social advance.
In the last twenty years a new class of writers has invaded
American literature. The spirit of the pioneers
never died in America. The young writers wanted to
conquer new fields in an entirely new way. Their
originality was a challenge to the old order. More than
any other country since the War, literary America has
struggled to find a new heaven and a new earth. Modern
writers are conscientiously and deliberately insurgents.
They turn a cold shoulder to traditions. In
fact, they belong, socially, to a new class. Few of them
are well-to-do bourgeois educated in expensive colleges
and depending for their writing upon leisure and
incomes. American literature is no longer the monopoly
of gentlemen and scholars. The great majority
of American writers to-day are self-made men, born
from the people, without any blue blood and entirely
democratic in their lives if not in their ideals. Most of
them wear the chevrons not of the universities but of
journalism. A great many, and the most noted among
them, were reporters before becoming authors. This
throws not a little light on their literary achievements.
Most of them adhere to no church. The American
literary “Who’s Who” includes indiscriminately all
creeds, Protestants, Catholics, Jews, and free thinkers.
American literature has shunned respectability. It
jumped from the right to the left and even to the extreme
left. From aristocratic or bourgeois it became
revolutionary and proletarian.
Even the geographical positions were altered.
American literature had, up to the most recent years,
been largely manufactured in the eastern States, a
country conservative by tradition. As opportunities
for adventure became rare in the East, Boston, Philadelphia
and even New York ceased to be literary Meccas.
The new literature developed in the Middle West.
This fact is not without its historical significance.
It marked a return of the American mind to the
natural line of American migration, from frontier to
frontier, across the continent. The writers took the
path of the missionaries, the pioneers and the captains
of industry, the path of the covered wagon.
This was a challenge to the ideals of their predecessors.
Classic American writers leaned more on the East
than on the West, more on Europe than on their own
country. Their literary taste and ideals, if not always
their programme, were European, or if you prefer, Victorian.
The new literature is strictly indigenous. It
is crude and in many ways primitive. It is no longer
manufactured in drawing-rooms or in studios, but in
immediate contact with life. The great American novel
of the nineteenth century was exotic and retrospective.
It was sentimental and romantic. Its ethical and social
background was traditional. Sentimentality and romance,
the search after the picturesque, have gone by
the boards. They have passed to the “movies” or to the
popular magazines, the latter almost as backward to-day
as they used to be fifty years ago and as harmless.
The novel of adventure has been extinct, as a
genre littéraire in America, since the death of Jack
London. Even the social novel has suffered a radical
change. It is no longer written from the outside, from
the point of view of society, as in the days of Frank
Norris or Upton Sinclair. It is now written from the
inside, from the point of view of the individual. It
is more psychological than social. In fact, while the
American novel became more realistic, it also began to
be beset by moral problems. It ceased to be an epic to
become a satire. From this point of view, however, despite
their cynicism, the new masters of American fiction
show themselves true to the old ideal. Their books
are fraught with idealism, with the spirit of reform
and amelioration. Even when they fight Puritanism,
the American literary insurgents show themselves more
puritanic than the Puritans. They are haunted by
the dream of a better world and of a better humanity.
The fact that the new literature in America is contemporary
with the wave of pessimism which has
marked the last twenty years is not a mere coincidence.
The two events stand very much together in a relation
of effect to cause. Pessimism in the United States
to-day has not yet affected the external aspects of American
life. It has not made the average American less
buoyant and confident. The sunny side of American
life is still there. And yet, it cannot be denied that
the age of jazz is more gloomy than the age of Roosevelt.
There is a great deal of dissatisfaction in America
to-day. The restless trend of life, the mad pursuit of
material ease, the desertion of the home, the speed
mania, the get-rich-quick impulse, are no longer the
privilege of the grown-up. The contagion of material
welfare and luxury has reached the young. It has lured
them and led them astray. Educators, clergymen,
sociologists, and, unfortunately too, criminologists, are
much worried by the spread of the new paganism, and the
growth of juvenile delinquency. American homes and
colleges are swamped to-day with precocious supermen
and superwomen eager to live their lives, as the saying
is, without knowing how, except by aping their elders,
by procuring expensive motor cars and jewels, or by
securing for themselves road-house privileges. Juvenile
criminality is on the increase. There is an epidemic of
suicide among the young and the standards of morality
are not much higher among the mature at large. No
wonder that the American élite should be clamoring for
a revaluation of standards.
How can they win their fight? They are a handful
in a mass of more than one hundred million people, led,
the vast majority of them, by mob psychology and the
tyranny of public opinion. This certainly is a pathetic
and vexing problem. For a European observer the
fight in the United States to-day is not so much that of
good and evil, right and wrong. The economic and material
standards of the average American are much higher
than those in the Old World. The fight in America to-day
is, at the bottom, that of the élite against the masses,
the fight of quality versus quantity. This problem lies
far beyond the power of statistics. It cannot be coped
with by economists or sociologists. It falls within the
pale of the moralist, the mystic and the philosopher.
A big nation, like a big army, cannot exist without a discipline
and a strict subordination of the masses to their
leaders. How can this be possible without setting
limits to the rights of individual development? This
problem is complicated in America by that of standards.
How are the demands of the masses going to be gratified
without a leveling down of the standards? Is not
material comfort the most obvious and most accessible
value for the greater number? And what has intellectual
growth to do with material welfare?
A type of civilization is not easily changed. Only a
Chinese general or a Nietzschean philosopher would
dare to solve the problem of the masses by applying
the remedy suggested, a long time ago, by the benign
R. W. Emerson:
Earth crowded, cries “Too many men.”
My counsel is kill nine in ten.
More than ten millions have been killed, within
the last ten years, in Christian warfare, and quality
does not seem to have won yet over quantity. The
polemics around the War have not solved but intensified
the feud between the American élite and the masses.
Immediately after the armistice of 1918, American
radicals undertook a revaluation of war responsibilities.
The American intelligentsia had never put
its heart into the struggle. Conscientious objectors
swarmed on all sides. The present economic, political
and intellectual chaos through the world is largely the
work of American nonconformists. They spared nothing
to reverse the guilts, to confuse the origin and
the issues of the war. The result of their efforts was
an immense disarray of the world’s conscience. The
actual misunderstandings about debts and reparations,
the aloofness of the United States and their retirement
within a narrow and obsolete Monroeism, the Americano-phobia
abroad can be credited mostly to the
exertions of American radicals. After they had lost
their temper with Europe they began their intellectual
civil war at home. Their target-practicing became
suicidal. The glories of the American Hall of Fame
were lampooned in broad daylight. American institutions
and ideals were challenged. There was an orgy
of self-exterminating criticism. While radical newspapers
and magazines wasted much ink to blacken the
lamb and to bleach the wolf, in international relations,
critics at home, like Mr. Mencken, turned their ire
against their own country. The “Magnalia Christi
Americana” of Cotton Mather became the “Americana”
of the American Mercury. In Mr. Mencken’s
amusing magazine American glories and reputations
were mowed down like daisies on a lawn. The
churches, the colleges, the Federal Government were
dealt with, at first hand and without much respect, and
then appeared the indictment of American civilization
as a whole by the thirty intellectuals. The confidence
of the world in the United States and of the United States
in themselves must still be very great, if one judges by
the quick and informal dismissal into oblivion of this
bulky indictment.
As a result of all this, there seem to be two United
States to-day warring with each other. On the one hand
we still have the “Land of God,” a nation just as proud
of itself to-day as it was in the best days of the Roosevelt
administration. And then there are the discontented
and self-criticizing United States, a land where
every article of the old creed is contradicted by self-disparaging
critics. Between the two, on a sort of
No Man’s Land, wander not a few erratic souls in
quest of an ideal. The late Henry Adams was their
model.
The upheaval against optimism and conformity is
pretty general to-day among the thinking classes in the
United States. Protests, inquiries and criticisms
appear on all sides. If we believe them, American citizens
have been cheated of their rights to happiness as
promised in the American Constitution. But the fight
among them is not so much with the American Constitution
and the Bill of Rights, as with the official scapegoat,
Puritanism.
As a collective and national state of mind, Puritanism
can be traced far back in American traditions and literature.
Before indicting it, we must not fail to see its
good points, and it had many. Far from being in itself
adverse to all æsthetics, as its American critics would
have us believe, Puritanism was in the past a literary
incentive of the first order. Its tragic conception of life
is much more artistic than the dull optimism of the
masses. No art is possible without pessimism. Art in
its essence is a challenge to life. Puritanism was the
only moral and religious system, outside Catholicism,
which invented a mythology and a symbolism in the
modern times. It inspired the immortal epic of Milton.
It gave their quaint flavor even to Jonathan Edwards’
sermons and the “Magnalia” of Cotton Mather. No
true road to salvation can ignore the pits of human
wickedness. The fantastic elements in Hawthorne and
Poe were largely borrowed from the demonology of the
Puritan divines. Puritanism believed in the devil.
It was a tremendous source of religious emotions. It
fed the sense of the supernatural which is to-day practically
extinct in the American churches. It favored
the growth of mysticism and of the poetic faculties. It
enhanced the love of solitude. It shunned comfort and
emphasized the military and rugged aspects of life. It
was friendly to nature and not adverse to the call of the
wild. It pondered over the ominous problems of life,
death, grace and responsibility. It inclined toward
simple life, intimacy with the humble and familiar
aspects of life. This Puritan type of mind has been
illustrated by some of the most intellectual leaders of
America, Emerson, Thoreau, Emily Dickinson, William
Vaughn Moody, Robert Frost, Robinson. Puritanism
was a synonym for restraint, poverty, abnegation, depth
of conscience and thought, qualities sorely needed in
our present state of civilization. We owe to it the
sense of the Infinite in the humblest objects and
amidst the most trivial circumstances of our life,
what Maeterlinck called, after Emerson, the sense of
“the familiar sublime.” And let us not forget those
forms of inhibited irony which gave birth to American
humor.
On the other hand, it is true, the toll levied by Puritanism
on human happiness has been ominous. For the
average mind it meant intellectual consumption and
asphyxiation. Puritan asceticism was an enemy of
everything beautiful. Puritan institutions, the Puritan
spirit of prohibition and constraint, have been justly
denounced by modern critics as the chief obstacle to a
rational and acceptable conception of life. Puritanism
showed an admirable knowledge of the truest sides of
existence and of its responsibilities, but it did not see
all its sides. It perceived only and denounced flesh and
the devil. It was suspicious of all the happy instincts
and denied some essential human cravings.
Hence the present revolt against it. The critics of
Puritanism in America to-day are legion. The anti-Puritan
spirit forms the substratum of contemporary
American literature. It is only fair to Theodore
Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson, Sinclair Lewis, James
Branch Cabell and others to try to show, in way of
preamble, that their plea against Puritan hypocrisy is
supported by most of the up-to-date critics who handle
a pen in the United States to-day. To review them all
would be a long task. I shall deal only in this chapter
with the most noted, like Messrs. Waldo Frank, Henry
Mencken, Theodore Dreiser and a few others.
Waldo Frank (in “Our America”) views Puritanism
as a sort of moral and mystic utilitarianism based on the
repression of natural instincts. As a religious and a
practical expansionist (the one is not to be separated
from the other), the Puritan sacrificed moral growth
to physical hegemony. To conquer the continent and
intensify his energies he surrounded himself on all sides
with restraints. Neurosis was the result, but the Puritan
charged it to the account of the Prince of Darkness
and the invisible powers. He wanted to reach salvation
by a short cut and did not hesitate to do violence to
human nature. When they attack Puritanism the new
insurgents do not aim at windmills. They see it as a
practical influence still at work in American society
to-day. It gives them the key to American behavior.
According to them, the average American is a victim of
puritanic repressions since childhood. The system of
American education is hostile to what modern psychologists
call “wish-fulfillment.” The American is active,
expansive, a progressionist and a doer in regard to
matter. He shows a virile conscience in his conduct
toward the physical universe. On the contrary, in
regard to spiritual life, he dodges the facts and shrinks
within himself. His physical courage is undeniable, but
he is mentally and morally a coward. Read an American
novel, attend a play or a “movie.” All begins well.
Human problems are not ignored but, at the end, Puritan
cowardice interferes to twist the facts and hide
them in an enforced “happy ending.” The American
is a wonderful mechanical engineer. When he cannot
subdue reality by machinery, he resorts to plots and
schemes of his own. He tries to gamble and speculate.
Hence American ideology. When he has confused the
issues the American gives it up and he passes his problems
to his church, his lodge, his newspaper, or, preferably,
to his wife, not to forget the mind reader and the
palmist. Optimism at all costs is a necessity for the
business man as well as for the pioneer. Expansion
lives on assumptions, on foregone conclusions and hopes
supported by haphazard calculation.
According to Waldo Frank, Puritanism was tantamount
to a religious decadence. It was essentially
irreligious. Not the meek in spirit but the shrewd and
the valiant were the elect of Puritanism. From the
very beginnings of colonization in America, Puritan
idealism and commercial imperialism went hand in
hand. The decadence began at the epoch of the Reformation.
While all Europe was advancing along
intellectual, artistic and literary paths, the Puritan
bartered his soul for earthly possessions. Spiritual
energies turned material. Physical exertions for power
paralyzed higher aspirations. The individual as such
no longer counted. Expansion was all and the building
of an empire. Even the notion of a personal God disappeared.
The genius loci replaced Providence. Magnalia
Christi became Magnalia Christi Americana.[2]
That one of the most fervent forms of mysticism
should have decayed into being only a craving for
material prosperity is the paradox and the curse of Puritanism.
America, we are told, is teeming to-day with
all the riches of this earth. From the top of a mountain
the Tempter would be proud to show it to Him who said
that His kingdom did not belong to this world. From
the heights of the ideal, however, America looks like a
desert. Let her confess her sins, her emptiness, her
impurities. Let America repent and convert herself!
Let her find a way to salvation by giving up the Puritan
ideals! Thus speaks the new Zarathustra with an
intensity of conviction and a zeal which betrays the
prophet and the idealist. Such an indictment takes us
very far away from the days of optimism, from Emerson,
Whitman, William James and Theodore Roosevelt.
American idealism was buried in the grave of the Transcendentalists.
As for American energy it floundered in
the quagmire described by Theodore Dreiser in “An
American Tragedy.”
After Waldo Frank let us hear Mr. Henry Mencken,
than whom no better expert for smashing the Puritan
can be found (in “Puritanism as a Literary Force”).
According to him, except in the course of brief escapades,
the average American translates all values and
even beauty in terms of right and wrong. He is at the
bottom a policeman and a judge, a fanatic of the law.[3]
Americans do not hesitate to sacrifice beauty and
passion to respectability. If an American writer dared
to follow the example of either Zola or Balzac in their
descriptions of American society, they would be sent
to the penitentiary for life. One of the most active
forces at work to keep up American civilization is a
belief in the universal presence of sin and the need of
inquisition to uphold the moral code. Readers familiar
with Mr. Mencken’s writings will remember with what
fertility of imagination and keenness of wit he illustrated
his views on the subject. The richer the Puritan became
the more tyrannical he showed himself. His wealth
made him intolerant and oppressive. Now that he was
assured of his salvation, he turned his energies to convert
the world outside by campaigns, crusades and so forth.
He tried to make the world safe for righteousness and
morality by compulsion, prohibitions and blue laws.
As a disciple of Zola and Balzac, and an extreme
realist in his descriptions of American society, Theodore
Dreiser has not yet been jailed for life, so far as we know.
However, he enjoyed enough scraps with the censor to
have personal reasons for venting his feelings concerning
the Puritan. The author of “Sister Carrie” is not
a professional humorist, and yet he can hardly control
himself when he contemplates the American scene
as ordained by Puritanism. I quote freely from his
essay on “Life, Art in America,” in “Hey Rub-a-Dub-Dub.”
Theodore Dreiser cannot refrain from chuckling,
he tells us, when he sees more than one hundred
millions of his countrymen loaded with a wealth which
passes the imagination of the most enthusiastic miser
and unable to count among themselves a sculptor, a
poet, a singer, a novelist, an actor, a musician of the
first rank. For two centuries America enjoyed an
amazing prosperity. Her land is stuffed with mines,
with oil and coal. It is full of beautiful mountains, of
large valleys and rivers. There are facilities of all sorts
for trade and for travel. And yet, with all her prosperity,
America hardly counts an artist or a thinker of
mark. Where are we to find, leaving aside Emerson
and William James,[4] the American Spencer, Nietzsche,
Schopenhauer, or Kant? Has America any historian to
compare with Macaulay, Grote or Gibbon? Has she any
novelist like Maupassant or Flaubert? Where is the
American equivalent of Crooks, Roentgen, Pasteur? Is
there an American critic with the depth and forcibleness
of Taine, Sainte-Beuve or the De Goncourts? Has
America a playwright like Ibsen, Tchekhov, Shaw,
Hauptmann or Brieux? Where are her Coquelins, Sonnenthals,
Forbes-Robertsons and Bernhardts? America
has produced only one poet since Whitman, Edgar Lee
Masters. American painting can marshal Whistler,
Inness and Sargent, but two out of the three migrated
abroad. America has plenty of inventors, some of
them remarkable, but this has nothing to do with art
and the freeing of the mind.
Such is Theodore Dreiser’s arraignment of American
culture. Puritanism thwarted intellectual energies.
It is its fault if this country of wonderful technicians
remained in a state of childhood in regard to higher
mental achievements. On one hand the American
grasps the physical world with the might of a Titan,
on the other he revels in platitudes about brotherly
love, purity, virtue, truth, etc., and under the cover of
these platitudes he unleashes the Comstocks against
independent writers.
There are some professional psychologists among the
critics of Puritanism to-day. In a recent book entitled
“The American Mind in Action” two of them[5] made a
methodical study of puritanic inhibitions. They selected,
to illustrate their case, personalities such as
Emerson, Lincoln, Mark Twain, Andrew Carnegie,
Comstock, Barnum, Franklin, Longfellow and Margaret
Fuller.[6]
According to these authors the Puritan repression of
natural instincts is a danger and a failure. It breeds
hypocrisy and poisons the soul. Puritanism is responsible
for most of the mental tortures which have been
dramatized by American novelists in particular. The
scientific name for these tortures is “floating anxiety”
or “soul-fear.” They explain the transformation of
Puritanism into imperialistic expansion. Everything is
good for the Puritan if it takes him away from himself,
from his fears, and his remorses. Hence his worship for
action, for prosperity and success at all cost. American
energy, viewed from this angle, is nothing but a substitute
for scruples. If we believe this theory, the darings
of the modern business man, his pluck, his boasting
spirit of enterprise are only means to get rid of fright.
A business man’s courage resembles that of the “Chocolate
Soldier” in Bernard Shaw’s comedy. It is a
derivative of fear, a flight straight ahead toward the
enemy, because there is no hope left behind. The
American continent was conquered by religious misanthropists
who vented their bad feelings by starting an
onslaught on the Indians and other inferior races. The
wrath of Miles Standish when he finds himself rebuked
by Priscilla in his courtship and his subsequent offensive
on the Redskin explains this point of view.[7] How different
America would be if the Virginian Cavalier had
won over the Puritan! But the contrary happened.
Natural conditions and economic forces made Puritanism
the sole form of national ethics in the United States.
So much the worse! This state of blind repression and
of anxious insecurity have made Puritanism the only
form of thinking in America. Notwithstanding the
diversion of affairs or the relaxation of sports, travel
and amusement, soul-fear cannot be eschewed.
The American worries about health, hygiene. He
worries about success. These are signs that the spiritual
life is absent. Angry with himself, and with others,
the disillusioned Puritan becomes a raider and an inquisitor.
He wants to prohibit to others that happiness
which is denied to him. He fears his own fear; he
distrusts his emotions. He is afraid to surrender to
nature which he regards as corrupt. And yet, without
emotions there is no art or literature possible. An
example of the Puritan inhibition, and of its effects on
art, is Whistler painting, with all his soul, the portrait
of his mother and calling it informally “Arrangement
in black and white” for fear that he would betray his
inner feelings. False pride, amour-propre and bluff are
the ransoms for Puritanism.
Another American complex, if we believe our critics,
is the “mother complex,” the American complex par
excellence. The sublimation of instincts in the American
woman produced the so-called “motherly feeling.”
It triumphs in American magazines and in the “movies.”
The sentimental appeal to the motherly feeling is the
surest and shortest way to arouse the emotions of the
American crowds.[8]
American idealism is largely manufactured by
women. It is to women that the average American owes
his ideals and ethical or literary standards. It is woman
who inspires, supervises and censors art and literature
in the United States; it is she who makes them aseptic,
consumptive and tawdry.[9]
In business the American is a real “he-man” but,
when he must face moral issues, he surrenders to his
mate. He tamed the physical universe with machinery
and became a leader of material civilization. He can
well solve mechanical problems, but ethics, philosophy
and gay science are beyond his pale. And this is why
the typical American to-day is so idealistic, so practical
too, so inventive and so little of a philosopher and of an
artist. He is anxious, restless, assured of himself on
the surface but, in reality, very sensitive to criticism.
Nobody is more able than he to attain the goal of his
ambitions and nobody is more unhappy and helpless
when he has reached it.[10]
Such is the survey of American ethics and psychology
made by some of the best-known American critics. In
this book it is meant to compare their views with those
of the most noted among American novelists to-day.
Floating anxiety, soul fear, Freudian complexes and
inhibitions throw a great deal of light on the contemporary
novel. The case against the Puritan has
been pressed by modern American novelists to the
limit of pathos.
The massive, clumsy, but forcible and convincing
Theodore Dreiser, the genial and yet embittered Sinclair
Lewis, the mystic and intuitive Sherwood Anderson,
the ironic and quixotic James Branch Cabell,
accompanied by a galaxy of talented writers like Willa
Cather, Zona Gale, Floyd Dell, Joseph Hergesheimer,
Waldo Frank,—all of them, since Hawthorne, through
Henry James, William Dean Howells and Edith Wharton,
show themselves obsessed by the problems of Puritan
inhibitions and their influence on human conduct.
More recently still, a host of younger writers has
appeared in American fiction, all of them fascinated by
the question of psychological behavior. The wanderings
of Ulysses, in James Joyce’s Freudian epic, through
the mazes of subconsciousness, had many American
followers. Several of them have been included in this
volume.
This book has no pretensions at being complete and
it is not ashamed of being systematic. It deals chiefly
with those American writers who explored the field of
psychology and psychoanalysis and it happens to include
most of the greatest. All writers of American
fiction to-day could not be marshaled in line but the
most famous are here. The author is not a professional
pessimist, but it is not his fault if the good half-dozen
of original talents to-day, in American literature, are
adepts in disillusion. There is no reason to be dismayed
by this fact. Great art has always been pessimistic;
the more pessimistic, it seems, the greater. The fact
that an optimistic country like America has a gloomy
literature to-day must not be a deterrent. Art, in its
highest forms, is not a mere imitation of life. It is
rather a reaction and a protest against it. It lives and
works in the sphere of aspirations.
The later generation of American writers is bent
toward introspection and realism. In art these writers
want truth. Between them and the past there is a gap.
The time seems past for descriptive and objective literature.
Subjectivism prevails. Novelists to-day want
to share the lives of their characters. This new method
of literary expression has been called in France monologue
intérieur. The intimacy between reality and
fiction has never been closer than now. The new
writers also are revolutionists and iconoclasts. They
swore allegiance to no master. Among foreign influences
the Russian seems to be particularly prevalent
with them. The American novel to-day would not be
what it is without Dostoievski, Andreiev or Tchekhov.
Neither does it deny its debt to Balzac, Flaubert, Zola or
Marcel Proust. D. H. Lawrence and James Joyce also
sponsored it.
In ethics and sociology the aloofness of the newcomers
is complete. Psychology, not morals, is their chief interest.
They are indifferent to rhetorics. The questions
of style are alien to them. The password nowadays
is spontaneous and original expression. Any means
to this end is style.
Let us now, from Hawthorne to James Branch Cabell
and others, begin our journey through the field of
American fiction.
CHAPTER II How Nathaniel Hawthorne Exorcised Hester Prynne
For twenty-five years America has been the classic
country of experimental psychology. The more vague
and uncertain metaphysics and ethics became in
America, the more rigorous, exact and precise became
psychology. The Americans carried to the field of
experimental psychology their taste for statistics, formulæ
and graphs. They set about with a singular
complacency, measuring and weighing with the dynameter
that human mind which their idealism had
pictured, up to that time, as so transcendental and
intangible. Never was science carried farther. Never
was the thinking being submitted to such a test, gauged,
measured, weighed, counted. The results of experimental
psychology have passed into everyday practices.
The psychological test and the intelligence test
are a part of the university program, and count towards
admission into the professions, the civil service and
the army. The American universities which are substituting
psychological tests for entrance examinations
are becoming more and more numerous.
This development of experimental psychology in
America is interesting. It explains the obsession which
the psychological problem has acquired in the eyes of
contemporary novelists. In America, as in Europe,
the novel has abandoned ethics for psychology. One
could not form a just idea of the American novel of
to-day without bearing in mind at least the principal
lines of the development of experimental psychology
in America since William James.
James was the great renovator and the pioneer of
psychological studies in the United States. He was in
psychology a true realist. Anti-intellectualist through
both education and temperament, he brought psychology
from the clouds to the earth; object and subject
into the world of facts. He eliminated all scholasticism
from the study of the self. He refused to subject
the powers of the mind to empirical classifications.
He conceived the spiritual life as a continuous creation.
He condemned the division of the mind into autonomous
faculties. The ego appeared to him to be, not
a marquetry of powers, but a cluster of energy, one
living and inseparable force, a current, a river, a
“stream of consciousness.” Nor does James consent
to the separation and classification into distinct genres
of the activities of the mind. Art, mysticism, philosophy,
science, ethics were in his eyes but aspects, different
in appearance but in reality identical, of a single force;
a happy confusion which permitted him, in his fine book
on “The Varieties of Religious Experience” to bring
into a new light the mystic phenomena, and which
suggested to him an original philosophy of religions
based on a new conception of conscious life. The
importance which he attached to the subconscious and
the confidence, carried even to credulity, which he
accorded to psychical researches are well known.
From James, the contemporary psychologists borrowed
a theory which had a great success. I mean the
studies on the dissociation of a personality. The views
on this subject of the author of the “Treatise on Psychology”
have their origin in his pragmatism. Desirous
of assuring to the mind the free and entire use of all its
powers, James, although a strong and confirmed realist,
accorded but a representative and symbolic character
to spiritual events. They were epiphenomenal, means
chosen by the conscious activity to reach its ends and
without other than purely symbolic importance. He
considered the facts of the conscience not at all the
equivalent of the facts of reality, but as symbols
representing much less things themselves than the
interest we take in them. Nothing can be more
original than his hierarchy of the “Selves.” His
mistrust for abstraction had caused him to form a
very curious theory. He distinguished three orders
of Self; the material Self which he reduced to the
sensations of our body, of our clothes and of our
surroundings; the social Self; and the spiritual Self.
According to him, every individual possesses several
social Selves; in fact, there are as many as there
are groups which recognize them. Each one of these
Selves acts in its group like an independent personality.
Each has its own fashion of acting and reacting.
In the same individual the different Selves
may oppose each other, according to the social groups
in which they develop.
There we have the starting point of a theory which
is now well known and which Pirandello, James Joyce
and Marcel Proust have illustrated in literature. It
has its origin in this principle: that, in order to persevere
in their being, individuals disguise themselves
and present to the exterior world surrogate creations
of their ego. Inspired by these doctrines, modern
psychology has modified its consecrated terminology.
It has recently replaced the word “character,” a classic
and moralizing term, by a newer stamp—that of
“personality picture.” It gives of the Self an interpretation
no longer moral but æsthetic. According to
this theory, the events of our inner life are fictions that
we play on ourselves and on others. Each one of us
chooses a personality, a character—or better, a
travesty, a representation—and we pass our life in
furthering and defending it. According to the surroundings
and the different groups through which we
pass, and in accordance with the necessities of the
moment, we modify this personal portrait, deforming
or attenuating it if we are weak, strengthening and
enriching it if we are strong. The normal individual
paints his personal portrait to suit the background of
the external world; the neurotic, on the contrary,
attributes to his fiction an intrinsic value independent
of experience. In any case, we are essentially actors,
mimics and parodists.
This Self of which we take possession is a veritable
psychic creation. It is a character which we spend our
life in designing. It is our personal portrait signed by
our self, “a personality picture.” According to a
modern psychologist—Doctor Martin—every one of
us is an artist and spends his life in drawing an original
portrait of himself. Our actions write our autobiography
which is, of course, a fiction. But this fiction is
necessary. The success or failure of our lives depends
on the way we draw our imaginary portrait. In other
words, they depend on how we succeed in making our
existence a work of art.
Before approaching psychoanalysis, I shall say a
word about a new school of experimental psychology
which is arousing interest at present in America. It
cannot be neglected because of the light which it throws
on the contemporary novel. It is called Behaviorism—the
science of action or conduct. This system is based
on the theory of stimulants and reactions or response.
It takes back to empiricism and to psychophysics
(mind-and-body relationship). It makes a clear sweep
of our mental life, conscious or subconscious, and consents
to know the Self only through its relations and
reactions to the exterior world. Behaviorism appears
in the form of a vast inquest, a sort of referendum on
the possible motives of human actions. It replaces
the interior observation of classical psychology and the
Freudian divination by a peculiar Socratic-like examination,
a tight network of questions which claim to
capture in their meshes the secrets of the Self. Here
are a few examples of this method of investigation.
They resemble strongly a catechism,—what we call in
college slang a “quiz.”
This is the questionnaire proposed to diagnose the
general emotional aptitude of a subject.
Does the subject manifest a normal amount of
curiosity? Has he initiative? What are his particular
inclinations and hobbies? What is the history of his
sexual initiations; of his liaisons, etc? Are his emotional
reactions well balanced?
To diagnose the disposition towards activity, the
questionnaire is modified as follows. Is the individual
lazy or industrious? Is he loquacious? Is he given
to frequent laughter and to loud conversation? Are
his movements effectual or awkward?
For social fitness the following questions are asked:
How many intimate friends has the individual?
What is the history of his family relations? How
easily does he form friendships? How much loyalty
has he? How much tact? Is his society sought by
others?
This is the method of behavioristic investigation.
It appears very summary. Its critics accuse it, not
without reason, of letting escape, through the gaps in
its questions, that which is most worth knowing. Do
not the answers to the questions of the behavioristic
catechism consider already discovered the secret which
one expects to obtain from them, so that all this display
of questions is only a petitio principii?
The attempt of behaviorism to construct our personality
from without and to wring from us, by our
acts, the secret of our thoughts is, however, interesting.
It will help us to understand better the psychological
realism and the reporting methods of Theodore Dreiser,
for example. We shall bear it in mind for that reason.
I come now to psychoanalysis which is decidedly
more attractive. Psychoanalysis bases its investigations
and its definitions on the duplicity and hypocrisy
inherent in individual and social life. It shows us a
psychic world of several degrees; at the top and at
the surface, the conscious universe: underneath, a
sort of semi-darkness—the preconscious; still lower,
the unconscious. Between these spheres the psychoanalyst
pictures a moving, a passing, a continuous rising
and descending of expression and repression, of desires
and inhibitions. Between each compartment he places
antechambers, thresholds, turnstiles, wickets, censors, a
perfect clearing house, a central station for the receiving
and sorting of the events of our mental life. There
seems to exist a fore-established harmony between
such a representation of conscious facts and Puritanism;
a harmony which has not escaped the critics of
psychoanalysis. According to a critic, “The comparative
vogue (Why comparative? Should not one
say excessive?) of Freudism in English-speaking countries
is partly due to Protestant Puritanism. The
narrow restrictions which Puritan ethics impose upon
sexual satisfactions and the mystery in which they
seek to envelop them would prove, in the eyes of the
English and American psychiatrists, certain hypotheses
of Freud and the supposed effect of Anglo-Saxon
inhibitions upon the production of neurosis.”[11]
Freud gives us through his doctrine of complexes,
inhibitions, suppressions and repressions, a striking
explanation of Puritanism as I tried to describe it in
the first chapter. He makes us understand very well
the causes of floating anxiety and soul-fear which
psychically characterize the Puritan. Suppression and
censorship are certainly the key to Hawthorne’s
Puritan portraits which I shall present shortly. The
important rôle and the analytical descriptions given
to sexual obsession in such Dreiser novels as “The
Genius” fit in perfectly with the Freudian therapeutics,
and the methods of Freud’s divination resemble greatly
the main phases of the novel as Sherwood Anderson
conceives it: seclusion, insinuation, confession, day
dreams, dream symbolism, secret symbolic language,
all with a basis of pronounced sexual obsession. Fiction
and psychoanalysis agree perfectly in all this.
We must not forget the disquieting elements of
Freudism, the manner in which it reintroduces into the
idea of Self the elementary, primitive, crude and purely
instinctive constituents. There are, on this point,
curious affinities between the “call of the wild” as
understood by Freud and by Jack London, for example.
The Anglo-Saxon is, despite his Puritanism, nearer
true nature than the Latin, we are told. He is more
primitive, more elementary. The psychoanalyst would
undoubtedly confirm these views and this new manner
of completing the portrait of the Puritan.
After this introduction, of which, I hope, the readers
will feel the pertinence in the following chapters, I
should like, still from the point of view of psychological
research and its influence on the American novel of
to-day, to study certain aspects, which I consider very
modern, of the novels of Nathaniel Hawthorne. He
is a great artist and an armed psychologist, an able
story-teller and, one might say, the detective of the
Puritan conscience. He is, in many respects, very
Freudian; what attracts him, from the moment he
starts writing, is the inmost life, the enigma in the depths
of the conscience. He feels that the world of appearances
is false; that, being false, it is tragic; that the
human being is twofold; that under the outward Self,
the superimposed Self, is hidden a profounder, timid
being or, as one says to-day, repressed. Instead of denouncing
moral duplicity, like Carlyle or Mark Twain,
Hawthorne transforms it into art. He loves enigmas,
mysteries, obscurity, secret retreats. He is the explorer
of the subterranean world, the Conan Doyle of the
conscience. In that, Hawthorne is assuredly a compatriot
of Edgar Allan Poe.
He lived a narrow existence in a monotonous and
dismal New England town, but one filled with dreams
and memories. Solitude and disillusion were his daily
bread. His political ambitions were not fulfilled. He
secluded himself in Concord, in the unfriendly neighborhood
of Emerson, another repressed individual like
himself. Heredity weighed heavily upon him. There
is no doubt that one must look into his genealogy for
the secret of his obsessions. All his life, Hawthorne
was haunted by the idea of crime, by the thought of
the Inquisition, by dungeons and tortures. Is not the
crime which, in his “Marble Faun,” Donatello commits
because of the averted glance of the unfortunate
Miriam, an unconscious memory of that tragic duel
suggested, we are told, to his friend Cilley, by an involuntary
gesture of Hawthorne? Nor could he forget
that one of his ancestors had been a witch burner.
All that explains Hawthorne’s complex, the vague
sense of disquietude and the mental fear which charge
the atmosphere of his novels.
One must note however, this said, that there is
much more than a tragic and lugubrious conception of
existence in Hawthorne’s books. The favorite and
latent theme of his novels is paganism and the joy of
living, the love of love, the delight in voluptuousness.
His characters would willingly abandon themselves
to it if the Evil One did not prowl so near in the forest,
and if the deacon, the alderman and the constable did
not lend a helping hand. It is impossible to be mistaken;
Hawthorne’s imagination was pagan. The two
protagonists of “The Scarlet Letter,” considered his
most puritanical book, are thoroughly immoral. They
begin in anguish through the suppression of their desires
and end in happiness through their abandonment to
the freed libido. All of “The Marble Faun”—subject,
characters and descriptions—is a plea for natural
and instinctive expansion, a pagan plea. Donatello is
an inspired symbol of this naturalistic conception of life.
Donatello is the Faun, the beast become man, the man
of nature, by definition good and happy until the
awakening of his conscience. Hester Prynne, Miriam
and Zenobia of “The Blithedale Romance” are seductive
women, drawn without the slightest touch of
hypocrisy or hesitation. Hawthorne is very susceptible
to the qualities of the feminine mind. He has very
sure, very penetrating, very profound intuitions about
women, as his portraits of young girls show—like little
Pearl in “The Scarlet Letter,” Phœbe in “The House of
Seven Gables,” Hilda in “The Marble Faun,” Priscilla
in “The Blithedale Romance.” He makes them very
naïve, very sincere, in order, it would seem, to terrify
them more by the discovery of evil, the knowledge of
which is brought to them through the intermediation
of one of their elders,—mother, sister or friend.
This man, who aspired so keenly to the joy of living,
had a conscience profoundly sensitive to evil. It is
the susceptibility of check, the Puritan repression of
desire. We have no need to recall with what inflexibility,
what morbid obstinacy Hawthorne discussed
the problem of evil. Dostoievski was not more tragically,
more persistently haunted by the idea of crime
and punishment than he. “The House of Seven
Gables” might just as well have been entitled “The
House of Crime.” It is composed upon the theme that
one does not escape a sin committed; that a misdeed
is fatal in its results; that there is no redemption for
the sinner. There is only immanent justice, as Emerson
said, “eternal return”; according to Nietzsche,
Fate, the authentic incarnation of the Calvinist predestination.
It is not the act itself which constitutes
sin, according to Hawthorne; it is the thought, the
intention, and, as there is not a single human being
who has not sheltered some criminal thought during
the course of his life, it follows that we are all criminals.
That is what Hawthorne repeated to satiety and what
he wanted to prove in his books. But he went still
farther, in a direction in which his Puritanism, because
of its harshness, becomes sheer amorality. We think
of Nietzsche’s “Beyond Good and Evil” when we read
the numerous passages in which Hawthorne sustains
the necessity of evil and consequently of crime. He
does not hide it, for example, in connection with the
two leading characters of “The Scarlet Letter.” He
tells us that Reverend Dimmesdale’s remorse was
“exquisite” as well as horrible. In “The Marble
Faun” Donatello must commit a crime before Miriam
will love him and utter that stupendous cry, “How
beautiful he is!” Miriam holds that crime has lifted
her poor Faun to a level superior to innocence; that
Adam’s sin, repeated by Donatello, has brought his
posterity to a higher, brighter level of happiness. It
is remorse, Miriam tells us, which has awakened and
developed in the Faun a thousand moral and intellectual
faculties unknown till then. These are some of the
moral paradoxes of the “Puritan” Hawthorne.
However interesting he may be as a moralist, he is
still more so as a psychologist. His moral sense was
not without effect here. He is one of the few American
authors whose ethics are supported by the problem of
evil; he was led to explore the conscience and his diagnoses
are striking. They are in many respects very
modern, as I shall try to show from “The Scarlet
Letter.”
Critics and readers have often mistaken the true
significance of this book. It is vaunted as a masterpiece
of story-telling, and a masterpiece it is in its main
lines, despite some awkwardness in the development of
the action, and if it is not judged too severely for
repetitions which mar especially the last part of the
book. The great mistake would consist in interpreting
“The Scarlet Letter” as a plea for Puritanism. It is,
in my opinion, quite the contrary. Very few critics
have grasped the real viewpoint from which Hawthorne
conceived the characters of Hester Prynne and Dimmesdale.
(Excepting D. H. Lawrence, in a chapter of his
imaginative but penetrating “Studies in Classic American
Literature.”)[12]
I do not wish to introduce Doctor Freud everywhere,
nor do I want to exaggerate Hawthorne’s immoralism,
but if there has ever been a piece of literature written
to prove the dangers of the famous Freudian inhibition
and to try to cure it, that work is certainly “The
Scarlet Letter.”
The wealth of psychological intuition in this novel
is remarkable. It is the most human, the least moralizing
(I was about to say the most personal of Hawthorne’s
novels), excepting of course the ending, edifying
and conventional as could be desired, but which is
neither better nor worse than all Hawthorne’s endings.
We will remember the tragic story of Hester Prynne,
the beautiful Puritan seduced by the Reverend Dimmesdale.
Hester gave everything to love. She was put
in the stocks and condemned to wear embroidered on
her blouse the letter A (adultery), an ignominious
insignia which her heroic coquetry succeeded in converting
into a bit of finery. Note well—Hester
Prynne has no shame, no remorse for her sin. She
is proud of it. The world has condemned her but she
does not cease to love, no matter how cowardly Dimmesdale
behaves. From the beginning to the very end of
the book, Hester Prynne saw love only. If this is not
the last word as it would probably be on the screen of
the “movies,” especially the American “movies,” it
is not far from being so and is the fault of neither Hester
Prynne nor Dimmesdale but of Hawthorne himself,
grown, as often happens with him, too timorous at the
end of the book. Hawthorne is very canny in attributing
to the Puritan Hester a rich, a voluptuous and
almost “oriental” temperament. There does not exist,
to my knowledge, even in Zola’s famous description
of the Paradou (in “La Faute de l’abbé Mouret”)
a more impetuous and eloquent burst of passion than
the ending of “The Scarlet Letter,” particularly the
scene in the forest between the spirited Hester and the
timid Dimmesdale whom she rescues from his hysterical
inhibitions by her impassioned declarations.
An example of Hawthorne’s psychological realism,
still more characteristic than this case of Freudian
evasion so exactly described, is the method which he
used to wring from Hester’s lover his secret. Dimmesdale’s
character is a masterpiece of intuition. He is a
hypocrite but only through timidity, and in all, a tragic
and pathetic figure, one of those weak and incomplete
beings who have not even the courage to lie. Hawthorne
dealt several times, and very successfully, with
the study of warped or incompletely developed personalities.
Clyfford Pyncheon in “The House of
the Seven Gables,” and Donatello in “The Marble
Faun,” are examples, and one might add to these the
young women—so numerous in his novels—emotionally
distressed in the face of evil. A victim, like
Hester, of social conventions, but less courageous than
she, less sure of himself in passion, Dimmesdale lacks
very little to become the American Tartuffe. But he
is saved by Hester, who exorcises him at the end, and
rescues him from repression. The minister’s open
confession on the pillory is an admirable scene. It has
its counterpart in “The Marble Faun” in which the
candid Hilda, unable to bear any longer the secret of
the crime of which she was an involuntary witness,
enters a confessional at St. Peter’s and, regardless of
her Puritan heritage, reveals everything to a priest.
Dimmesdale’s puritanical confession on the pillory is
of the same nature. It is an explosion of craving and
of repressed passion. From the viewpoint of modern
psychology this scene is natural and scientific.
But the most striking is the fashion in which Hawthorne
endeavors to surprise Dimmesdale’s secret. For
that purpose he invented a very curious secondary
character, Doctor Chillingworth. He is in many
respects a melodramatic villain worthy of a serial
by Eugene Süe. He is Hester Prynne’s deceived
husband. Once acquainted with Chillingworth, we
become very indulgent of poor Hester’s sin. More
than half necromancer, Chillingworth passed a large
part of his life among the Indians, who taught him
their magic; that is the fantastic side of his character.
From the psychological point of view Chillingworth is
Suppressed Hatred. The readers of “The Scarlet
Letter” will remember the diabolic plan for vengeance
formed by the necromancer-doctor who suspects
Dimmesdale of having been his wife’s lover. Little by
little he attaches himself to the unfortunate minister
under the cover of friendship. He tortures him by
besieging him with insidious questions. During the
course of these searching examinations, Hawthorne
shows himself again a very subtle psychologist and a
precursor and pioneer of psychoanalysis. All the conditions
in these scenes are so worked out that Dimmesdale’s
resistance takes on a truly Freudian aspect.
Dimmesdale will release his secret for no consideration.
In fact, to the very end, Chillingworth gets no further
for all his trouble, but the cross-examination to which
he subjects the Reverend is curious, and Dimmesdale
has a narrow escape.
Here are, for example, a few remarks made by the
novelist himself on these examinations:
A man burdened with a secret should especially avoid
the intimacy of his physician. If the latter possess
native sagacity, and a nameless something more, let
us call it intuition; if he show no intrusive egotism, nor
disagreeably prominent characteristics of his own; if
he have the power, which must be born with him, to
bring his mind into such affinity with his patient’s
that this last shall unawares have spoken what he imagines
himself only to have thought; if such revelations
be received without tumult, and acknowledged not so
often by silence, an inarticulate breath, and here and
there a word, to indicate that all is understood; if to
these qualifications of a confidant be joined the advantages
afforded by his recognized character as a physician;
then, at some inevitable moment, will the soul
of the sufferer be dissolved, and flow forth in a dark
but transparent stream, bringing all its mysteries into
the daylight.
Dimmesdale’s mind had become so familiar to
Chillingworth that, Hawthorne tells us, his whole
“stream of consciousness,” as William James would
say, passed before the physician’s eyes.
Chillingworth became, in his researches, a true adept
of Freud. After having begun the study of Dimmesdale
objectively, he ended by becoming passionately
absorbed in his case. Chillingworth experienced a
veritable fascination, we are told:
He now dug into the poor clergyman’s heart, like a
miner searching for gold; or rather like a sexton delving
into a grave, possibly in quest of a jewel that had been
buried on the dead man’s bosom, but likely to find nothing
save mortality and corruption.
It is again as a true disciple of Freud that Chillingworth
scented in his victim the hidden libido, which he
calls a “strong animal nature,” inherited from his
father and mother. Here is another bit of dialogue
which is very modern in the same way. Chillingworth
is speaking,
“He to whom only the outward and physical evil is
laid open knoweth oftentimes but half the evil which
he is called upon to cure. A bodily disease, which we
look upon as whole and entire within itself, may, after
all, be but a symptom of some ailment in the spiritual
part. Your pardon once again, good sir, if my speech
give the shadow of offence. You, sir, of all men whom
I have known, are he whose body is the closest conjoined
and imbued and identified, so to speak, with the
spirit whereof it is the instrument.”
“Then I need ask no further;” said the clergyman,
somewhat hastily rising from his chair. “You deal
not, I take it, in medicine for the soul.”
Upon which Dimmesdale rebels. He will not unveil
his soul to the doctor of his body. To the suggestions
of his enemy he opposes a curious and optimistic philosophy
concerning the discovery of secret thoughts.
No power, according to him, excepting the divine power,
could force a human being to betray his inmost self,
whether with words, signs of writing or emblems.
On Judgment Day it will be otherwise, but that day
the reading of the secret thoughts will be expiatory
and, for that reason, not painful but pleasant. According
to Dimmesdale, who is fully aware of his condition,
there are two kinds of repressed individuals, the timid
ones whose weakness forbids confession, and the moralists,
the fatalists—we should say the “pragmatists”—who
consider silence, hypocrisy, as socially more salutary
than avowal. Dimmesdale, from this point of view, is,
until his conversion in the forest and at the pillory,
what we should call to-day a complete simulator.
However Freudian these diagnoses may appear in
form, they are hardly so intentionally. The treatment
to which Chillingworth submits his patient is conceived
to be a torture and not a cure; Chillingworth, an able
practitioner perhaps, is a very poor psychologist.
Without in the least suspecting it, he works against his
own ends. He never suspects that the day when
Dimmesdale will reveal his secret to him will find him
not punished but relieved, and in reality cured, according
to Freud, and that he, Chillingworth, will have lost
his time and pains as a psychoanalyst. This is exactly
what happens. Once freed from repression and anxiety,
Dimmesdale reveals himself to be a new man, a man in
the full sense of the word for the first time, and now he
cares neither for his fears nor for Chillingworth who
has exploited them. The true healer of Dimmesdale
is not Chillingworth, it is Hester Prynne.
I have already told what admiration I hold for this
ending of “The Scarlet Letter.” Hawthorne reveals
himself here to be not only a profound psychologist and
audacious moralist but a great poet. I want to quote
at length the scene in the forest where repressions and
inhibitions are drowned in “a flood of sunshine”:
Hester heaved a long, deep sigh, in which the burden
of shame and anguish departed from her spirit. O
exquisite relief! She had not known the weight until
she felt the freedom! By another impulse she took off
the formal cap that confined her hair, and down it
fell upon her shoulders, dark and rich, with at once
a shadow and a light in its abundance, and imparting
the charm of softness to her features. There played
around her mouth and beamed out of her eyes, a radiant
and tender smile, that seemed gushing from the very
heart of womanhood. A crimson flush was glowing on
her cheek, that had been long so pale. Her sex, her
youth, and the whole richness of her beauty, came back
from what men call the irrevocable past, and clustered
themselves, with her maiden hope and a happiness
before unknown, within the magic circle of this hour.
And, as if the gloom of the earth and sky had been but
the effluence of these two mortal hearts, it vanished with
their sorrow. All at once, as with a sudden smile of
heaven, forth burst the sunshine, pouring a very flood
into the obscure forest, gladdening each green leaf,
transmuting the yellow fallen ones to gold, and gleaming
adown the gray trunks of the solemn trees. The
objects that had made a shadow hitherto embodied the
brightness now. The course of the little brook might
be traced by its merry gleam afar into the wood’s heart
of mystery, which had become a mystery of joy.
Such was the sympathy of Nature—that wild,
heathen Nature of the forest, never subjugated by
human law, nor illumined by higher truth—with the
bliss of these two spirits! Love, whether newly born,
or aroused from a deathlike slumber, must always
create a sunshine, filling the heart so full of radiance
that it overflows upon the outward world. Had the
forest still kept its gloom it would have been bright in
Hester’s eyes and bright in Arthur Dimmesdale’s.
This liberation of her passion made of Hester a
different woman.
She had wandered, without rule or guidance, in a
moral wilderness; as vast, as intricate and shadowy,
as the untamed forest, amid the gloom of which they
were now holding a colloquy that was to decide their
fate. Her intellect and heart had their home, as it
were, in desert places, where she roamed as freely as the
wild Indian in his woods. For years past she had
looked from this estranged point of view at human institutions,
and whatever priests or legislators had established;
criticising all with hardly more reverence than
the Indian would feel for the clerical band, the judicial
robe, the pillory, the gallows, the fireside, or the church.
Thus, insists Hawthorne, Hester’s misfortunes liberated
her. The scarlet letter (that is, if we judge her
sin rightly) served her now as a passport with which to
penetrate into regions where women scarcely dared
go: “Shame, Despair, Solitude! These had been her
teachers—stern and wild ones—and they had made
her strong, but taught her much amiss.”
Dimmesdale, too, reaches the same result. The
basis of his optimism since Hester rescued him from
his neuroses is amoral (should one say immoral!) as
that of the woman he loves:
His decision once made, a glow of strange enjoyment
threw its flickering brightness over the trouble of his
breast. It was the exhilarating effect—upon a prisoner
just escaped from the dungeon of his own heart—of
breathing the wild, free atmosphere of an unredeemed,
unchristianized, lawless region.
At that moment Dimmesdale’s spirit “rose, as it
were, with a bound, and attained a nearer prospect of
the sky, than throughout all the misery which had
kept him grovelling on the earth.”
It is with good reason that the minister, upon issuing
from the forest hurled a defy at his former parishioners:
I am not the man for whom you take me. I left him
yonder in the forest, withdrawn into a secret dell, by a
mossy tree trunk and near a melancholy brook! Go,
seek your minister, and see if his emaciated figure, his
thin cheek, his white, heavy, pain-wrinkled brow, be
not flung down there, like a cast-off garment.
The transformation, the conversion of Dimmesdale
freed from repression, is complete. It overthrows his
whole philosophy of life. It makes of him an amoralist
and a Nietzschean. Listen to Hawthorne:
Before Mr. Dimmesdale reached home his inner man
gave him other evidences of a revolution in the sphere
of thought and feeling. In truth, nothing short of a
total change of dynasty and moral code in that interior
kingdom was adequate to account for the impulses now
communicated to the unfortunate and startled minister.
At every step he was incited to do some strange, wild,
wicked thing or other, with a sense that it would be at
once involuntary and intentional, in spite of himself,
yet growing out of a profounder self than that which
opposed the impulse.
Such I believe to be the basic meaning of this masterpiece,
spoiled again, unfortunately, by an edifying
ending. Hawthorne was one of the novelists best
acquainted with man’s conscience.
Less fecund than many, he had the wisdom and talent
to concentrate his genius and thought upon the study
of a preëminently human problem, that of evil and
responsibility. Besides the genius of intuition he had
that of symbolism. This realistic psychologist was a
marvelous imagist. He himself has given us a striking
formula of his art. Art, according to him, is the light
of thought and imagination shining through what he
called “the opaque substance of days.” Like Emerson,
he considered wonder as an essential human faculty.
Intuitive sympathy alone, he believed, could solve the
mysteries of existence. To come to truth one must
possess the innocent and naïve insight of a child.
For the purpose of knowing better the external world,
Hawthorne loved to look at it through the symbols
which his prolific imagination presented to him. One
may even find that he carried symbolization to excess.
Two of his novels, in particular “The House of the
Seven Gables” and “The Marble Faun,” are, in certain
regards, veritable allegories. He found everywhere
affinities between man and things. He gave a soul to
inanimate objects and made of them a tangible extension
of our personality. In “The House of the Seven
Gables,” everything, from the cellar to the garret, even
the chicken yard and the well, is so imagined as to give
us the impression of the curse which weighs on the old
abode. In its antique frame “The Marble Faun” is
conceived in the same manner. Portraits which are
alive, human faces which seem to reincarnate pictures
and statues, the strange resemblance, for instance, between
Miriam in “The Marble Faun” and the portrait
of Beatrice Cenci, or the statue of Cleopatra, mirrors in
whose depth float ghost faces, mysteries of dusk and
shadow, mysteries of human voices—the symbolism
of Hawthorne is as rich as that of Edgar Poe and adds
another charm to his novels.
CHAPTER III Henry James, Edith Wharton, William Dean Howells and American Society on Parade
From Hawthorne to the present time, American fiction
numbers many masters. Preëminent among them
stand Henry James, Edith Wharton and William Dean
Howells. They are a group apart. Their philosophy
of life and their æsthetics place them in the past more
than in the present. Each one of them, in his own original
way, continued the tradition of the novel of intrigue,
the novel of character and that of manners. Of the
three, Henry James stands foremost as a psychologist
and an artist. His career was marked by a progressive
alienation from his native environment and culminated
with a complete desertion of America for England.
James, with Edgar Allan Poe, was the sole example of
an artistic conscience in American letters. He represented
in American literature the longing for the European
background. He confessed that he could not do
his work outside of aristocratic surroundings. This he
explicitly avowed in his essay on Hawthorne. He
deplored the fact that the New England novelist had
to estrange himself from Europe where he could have
matured his talent and made it bear fruit.
“The flower of art,” wrote he, “blooms only where
the soil is deep.... It takes a great deal of history
to produce a little literature ... it needs a complex
social machinery to set a writer in motion.” He
pleaded extenuating circumstances for what he called
“the modest” and provincial “nosegay” of Hawthorne:
It takes so many things ... it takes such an accumulation
of history and custom, such a complexity of
manners and types, to form a fund of suggestion for a
novelist.... The negative side of the spectacle on
which Hawthorne looked out, in his contemplative
saunterings and reveries, might, indeed, with a little
ingenuity, be made almost ludicrous; one might enumerate
the items of high civilization, as it exists in other
countries, which are absent from the texture of American
life, until it should become a wonder to know what
was left. No State, in the European sense of the word,
and indeed, barely a specific national name. No sovereign,
no court, no personal loyalty, no aristocracy, no
church, no clergy, no army, no diplomatic service, no
country gentlemen, no palaces, no castles, no manors,
nor old country-houses, nor parsonages, nor thatched
cottages, nor ivied ruins; no cathedrals, nor abbeys,
nor little Norman churches; no great Universities nor
public schools—no Oxford, nor Eton, nor Harrow; no
literature, no novels, no museums, no pictures, no political
society, no sporting class—no Epson nor Ascot!
For an English or French imagination there is something
appalling in this vast emptiness. The American
is well aware that something remains in his huge country
to make up for these deficiencies, but when we come to
the question of knowing what it is that remains—“that
is his secret, his joke, as one might say.”
American humor, according to James, was born from
the bareness of the American scene. It bobbed up in
America for reasons analogous to those which seventeenth-century
savants assigned to the rising of the
liquid column in the barometer: “la nature a horreur
de vide”; nature is afraid of the vacuum and must find
some compensations for it. Such was the map of the
great American desert drawn by Henry James. For
Walt Whitman, the United States were a cornucopia.
They were a blank for Henry James. He fled to Great
Britain to forget the great Valley of Death and the
call-of-the-wild. To imagine Henry James and Jack
London as countrymen takes not a little imagination
indeed.
As a challenge to this unpatriotic programme, let
the reader remember the sarcasms heaped on European
aristocracy, traditions and culture by Mark Twain,
in “Innocents Abroad” and “The Prince and the
Pauper,” which are contemporary with Henry James’
productions. Mark Twain voted for American philistinism,
and American literature to-day has also cast its
suffrage in favor of the democratic ideals. Puritanism
was the last form of aristocratic tradition in the United
States. Henry James’ indictment of his native country
marked the parting of the ways between the ancient
and the modern, between tradition and evolution, culture
and spontaneity. A character in one of his early
novels solved for us the riddle of James’ exile. He told
us that Americans are artistically disinherited; that
they are condemned to be superficial; that they do not
belong to the magic circle; that the substratum of
American perceptions is thin, barren, artificial; that, as
follows, Americans are bound to imperfection. To
excel in anything they have ten times more things
to learn than a European. There is a certain deep
sense which they lack. They have neither taste, tact
nor strength. How could they have any? Their
climate is harsh and violent, their past silent, their
present dizzying, their environment oppressive and
without charms. There is nothing in America to feed,
stir and inspire an artist. All aspiring souls become
exiles.
The pathos of Henry James’ career, the secret of
his chiaro-oscuro and of his twilight effects can be
heard ringing in this quotation. He never became
truly reconciled to his solitude at Rye in Sussex. He
remained a Puritan at heart. For a Puritan conscience
every ship across the sea, west or east bound, is still
and always will be the Mayflower. He began by surveying
the American scene. His first novels, “The
Madonna of the Future,” “Roderick Hudson,” “Daisy
Miller,” were very different in technique from his later
productions. They were straightforward, obvious and
simple, with very little psychoanalysis, and few literary
detours or arabesques. They did not go round and
round. Still, James had already managed to force his
favorite point in favor of the American uprooted abroad
and he had already procured the American virgin a
passport to European disillusions. As an expert in the
psychology of women, only Hawthorne had shown an
equal sense of innuendoes. Had James been a woman,
he would have made an ideal chaperone. How deftly
and delicately he took his angels abroad to comfort
them and guide them in their exile! How he liked to
use them as what he called a reverberator in his stories!
How he grilled them, coaxed them into a sort of
psychological trance! There was something mesmeric
and Palladinian[13] in his approach to women. In his
books women are more ghostly than real. Has any one
of them ever had a real body of her own? They are all
so pre-Raphaelite! In place of a body they have a soul.
Like Fra Angelico’s seraphs they are encumbered with
wings, “wings of the dove,” a poetic but a most inefficient
apparel for globe-trotters. James’ heroines could
not flap their wings in their crude utilitarian country.
(Imagine one of his angels lost in Dreiser’s “A Hoosier
Holiday!”) And neither can they adapt themselves
to the Old World. Their transcendental ethics are so
out of keeping with real life that it unfits them for
existence. How pure they are, how idealistic, how
naïve and shy! Daisy Miller, the representative
American virgin abroad, is a martyr added by James
to the Christian calendar. She is the Sainte Blandine
of American fiction. James brought her into the limelight
to emphasize the tragic longing of her sisters for
Europe. She embodied the tragic conflict of Puritan
conscience and European paganism, the same conflict
which Hawthorne dramatized in “The Marble Faun.”
Una, in Hawthorne’s novel, was a foster-sister to Daisy
in her fear of the flesh and of the devil.
Lured away from their native and more primitive
environment by art, mysticism and culture, there is not
enough real red blood in James’ American maidens to
follow the call to the last. They soon find themselves
waylaid and they stop midway. Several of them do not
survive their disillusions. They die of despair before
reaching the mystic Grail (the “golden bowl”) unless
they are rescued in extremis by some “ambassadors”
from the “land of God.” Soul-fear and floating anxiety
paralyzed their wings. And yet, how ardent and eager
they are to discover the world in an intimate relation
to themselves! They take the soul of the adventurers
and the pioneers to the conquest of intuition. They
would fain clasp to their bosom all that is beautiful in
the world, if their Puritan consciences allowed. The
art galleries, the romantic landscapes, the ancient
monuments, the old churches are their familiar hunting
ground. How they clutch at spiritual adventures!
Their passion for sentimental expansion, their craving
for introspection, know no limits. As Milly Theale
exclaims in “The Wings of the Dove,” they want to be
abysmal. They want “something to find out,” something
which calls for “the vigil of searching criticism”
through many and many hundred pages. There is
something morbid in this bend toward self-analysis
and always thinking of one’s self. Henry James even
took children to that school of unlimited moral curiosity.
“What Maisie Knew” is a wonderful and almost
frightful example of instinctive detection of grown-up
passions by a child.
When all is said, the case of Henry James had much
to do with psychological duplicity. His novels were
a first-hand contribution to the study of inhibitions.
As has been justly remarked, the main object of his
books was “emotional starvation.” His psychology
revolved around “the Puritan blindness of the senses
or the atrophy of emotions.” James himself “wrote
his fiction under heavy inhibitions, the result both of
personal shyness and of the peculiar timidity of his
race and day.” His chief object in writing novels was
to denounce “the undervitality of Americans.”[14]
In regard to æsthetics, Henry James won the day for
the tactics of the new writers. He anticipated Marcel
Proust in his method of journeying at random, wherever
it pleased his fancy, through the maze of psychology.
He substituted what he called appreciation for the
old-fashioned process of dramatization. He could not
dramatize and he proved a failure on the stage. He
preferred to ramble and to meander. Modern fiction,
thanks to him, cut loose from superficial realism. He
originated the monologue intérieur. He did not rely on
episodes to build up a novel. He had enough imagination
to do without reality. Sharp and keen as he was
in analysis, he was artistic in a synthetic way. His
ambition was to display beautifully the whole thing
before our eyes. He prospected the depth of our
hearts without ever losing his artistic control and his
presence of mind. In this respect the distance is
slight between the disquisitions of “The Wings of the
Dove,” “The Golden Bowl” or “The Ambassadors,”
and the modern effusions of either Sherwood Anderson
or James Joyce. Both are the products of similar
intellectual and artistic tactics. Immediate data of
his conscience James projected into the pages of his
books through an original kaleidoscope. His process
was oblique and centrifugal. He composed from the
center outward, in order to give his writings their dreamlike
effect. At the end of his life he used to rave aloud,
Hamlet fashion, while dictating his novels. With such
a method we are not surprised to hear him condemn
the realistic French writers who followed Flaubert, and
whom nevertheless he admired greatly, at a time when
he had not yet been able to make up his mind as to
whether he could do his work in Paris or in London.
How could his atavistic Puritanism allow him to swallow
Flaubert, Maupassant, Zola, Loti, without qualifications?[15]
According to him the French had only “a
sensuous conscience.”
As an artist, Henry James possessed the American
taste for prodigality. He liked flourishes. He needed
a superabundance of materials. If the materials failed
him, he made up for them with a prodigality of disquisitions
and arabesques. He could be deep and he
could also be sophisticated. In several of his novels a
superfluity of the trimmings hardly compensates for a
thinness of the substance. His writings were the result
of what he called saturation. He was creative enough
to be convinced that art was not and cannot be an
imitation of reality. He who writes adds something to
what he writes about. He reproached William Dean
Howells for sacrificing creative imagination to reality.
He declared himself unable to observe, even if it were
possible for him to do so, and at the same time to imagine.
All perception to him was a vision, something to
soar above after going round and round it. The transcendentalist
and the detective, those two chief attitudes
of the American mind, were innate with him. His father
was a Swedenborgian and his brother William an adept of
psychical research. American undervitality redeemed
itself in Henry James’ novels by a flight into the transcendental
and the introspective, along a road discovered
and traveled already by Ralph Waldo Emerson.
Mrs. Wharton specialized in the society novel. The
author of “The House of Mirth,” “The Fruit of the
Tree,” “The Reef,” “The Age of Innocence” is an
excellent craftsman. Like Henry James, she draws
from and caters to the élite. She imported the novel
of manners to America and gave to it an original turn.
It would have been impossible for her to write or for us
to read them as they are without constant reference to
the aristocratic and cultural background which Henry
James insisted upon in his novels. She draws portraits
and studies environments with an objectivity verging
on indifference and even on cruelty. Her field is
limited and even narrow but it is her own and she has
conscientiously explored it. Her writings have a touch
of cutting and elegant precision. She brings everything
to the surface. Her Muse is curiosity for curiosity’s
sake. In studying American high life she used
about the same process which Paul Bourget applied in
French fiction to the happy few of the Boulevard Saint
Germain, that most aristocratic citadel. She preserved
the fossils of American gentry for posterity.
There is nothing telepathic in her delineations. Her
characters live on the ground floor of consciousness.
Her novels are as clear and as unmysterious as Fifth
Avenue on a Sunday morning after church. Contrary
to Henry James, she dramatizes more than she appreciates.
She is very deft in constructing a plot. Her
method is classical and seems somewhat old-fashioned
to-day. She is a realist in the old sense of the word.
She praised Marcel Proust recently for knowing the art
of incidents and the compliment may be returned to
her. At a time when, in America as in Europe, fiction
ceased to be rational to become instinctive, and when
the novelists gave up the plot for introspection, she
chose to travel the old road. Modern critics point to
her flimsy psychology. They are shocked by her indifference
to social or political problems. She sticks to
high life at an epoch when historical developments take
us back to primitive and almost paleolithic humanity.
Fifth Avenue and “The House of Mirth,” with their
flirts and divorcées, shrink to Lilliputian dimensions in
comparison with our chaotic world since the War.
Who cares about mésalliances or unhappy marriages
when the universe looks like a big city after an earthquake
or a flood? What do we care to know to-day
how Mme. de Treymes will reconcile her faith to her
unfaithful French husband with her longing for her
American fiancé? In a similar manner the casuistry
in “The Fruit of the Tree,” or “The Reef” seems
almost antediluvian.
In “The Custom of the Country,” “The Age of
Innocence” and her four novelettes on Old New York,
we cannot so easily dismiss Mrs. Wharton’s satire of
American life and society at large.[16]
Undine Spragg in “The Custom of the Country” is
an impressive type of American adventuress. She is
drawn from life and set against a suggestive American
background. The three successive husbands of Undine
embody the characteristic aspects of American society
extremely well. The old, and now decrepit aristocracy,
is represented by Ralph Marvell, an “undervitalized”
scion of the New York gentry. Moffat stands for the
advent of the masses, while Marquis de Chelles voices
the protest of the Old World against the standards of
the New. The Spragg family and Moffat would not be
out of place in a novel by Theodore Dreiser or Sinclair
Lewis. As a psychologist Mrs. Wharton made a very
impressive study of a double personality in Ralph
Marvell.
“The Age of Innocence” has a much narrower range
but it cuts deeper into life. The book is a direct
arraignment of Puritan respectability. Irene Olenska,
the heroine, married a European husband, like Mme.
de Treymes, and found him unfaithful. She returned
to her native land to live, too late. She developed a new
soul abroad and she found herself totally alienated from
her native surroundings. Europe made her natural
and instinctive and American respectability rises up in
arms against her. America is no longer a place for
her to grow in. So poor Irene exits and lets the
Puritans have the right of way.
Mrs. Wharton’s literary method is far from being
Freudian. To pass from her novels to those of Sherwood
Anderson is like traveling to a different hemisphere.
She chose for herself the rule of clearness and
objectivity at any cost. And yet, she contributed a
great deal to the exploration of the American conscience.
She was the first to complain about the spiritual and
moral indigence of her own characters. People in her
novels can be divided into two different classes. We
meet the behaviorists and the Freudians, those whose
whole life develops on the surface and those whose
secret actions remain buried in the subconscious. Her
books are particularly rich in remarks on the sexual
complex which, according to her, makes women in
America superior, intellectually and morally, to men.
She discusses at length the problem of American happiness.
She indicts behaviorism in practice. She denounces
the reduction of American ethics to a mere
science of external actions and reactions. She shows
her characters deprived of foresight or consistency in
conduct. Calculation is their only standard of behavior.
Libido and ambitio, love and greed, sum up
their elementary psychology. People in her books live
without a real moral background. She tells us that
they ignore the divinities which, under the surface of our
passions, forge for the dead fatal weapons. Morally
speaking, they are uprooted. They improvise their
life. They make a quick response to external stimuli
and drift on the eddying surface of existence without
knowing where to cling. Of Lily Bart, the heroine of
“The House of Mirth,” we are told that she had grown
without having any tie on earth dearer to her than
another. She ignored traditions and could draw from
them neither strength for herself nor tenderness for
others. The past had not crystallized slowly into the
very drops of her blood. No image of an ancient house
full of memories lingered in her eyes. She had no idea
of another house, of a maison built not by hands but
by hereditary devotions. She was not aware of the
fact that only the past could broaden and deepen our
individual lives by tying them mysteriously to all the
accumulated human efforts.
She never knew true solidarity, outside of the brief
and useless flirtations in which she wasted her energies
in an uneven struggle against her brilliant but flimsy
surroundings. All the people she knew were like her.
They resembled some atoms blown away in a frantic
whirlwind.
After all, the characters in Mrs. Wharton’s novels
show themselves to be victims of impulse. They react
quickly but superficially to the challenge of existence.
They pride themselves on being practical, self-reliant
and self-controlled. They may be so in business, but not
in ethics. To borrow a practical comparison, they are
not insured on life and no agency which knew them well
would issue to them an insurance policy. Mrs. Wharton
agrees with the majority of critics on this point.
Mrs. Wharton’s psychological insight revealed itself
principally in “The House of Mirth.” Lily Bart
revives Daisy Miller. She is another instance of
inhibited and repressed womanhood. Endowed with a
Freudian soul and a multiple personality, on the surface
she is only a flirt, the “moth” of Victorian novelists,
the “salamander” of the American satirists. To-day
she would appear as a most courted “flapper.” But if
we read her truly, Lily Bart is much more tragic. She
is a saint on the wrong track. Hers is a romantic
soul. All her life she has longed for the knight-errant
who would rescue her from herself; he never came,
because she was poor. Despite numerous escapades
Lily is as pure as her name. Suicide, at the end of her
short career, is a protection in extremis against the
world and against herself. It is a desperate means to
reconcile by destruction her dual person.
Mrs. Wharton has thrown a great deal of new light on
the American complex regarding the sexes. She made
a special study of the ill adaptation between man and
woman in American society. If we believe her, Americans,
and especially women, are the victims of an environment
where all the romantic values of life have been
upset and denied. Moral energies have turned to the
outside entirely.
Thus Mrs. Wharton goes relentlessly on. She puts
the responsibility for this lack of balance upon the
American man and his ignorance of the true values of
life. Luxury and comfort are the only standards he
can imagine, and he cannot conceive of any other gifts.
The American Lancelot comes to his Guinevere with
jewels, dresses or a motor car, but he ignores the true
surrender of himself. Women are too deeply intuitive;
they come too close to nature to be easily deceived by
that elementary form of chivalry. There is a more
romantic allurement which their mate cannot offer
because it cannot be procured with money. Hence the
divorce between the sexes. Crystallization, proclaimed
Stendhal-Beyle, is impossible in the United States.
According to that arch cynic and admirable psychologist,
attention seems to be entirely turned toward
external agreements in an attempt to do away with
practical inconveniences. When the time comes to
cash in (I beg Henri Beyle’s pardon for this crude
American neologism) on so much care, so much caution
and so many reasonable arrangements, “there is not
enough life left to enjoy it.”
“Summer” and “Ethan Frome” are of a much
broader human appeal. This time Mrs. Wharton ventures
into almost technical psychoanalysis. “Summer”
is one of the most frankly pagan books written
in America since “The Scarlet Letter.” The gloom in
the book is of the very same brand as that found in
Dreiser’s “American Tragedy,” or in Eugene O’Neill’s
drama. North Dormer, the little rotten New England
borough, is a dungeon for all aspiring souls. Lawyer
Royall is a raté, a social failure. Charity Royall, his
daughter, has gipsy blood in her veins. She is a fawn
and a worthy sister of Hawthorne’s Donatello (in
“The Marble Faun”). Natural desires, passions and
instincts carry everything away in “Summer” as they
do in the story of Hester Prynne, while Mrs. Wharton
herself plays the part of Chillingworth, the Freudian
detective. The hereditary complex cancels the censure.
Paganism triumphs on Puritan soil once more. The
sensuous symbolism of the novel adds to its Freudian
appeal. It is one of the most pathetic cases of dramatized
inhibition. And so is “Ethan Frome.” This
suggestive tale is written like a piece of classic literature.
It is deliberately objective, and yet it is entirely built
on repression. A jealous woman, two human beings
instinctively mated and groping toward each other
through fears and moral anxieties, the surrender of
their whole being to the commands of the libido, the
tragic sublimation of their desires and the new climax
of inhibition at the end for the three participants of the
drama,—all this gives a Dantesque glamor to “Ethan
Frome.”[17]
There was something truly Balzacian in Howells.
He could tell a story; he was not without ideas of his
own; his psychology was superficial, but not more so
than that of the average man or woman whom he
portrayed. He was an expert conversationalist. His
novels are spiced with humor and geniality. How
could such a ferocious moralist hide under such a gentle
smile? While American writers, like Henry James and
Jack London, took refuge against the invading dullness
by a flight into “the golden bowl” or the wilds of
Alaska, or while they evaded boredom by sarcasms,
like Mark Twain, Howells courted American democracy
and accepted it en bloc. He adopted Babbittry. He
claimed that fiction did not need adventure, romanticism
or legend, and that Life was enough. He was a
realist and hugged the commonplace to his bosom.
Howells had excellent intentions which, unfortunately,
he was unable to fulfill. As a psychologist and a moralist
he does not come up to Hawthorne’s level. In the
first place his realism is limited. The same man who
declared that the artist’s business was to be “a colorless
medium through which the reader clearly sees the right
and wrong” confined himself in the description of what
he called the most smiling aspects of life, i.e., the most
American.
He tagged as poison the art and literature which
flattered the passions, and, in order not to flatter the
passions, he denied to himself and others the right to
describe them. He forced upon the reader of his books
self-appointed ghostly confessors and directors of conscience,—clergymen,
lawyers, professors, artists. He
was impassionate but he was not impartial. His ethics
are abominable. Hawthorne did not ignore the grandeur
of sin. He found sinners and blackguards interesting
or made them so. Middle-class morality did not
seem to him poetic. He carefully kept his saints in
contact with evil so that they could be more pathetic
and human. Howells’ Puritanism was of a very different
brand. It belonged to another period in the
development of American culture. Puritanism had
changed since Hawthorne. It had become permeated
with Emersonian optimism. The worship for respectability
evinced the strong convictions of former days.
Hawthorne bowed to the devil. Howells was afraid of
him. Hawthorne saw the duplicity of man himself.
Howells needed a rosier view of life, so he divided society
into two entirely opposite classes. Instead of presenting
man double within himself, as he is, and of using
human duplicity as a source of pathos, he put aside the
elect, entirely and hopelessly good, and, in opposition
to them, he placed the wicked—the a priori foredoomed
wicked. This was bad psychology and still
worse stagecraft.
Howells kept idealism close to the ground, creeping.
He never soared and his saints were clipped of all wings.
The elect in his books showed very little inclination for
leaving their earthly comfort to join Fra Angelico’s
mystic band in Heaven. Virtue for Howells’ happy
few was an insurance on life. They made rich marriages.
They were perfect fathers and mothers, dutiful
children, model husbands and wives, prosperous and
respectable business people. Golden mediocrity, if not
fortune, was the reward of their good behavior. The
sinners, on the contrary, were branded from birth by
Howells. They went from bad to worse and were
denied all redemption and atonement. The “flood of
sunshine,” as Hawthorne called the scene in the forest
between Hester Prynne and Dimmesdale, and their
ecstasy of gratified emotion, must have been a shock to
Howells when he read “The Scarlet Letter.” From
the start his philosophy of life vitiated his novels.
It did hide from him the veritable aspects of existence.
It limited his psychology and made it almost childish.
Mr. Firkins, who had the courage to undertake a sentimental
journey with the Puritan novelist through
several hundred pages of a bulky biography, measured
his limitations as follows. Howells never represented
adultery. He handled the question of divorce only
once and with utmost caution. Only once did he dare
to deal with the troubles of marital life. Only once,
and very cautiously again, did he approach the problem
of crime, which Hawthorne discussed so freely, before
Dostoievski and Theodore Dreiser. Politics, religion,
science were expurgated from his books in order not to
disturb the serenity of the good people whom he
chaperoned in literature.
It is impossible to read the novels of Howells and not
to feel the iniquity of his moral system. Puritanism
made him hit upon disconcerting paradoxes and, in
particular, upon that of mistaking ethics for bourgeois
respectability. Virtue in his books is the exclusive
monopoly of the well-to-do. Morality is an effort on
their part to secure for themselves the absolute monopoly
of a “personality picture” without blemish.
The slightest move to alter their Puritan identity and
to mar the show which they make before the world is
denounced by them as a crime. The saints and the
sinners live carefully apart in his novels, or, if they mix,
it is only through the good offices of some charity
monger or preacher of morals. He wraps his saints in
isinglass as carefully as a prophylactic toothbrush. He
protects them from all contacts. He tells us frankly
that the lawlessness of the sinners has no importance,
but that the sins of a gentleman and of a well-educated
person fall upon the entire caste and imperil the whole
social order.
Let us hear these strange morals from the mouth of
one of Howells’ raisonneurs, lawyer Atherton in “A
Modern Instance.” Ben Halleck, one of the characters
in the book, has committed a crime which the Puritan
novelist could never forgive him. He loved and coveted
platonically Marcia Hubbard, when Marcia’s husband
was still faithful to her. Since then Hubbard (whom
Howells foredoomed to evil) has become a degenerate
and met with a tragic end. Marcia is free. Halleck
still loves her. He can marry her and rescue her at
last from her wretched existence. She deserves it.
But Howells forbids it. Between the two lovers he
raises the shadow of Halleck’s platonic aspirations. If
he married Marcia, we are told that the world would
come to its end. Halleck must remain a bachelor and
abandon poor Marcia to her fate, in order to soothe the
Puritan conscience of the author. Let us hear lawyer
Atherton state Ben Halleck’s case:
If a man like Ben Halleck goes astray it’s calamitous;
it confounds the human conscience, as Victor Hugo
says. All that careful nurture in the right since he
could speak, all that life-long decency of thought and
act, that noble ideal of unselfishness and respectability
to others, trampled under foot and spit upon, it’s
horrible.
We are served after this with reflections upon the
true nature of good and evil according to the code of
Puritan respectability:
The natural goodness does not count. The natural
man is a wild beast, and his natural goodness is the
amiability of a beast basking in the sun when his stomach
is full.... No, it’s the implanted goodness that
saves—the seed of righteousness treasured from
generation to generation and carefully watched and
tended by disciplined fathers and mothers in the hearts
where they have dropped it, it is what we call civilization.
Meanwhile lawyer Atherton sips a cup of Souchong
tea sweetened and tempered with Jersey cream which
William Dean Howells guarantees pure. (With how
many lumps of sugar, however, he does not say.)
Atherton’s wife is also a Puritan and yet she finds the
indictment just. How can one pass judgment upon
his fellow mortals when he is so snug and comfortable
at home? Atherton is not taken aback by the rejoinder
of his wife. The fact, he replies, that there are saints
and sinners, Athertons and Hubbards, is a piece of
divine ordinance. I am not sure that Howells ever
read Voltaire’s “Candide” and still less that he enjoyed
it, but Atherton speaks exactly like Doctor Pangloss.
Effects, according to him, always follow causes; sinners
are responsible for the consequences of their sins;
we have been foreordained by our parents to go to
heaven or hell; hell is an euphemism for the hereditary
disorders in our will; in the long run, even the fate of
the wicked will prove equitable. Such was the moral
dungeon in which William Dean Howells imprisoned
his characters and this is what became of Calvin’s predestination
after having been blended in the chiaro-oscuro,
of the Puritan conscience, with Emerson’s compensations
and scientific heredity.
Howells tried to confine in a prison of the same sort
the chief character of “The Landlord at Lion’s Head,”
one of his most interesting novels, and also one of the
most repulsive for its morals. The hero of the book is
also a foredoomed sinner. His name is Jeff Durgin.
Jeff is the son of the innkeeper at Lion’s Head. He is
not perfect. He is a born teaser and has an irritable
temper. He likes to play tricks on people. While a
student at Harvard he remains waterproof to “college
spirit.” His personality is too strong. He approaches
society but behaves in it like a bull in a china shop.
His conduct is not above reproach. He does not show
himself a perfect gentleman according to Boston
standards. And yet, when all is told, he is not so bad
as that. But Howells needed him to teach a moral
lesson and he gave him the third degree for that. To
make Jeff atone he invented one of the most virtuous
villains of his novels, the painter Westover. How
Howells could fail to detect the hypocrisy of such a
character is beyond comprehension. Jeff’s crime consisted
of shaking the branches of a New England apple
tree loaded with fruits over the head of vindictive and
priggish Westover. Was it necessary for that to reserve
a seat in hell for Jeff Durgin? Was there any
proportion between Jeff’s venial offence and the wrath
of the virtuous Westover in branding Jeff with this
terrible indictment: “What you are you will remain
forever”? Howells seems not to have heeded Westover’s
hypocrisy when, at the end of the book, he wins
away by his sermons the girl whom Jeff had loved all his
life. Summum jus, summa injuria. Such sophisticated
and twisted notions of right and wrong could enter only
a diseased conscience.
Had Howells at least succeeded in making his saints
as interesting as his sinners! But this was not the
case. His ideals were those of the average and banal
humanity, of the sentimental middle classes against
which American literature is now in revolt. Babbitt
himself would have proved too modern, too genial, too
“peppy” for Howells. Main Street would be his paradise
without Carol Kennicott for a neighbor. Carol
was much too progressive and natural for “the Supreme
Court of Appeal of American Literature,” as Mark
Twain liked to call the author of “The Lady of the
Aroostook.” Howells’ ideal people were the Laphams
and the Kentons, the dull couples whose lives were
wasted in pursuit of commonplace felicity and comfort
without any higher ambition than to brood under their
wings (if they had any), sons and daughters as dull as
they were themselves. Howells’ characters do not
worry much about subconsciousness. They ran no
danger of becoming patients of Doctor Freud. They
were much too “normal” for that. A plunge into
subconsciousness would have made them unhappy. It
would have revealed to them the inanity of their ethics
and the lies of their petty lives. They had better
ignore it, and follow Colonel Silas Lapham’s advice.
One day Colonel Lapham had taken the boat to go to
his country residence. He is a typical American
bourgeois. According to the legend, when the ostrich
wants to ignore the storm, she buries her head in the
sand. Thus did Colonel Lapham bury his head in the
newspapers. When he was through with the news, he
felt an immense boredom. But why not observe the
people around him, and try to find, as a solace, what
there was in their minds? Here is the Colonel’s
answer:
“Well,” said the Colonel, “I don’t suppose it was
meant we should know what was in each other’s minds.
It would take a man out of his own hands. As long
as he is in his own hands, there is some hopes of his doing
something with himself; but, if a fellow has been found
out—even if he has not been found out to be so very
bad—it’s pretty much all up with him. No, sir, I
don’t want to know people through and through.”
Howells was true to his word. He did not want to
be a true realist. Optimism and respectability made
him take the side of hypocrisy against truth at any cost.
To better defend the bourgeois standards he volunteered,
early in his career, as the sponsor and knight
in attendance of the jeune fille, as the protector of the
unamended marital institutions and the irreconcilable
enemy of divorce. He became in particular the advocate
of the motherly feeling which modern critics regard
justly as the American complex par excellence. He
viewed life as a blind alley, and matrimony as a chamber
of torture which reminds one of Edgar Poe’s “The Pit
and the Pendulum.”
Lasciate ogni speranza voi ché entrate!
What would Howells have said, if he had read the
chapter on “The Virgin and the Dynamo” in the book
of Henry Adams’ education? He regarded love as a
short cut to marriage and marriage as a penitentiary
for life. How disillusioned a moralist the Puritan
novelist must have been when he resorted to a reductio
ad absurdum argument in favor of matrimony, like the
following:
The silken texture of the marriage tie bears a strain
of wrong and insult to which no other human relation
can be subjected without lesion; and sometimes (Howells
has not counted how often) the strength that knits
society together might appear to the eye of the faltering
faith the curse of those immediately bound by it. Two
people by no means reckless of each other’s rights and
feelings, but even tender of them for the most part,
may tear each other’s heart-strings in this sacred bond
with perfect impunity; though if they were any other
two they would not speak or look at each other again
after the outrages they exchange. It is certainly a
curious spectacle, and doubtless it ought to convince an
observer of the divinity of the institution.
It certainly does, and also of the monstrous paradoxes
to which Puritan rigorism lead Howells. The
wedding ring, the hoop skirt and the hearse,—such
was his romantic outlook of life. William Dean
Howells was anything but a Greek.
CHAPTER IV Theodore Dreiser as a Bio-Chemist
Few books have been subjected to more discussion
and criticism than those of Theodore Dreiser. As a
novelist, a short-story writer, an essayist and a playwright,
he never has coaxed his readers. Far from
this; he has even chosen to tire them out. He impersonates
a radical and an almost trivial realism. Critics
in sympathy with his writings ask us to place him in his
own time, in order that we may understand him. He
is the historian of a disillusioned America, of an America
which sits anxious among its heaps of riches, an America
which has lost the romantic faith in itself. It is a country
of ever-increasing material comfort and luxury, of
quick gains and of tremendous affairs, a land where the
dollar is as rapidly lost as earned. Philanthropy abroad
and merciless competition at home, “an eye for an eye,
a tooth for a tooth,” sensational criminal trials, scandals
and panics,—in brief, the most stupendous utilitarian
civilization that the world has ever seen, a Babel
of towers scraping the sky to make it rain more money:
such is America in Theodore Dreiser’s massive and
conscientious “The Financier,” “The Titan,” “An
American Tragedy.” However, it would be a grave
mistake from the start if we catalogued him among the
social novelists, in the same class with Frank Norris,
Upton Sinclair or Jack London. He never tried to
reform society by his writings.
His social studies are always viewed from an individual
angle. He can picture the American scene with the
matter-of-fact precision of an expert reporter, a reporter
almost entirely devoid of imagination, but with a love
for scrutinizing the human heart. He is less interested
in America at large than in the Americans, and less in
the Americans than in humanity as such. This gives
him a large outlook despite his apparent narrowness.
One of his familiar points is the disintegration of a
character under the pressure of the environment.
Even when he stages a social tragedy, as he did in “The
Financier” and “The Titan,” he locates it within an
individual conscience.
Let us get at Dreiser’s pedigree by the same biographical
method which he applies to the characters in
his books. He was born in a small Indiana town in
1871. His father was an emigrant from the Rhineland
who came to America to escape conscription. Though
a nonconformist in politics, he was a strict adherent of
Roman Catholicism. He did not make a success of his
life and may be taken as a prototype of what his son
calls the “undermen.” He had nothing Nietzschean in
him. There were thirteen children in the family, and
Theodore came next to the last, an offspring of that
mysterious biological evolution with which, as an
author, he was going to be so much concerned. One of
his brothers, Paul, had an artistic temperament and was
not without literary talent. Theodore has drawn his
portrait in “Twelve Men.” Paul Dreiser, or Dresser,
was a seductive Bohemian, a sort of Rameau’s nephew,
several of whose popular songs are still remembered.
Of his sisters Theodore Dreiser tells us that, like the
Jennie Gerhardts and Sister Carries of his novels,
several of them eloped early from home in order to
escape utter poverty. Theodore himself had to set to
menial work to make a living at an early age. He took
up odd jobs and after a hurried flight through college,
he began as a reporter wandering from city to city,
from Saint Louis to Chicago and then to Pittsburgh and
New York. He always felt an instinctive craving for
living close to everyday life and for observing things
and people around him with a keen and circumstantiated
attention, which never excluded a sort of underground
and subdued pity. Never a sentimentalist,
Dreiser was however always deeply human. He completed
his apprenticeship as a writer in the midst of
an intimate contact with life, collecting the material
for his books at first hand. While running errands as
a reporter he would brood over his impressions, in the
company of a few enthusiastic friends, after feverishly
reading Balzac and Émile Zola. His friends encouraged
him to write about people just as he found them around
him.
In these early days of his career Dreiser applied himself
to the task of hunting for news with the cunning and
pluck of a real detective. He had the gift of finding
romance in everyday existence, and when the time came
to apply a meaning and a philosophy to what he saw,
he turned to Herbert Spencer for guidance. In 1900
appeared “Sister Carrie,” which the censors vetoed
immediately after its publication. Then appeared in
slow succession “Jennie Gerhardt,” “The Financier,”
the first volume of an unfinished trilogy, the second part
of which was called “The Titan.” In 1915 Dreiser published
“The Genius” and ten years later “An American
Tragedy,” the history of a crime recounted in two huge
volumes. Let us not forget Dreiser’s short stories,
“Twelve Men,” “Free and Other Stories,” and
“Chains.” From an artistic standpoint these are the
best things that he has ever written. And then we have
the autobiography of the author, “A Traveller at
Forty,” and “A Book about Myself,” two self-drawn
portraits of first importance to the study of Dreiser as
an artist and as a man. His complete philosophy is to
be found in “Hey Rub-a-Dub-Dub” and also in many
pages of “A Hoosier Holiday.”
It may well be doubted whether any other modern
writer has ever succeeded in carrying the doctrine of
realism as far as Dreiser has. It was a heroic effort on
his part. He himself tells that, when he began to write,
it was impossible to write realistic novels in this country.
Around 1900 idealistic America was nestled too
snugly in its mid-Victorian sentimentality, not to show
its teeth at an American Maupassant intent upon depicting
life as it is. As Dreiser ironically puts it, people
were not accustomed, in those days, to “calling a spade
a spade.” They wanted shock absorbers and pillows all
around them. Their minds as well as their houses were
all painted pink, and woe to the fanatic who tried to
besmirch them with drab hues. Theoretically Americans
pretended to admire Tolstoi, Flaubert, Balzac
and Maupassant from a safe distance, and yet their
bookshelves were loaded with the books of the mid-Victorian
writers bound to match the furniture.
Dreiser does not deny that the mid-Victorians had
something to say about life, but they were afraid of
saying too much. The great English writers of the
middle nineteenth century were well aware of the vanities
and lies of human existence, but they had pledged
their word of honor to themselves and to the public
that they would never reveal what they knew. Idealism
spread a veil over it. The result was that, like
William Dean Howells, American authors displayed
existence only in its most smiling aspects of existence.
This was the safest way not to discourage optimism.
Christian people could thus be happy. They could
lead quiet and respectable lives at home, rear their
children in the fear of God, go to church on Sundays and
ignore trouble, provided, adds Dreiser, that thieves,
cheats and dogs gave them permission to do so. In the
books of the period men appear only as heroes. If
their daughters met with any mishaps, they were
charged to some ex professo scapegoats. Otherwise
things in general look as if our first parents had never
committed the original sin. It was the duty of the
writer, the preacher and the politician to confirm people
in this optimism and to promise them felicity in this
world and the world hereafter.
As for Dreiser, he was of a different type of mind.
He called himself an independent. He also was in favor
of progress but he refused to believe that it could be
achieved without having a scientific view of things. He
refused to stand by any creed. He declared that
Truth, Beauty and Love were only vital lies and capitalized
nonentities. Did he believe in the ideal or did
he deny it? One thing he knew, namely, that man and
the world are a fifty-fifty mixture of good and evil.
This was the creed of a realist and Dreiser has never
adhered to any other.
He shows a real enthusiasm for facts. He can distil
beauty from the most trivial heap of junk. He himself
has told us many times that he owes his passion for the
trivial to his experience as a journalist. As a true
journalist, and as a typical American, he is much more
interested in the news than in the editorials. This
explains why there is a complete absence of ethics and
metaphysics in his books. He rarely comments upon
the actual achievements of his heroes. The editorial
rooms of a newspaper, we are told, are an incubator of
lies where ready-made notions are concocted to be swallowed
at one gulp. Humanity, progress, character,
morality, the sanctity of the home, and so forth,—these
bribes for the fools come out of the editorial rooms.
A reporter, on the contrary, is only concerned with
things and people as they are. He does not wear gloves
to write. He is after what happens and not what
should happen; not after an ideal but after truth. The
rule for the reporter is to get at the news and by the
quickest route. Let him report anything he wants to,
provided that he can do it faster and better than any of
his competitors. The public must be served. The
public clamors for news. They must have it.
When he speaks of the reporter, Dreiser gives up all
the ethical standards. Truth alone matters. He
knows that a good reporter shows no scruples. He
must get at the facts and to do this all means are justified,
even the trickiest ones.
With all his faults Dreiser prefers journalists to philosophers:
journalists, according to him, are free of what
he calls the “moralistic mush.” After having been
through the journalistic mill for some time they cannot
be sentimental, and leave to other people the ranting
about patriotism, justice, truth and the like. They
know the fanatic for what he is, a man ready to make
people swallow fairy tales, and to draw personal profits
from his hypocrisy. As for the politicians, the journalists
see them in their true light, selfish intriguers
who gamble with popular ignorance and passions.
Even judges stand to him just for what they are, i.e.,
men lucky enough to secure good positions and careful
to steer their boat in the wind of public opinion.
Once Dreiser called on an editor and while he was
waiting he looked about him at the suggestive inscriptions
which a mysterious hand had written in unmistakable
characters upon the walls. In true American
fashion those characters flashed for the members of the
staff the decalogue of their profession. EXACTITUDE!
EXACTITUDE! EXACTITUDE! WHO?
WHAT? WHERE? HOW? THE FACTS! THE
COLOR! THE FACTS! But Dreiser fails to tell
us that that day he found the essentials of his literary
programme. Not imagination, but attention—microscopic
attention—is his muse. No realistic writer
has been truer to Locke’s aphorism according to which
there is nothing in our minds which has not come to
them through the senses. He owes to journalistic tactics
not only his literary processes, but most of the content
of his novels. They are borrowed in a lump from
what the French call faits divers, i.e., from the news columns.
His great social novels, “The Financier” and
“The Genius,” are dramatized pieces of muck-raking.
They leave very little, if anything, to the imagination.
They deal with a then recent scandal involving a Philadelphia
magnate. Dreiser did not have to invent the
story. He went to the spot to gather information and,
as a reporter does, he got his man. To build up his
Cowperwood, Dreiser did not need to use even one
tenth of the imagination which Cuvier showed in reconstructing
the dynosaur. Dreiser is not a novelist.
He is an historian. Were it only for his sake, the word
fiction as applied to a presentation of real life under an
assumed name and in an anonymous setting, should be
effaced from the English dictionary. Why invent and
imagine when reality is teeming with surprise, and
why buy the “Arabian Nights” when we have the
daily paper and the last news? Dreiser never had any
trouble in passing from the composition room to the
desk of the novelist. He never went far for subjects.
Let others go to the South Seas, to Alaska, to Europe
or the East, to find their heroes and heroines. Dreiser
sets his camera in the middle of the street. And—by
the way—who is the greatest idealist, the fictitious
writer who needs castles in Spain for romance, or the
unflinching and intuitive observer who can perceive an
epic in the most trivial events of every week day?
Dreiser does not hunt for romance; he waits for it at
home. The daily paper brings him more material than
he wants. He has listed for us some of those thrillers
that he can buy ready-made for a few cents. Here are
a few of them, fresh from the printing-press.
I. A young girl is in love with a young man whom her
father dislikes. The girl and the boy have been drawn
toward each other by that vital force which acts as a
deus ex machina in Dreiser’s novels (Dreiser calls bio-chemistry
what Goethe named elective affinities and
G. B. Shaw the vital force). Despite the father’s
opposition the young couple marry in secret. The
groom’s parent is furious when he hears of it. In a fit
of drunkenness he kills his son. Only his daughter, by
telling a lie, can save him at court. What will she do?
And do we need to go to Shakespeare or Corneille to
find a thrill? What have capitalized abstractions, like
Duty, Law, Justice, to do with this blunt, brutal and yet
highly dramatic alternative?
II. A man is born with a passion for business. If he
can make a merger of several independent firms, he will
be able to manufacture and sell to the public, at low
cost, a product which will make him rich. But, in
order to do this, he must face either one of the following
possibilities: (a) He can form a stock company with
equal rights for all of its members; (b) he can manufacture
the article without personal profit or loss; (c) he
can share the risks and profits of the venture with a few
associates and strangle the competitors; (d) or stand pat.
Attitudes (b) and (c) are called moral. If, on the contrary,
the business man decides in favor of (a) or (d) he
declares war on society. What will an intelligent and
aggressive personality do and, once more, what have
capitalized abstractions to do with such a mighty instinct
when it is confronted by adverse circumstances?
III. A young man has committed a crime. His
father realizes that the crime of his son is his own
fault since he failed to give the youth the right sort of
education. The law expects the father to surrender his
child, whom he loves with all his heart and for whose
crime he feels responsible. What will the father do?
There is nothing romantic about all this, declares
Dreiser. This is not romance, it is truth such as can be
found at any time in the dailies. Dreiser is satisfied
with this kind of material. There is more than a fortuitous
resemblance between story Number II and
“The Financier.” The last-mentioned episode reads
very much like “An American Tragedy.” With his
imagination of facts the novelist has been able to
unravel in many hundred pages all the possibilities
contained in a few newspaper headlines. This confession
about his sources will save many scholars, in
years to come the trouble they have to face when they
try to identify Père Grandet or Emma Bovary. Only a
romantic writer can think of hiding what he borrows
from life. The true realist, Dreiser or Zola, is not
ashamed of being caught, his camera in hand. The
closer the resemblance between the original and the
copy, the greater the art which produced it.
As a philosopher, as well as an artist, Dreiser still
remains a journalist. His novels are no more or no less
immoral than a newspaper. Why should we grant
the newspaperman the right to record coolly and without
comment a crime or a scandal, and yet brand the
novelist as immoral when he chooses to do the same?
Dreiser does not comment in his novels; he reports.
His philosophy is not ready-made; it has not been elaborated
in a study or in a pulpit. It was born in the
realm of chance and of current events, from incidents
and accidents, close to the morgue, the charnel house,
the brothel, the slum, the hospital, the police station,
where Dreiser used to report. There wisdom came to
him as it did to Hamlet in the churchyard. Life is the
text and our actions are the comments. A loyal and
sincere seeker of truth, Theodore Dreiser never interposes
his own personality between his characters and the
reader. In this respect he is still more objective than
his master, Balzac. He preaches no sermon. He
shows things and people as they are. If there is somewhere
a conscience, it must be in the heart of him or her
who reads through the book.
Dreiser is a moralist, but he preaches his morals outside
of his novels. With one hand he composes his
massive, clumsy and realistic narratives, deliberately
objective and amoral. With the other he holds the
pen of the traveler, the philosopher and the essayist.
Read, for instance, his admirable essay on “The Inevitable
Equation.” It is as clear an elucidation of
the writer’s mind as could be expected. This sort of
double-dealing with his readers came out of the author’s
loyalty toward others and himself. A conscientious
and skilful journalist will not make the mistake of confusing
the news with the editorial matter. Philosophy
and facts belong to two different orders. The one is the
order of the mind, the other that of nature. Better keep
them apart than to see one giving the lie to the other.
Le cœur a ses raisons que la raison ne connait pas.
Outside of his novels Theodore Dreiser has often
shown himself an original thinker, and, even when his
philosophy has lacked originality, he has made up for it
by the strength of his convictions. His outlook on life
is as little cheerful as that of Voltaire in “Candide”
or Anatole France in “Penguin Island.” The true
realist, like a true psychologist, is a born pessimist.
Only the ignorant can be blind to the human tragedy.
Let us praise Dreiser for seeing the ugly side of life
without altogether losing faith in it. Experience has
taught him many a bitter lesson as to the place of man
in the universe. One cannot be a reporter and still
sing every day Browning’s famous hymn to optimism:
The year is at the spring,
The day is at the morn,
God’s in his heaven;
All’s right with the world.
Even a self-satisfied poet, at ease under the beautiful
Italian sky, can forget himself now and then and
blaspheme. Not so Theodore Dreiser. This is a sober
and gloomy portrait of life, such as Lucretius used to
paint it:
Common dust swept into our atmosphere makes our
beautiful sunsets and blue sky. Sidereal space, as we
know it, is said to be one welter of strangely flowing
streams of rock and dust, a wretched mass made attractive
only by some vast compulsory coalition into a star.
Stars clash and blaze, and the whole great complicated
system seems one erosive, chaffering, bickering effort,
with here and there a tendency to stillness and petrification.
This world, as we know it, the human race and
the accompanying welter of animals and insects, do they
not, aside from momentary phases of delight and
beauty, often strike you as dull, aimless, cruel, useless?
Are not the processes by which they are produced or
those by which they live (the Chicago slaughter-houses,
for instance), stark, relentless, brutal, shameful even?—life
living on life, the preying of one on another, the
compulsory ageing of all, the hungers, thirsts, destroying
losses and pains.[18]
Dreiser’s philosophy may not be very cheerful, but
it is genuine and far more original than could be expected
from a writer of fiction. Spencer and Huxley—not
to forget Nietzsche—robbed Dreiser of his religious
beliefs and left him in a quandary of philosophical nihilism.
A summary of his creed may be set forth about as
follows: There are only facts. The moral and religious
interpretations of life are erroneous. They fail to cope
with reality. Dreiser is a self-confessed agnostic. The
key to the riddles of human destiny will be found, not in
metaphysics, but in bio-chemistry. Idealism is a lie.
Dreiser has called himself a man longing for poetry and
at the same time a materialist ardently enamored with
life. He doubts, on the other hand—to use his own
words—whether a human being, no matter how poetic
of material he may have been, has ever thrown over the
scenes of this world, material or spiritual, a glance more
avid and covetous than his own. His challenge to
idealism rests upon the feeling that there exists a gap
between reality as it can be observed and its interpretation
at the hand of the professional philosophers. He
is ready to adhere to principles and to accept interpretations,
provided that they be in accord with facts
as scientifically determined. Meanwhile he sees little
proportion between the world such as it is, and the
creeds or systems imagined on its account. Our systems
of thought belie experience. Ethics contradict
bio-chemistry. There are people whose particular
interest seems to be to disfigure things as they are, and
to present man to himself as being different from what
he is in reality. This is hypocrisy. Life is not a harmony
but a struggle. Our existence is a tragic conflict
of forces, aspirations, passions and energies, all excellent
in themselves, but perverted by irrational repressions.
Let us admire Dreiser’s frankness on this point. Man,
to him, is not a pre-Raphaelite seraph dressed with
wings, but a being of blood and flesh. Like Whitman
and Jack London, Dreiser is full of an orgiastic enthusiasm
for the human body. He cannot help reducing the
moral to the physical, the soul to the body, and translating
psychology in terms of bio-chemistry:
In spite of all the so-called laws and prophets, there
is apparently in Nature no such thing as the right
to do or the right not to do, if you reach the place
where the significance of the social chain in which
you find yourself is not satisfactory. The murderer
has under the written law no right to murder anybody.
It is perfectly plain that he has the right if
he is willing to pay the penalty, or if he can evade it.
Conscience, this thing called conscience, to which people
repeatedly appeal, is, as I have pointed out elsewhere,
little more than a built-up net of social acceptances
and agreements in regard to society or the agreed
state of facts in which we all find ourselves when we
arrive here; in other words, all the things which we
wish to do and be, or avoid.[19]
In this unromantic universe Dreiser moves with admiration
and delight. At the bottom of his philosophy
there is a calm and serene—but disenchanted—individualism,
very much like that which took Nietzsche
beyond evil and good. Dreiser accepts the struggle for
survival like a convinced Darwinian. He views life as
a chaos of blind and amorphous energies roused by mysterious
and ominous ferments. The game of life is that
of the great individuals against the masses. Great men
tending to self-expression and self-expansion find themselves
blocked by the overwhelming numbers of elementary
and gregarious humanity. Hence the war
between society and the élite of supermen. Dreiser’s
evolutionism, however, does not in the least imply an
idea of progress. Change there is, eternal change,
mutation, compensation, and, in the last analysis
eternal return.
Thus Dreiser’s evolutionism is purely organic and
static. It is strictly realistic. The fact that a few
great individuals emerge from the mass does not justify
higher expectations for the future of mankind. Besides,
they do not always emerge. Many dynosaurs
and superhuman giants fail pitifully and are buried
alive in the mud. Geology and anthropology endorse
Dreiser’s pessimism on the subject of man’s fight with
the blind forces of nature.
Life is a struggle, but not necessarily a struggle
toward the better, as the idealists imagine. Though
a fairly good Darwinian, Dreiser would fain believe
in the survival of the fittest. War does not ever
make for better. It slaughters blindly left and
right, and the bravest, the most daring and courageous
are always the first to die, as the World War proved not
long ago. Dreiser’s supermen are a product of change,
human machines moved by vices and passions, greed
and lust. They may win over their fellow mortals, but
they have to cope with Nature, Nature without an
Emersonian Oversoul, and all of them surrender finally
to its blind dictates. The man who wrote “The Titan,”
“The Financier,” “The Genius” hit the hardest blow to
American idealism. He might well be nicknamed the
Homer of the heroes who fail, the Balzac of moral and
physiological failures. But an artist does not much
care to know where the world goes; he is chiefly concerned
with life and motion. Where there is struggle
there is life and motion and rhythm, and this it is which
makes the world artistically interesting and attractive,
and it does this for Dreiser. Even from the utilitarian
point of view (when it is told), there is compensation in
the existence of the giants. It would of course be folly
on our part to try to block the way of the lion and the
tiger. We had better carefully keep at a safe distance:
My own guess would be that we, or rather the race,
are going on to a greater individuality, plus a greater
weakness as to its component and clinging atoms, providing
it does not suffer an endless dark age of mass
control or total extinction in some form or other. Nietzsche
appeared preaching individuality, greater individuality
for everybody who could achieve it, and to a
certain extent he was right. Greater individuality
than the world has yet seen will certainly be achieved
by some.... If to have a Woolworth Building, a
transcontinental railroad, a Panama Canal, a flying
machine, to say nothing of literature and art, means
that we must endure a man who is dull, greedy, vain,
ridiculous in many ways or even an advocate of every
conceivable vice in order to twist his brain into some
strange phantasmagorical tendency, the result of which
will be some one of these things, there are many who
would enthusiastically say, “Then let us have him
along with all his lacks or vices, in order that this other
may be.”... For my part I am convinced that so-called
vice or crime and destruction and so-called evil,
are as fully a part of the universal creative process as
are all the so-called virtues, and do as much good—providing,
as they do, for one thing, the religionist
and the moralist with their reasons for existing. At
best, ethics and religion are but one face of a shield
which is essentially irreligious and ethical as to its other
face, or the first would not exist.[20]
Imagination has never been Theodore Dreiser’s forte,
at least, not the kind of imagination which soars beyond
memory and adds fancy to experience. Yet the essential
of his philosophy will be found in the first pages of
“The Financier,” in the disguise of an allegory. He
tells us how, when still a child, Cowperwood began to
doubt the story of the origins of mankind as it is told in
the book of Genesis. The Bible did not give him a
satisfactory interpretation of human actions, so he
turned to a fishmonger near his home. The fishmonger
had tubs full of fish. They gave him his first lesson in
philosophy. I cannot help quoting the whole anecdote
as a faithful summary and an illustration of the struggle
for existence. The battle between the lobster and the
squid was indeed a natural prelude to introduce the
readers to the exploits of what is commonly called
among mortals a “shark,” and Cowperwood is one of
the first brand:
The lobster lay at the bottom of the clear glass tank
on the yellow sand, apparently seeing nothing. You
could not tell in which way his beady, black button
eyes were looking—but apparently they were never
off the body of the squid. The latter, pale and waxy in
texture, looking very much like pork fat or jade, was
moving about in torpedo fashion; but his movements
were apparently never out of the eyes of his enemy,
for by degrees small portions of his body began to disappear,
snapped off by the relentless claws of his pursuer.
The latter, as young Cowperwood was one day
a witness, would leap like a catapult to where the squid
was apparently idly dreaming, and the squid, very
alert, would dart away, shooting out at the same time
a cloud of ink, behind which it would disappear. It
was not always completely successful, however. Some
small portions of its body or its tail were frequently
left in the claws of the monster below. Days passed,
and, now fascinated by the drama, young Cowperwood
came daily.[21]
The size of the squid’s body decreased day after day
and he wasted all his ink ammunitions. The battle now
was too uneven to last. One evening, when Frank came
back to watch it, he saw a crowd around the tub. The
lobster was still squinting in his corner and close to him
lay the squid or, at least the little that was left of him.
Young Cowperwood felt aggrieved. He had come too
late to enjoy the most thrilling part of the fight, but he
did not miss its lesson. Such was life! Lobsters and
squids fought and finally one was bound to devour the
other. The lobsters fed on the squids, men fed on the
lobsters and—who fed on men? For days and weeks,
says Dreiser, young Cowperwood could think of nothing
but lobsters and squids. This was a true picture of life
and of what it had in store for an ambitious young man
ready to start on his career. It filled him with courage
and anxiety.
Dreiser will never forget the tub where the lobster
got the best of the squid, despite its camouflage. There
at last you had a true lesson in behaviorism and on the
art of stimuli and responses, an ethics construed out of
automatic actions. Henceforth human beings in Dreiser’s
books will be easily divided into two classes, those
which eat and those which are eaten, the lobsters and
the squids. Crude and elementary as this classification
may well seem, it is based upon an honest attempt to
study life at close quarters.
Such an unsophisticated view of this world did not
inspire the novelist with much indulgence in dealing
with his own country. Darwinism made him rather
harsh with democratic institutions. He is too fond of
the trivial and the commonplace not to cherish the
United States. “A Hoosier Holiday” is a faithful
and, on the whole, an eulogious and sometimes lyrical
survey of America. This masterpiece of indifference
to the laws of literary perspective is, taken altogether,
the most suggestive collection of Reisebilder. Here is
the American Middle West photographed from life,
an easy-going, happy-go-lucky country, half modern,
half patriarchal with his cornucopias teeming with corn
and cattle, half savage, half civilized, half awake, half
vegetative, more remote from Europe than the cannibals
in Typee’s island. Dreiser, the satirist, the philosopher
and the artist, keeps a harmonious copy all
through the book for our delight. “A Hoosier Holiday”
is a pleasant medley of sketches, cartoons, soliloquies
and lyrical outbursts. It is the best book which
Dreiser has written.
It is apparent that America is very dear to the heart
of Theodore Dreiser, although he does not spare her his
criticisms. He loves her, pets her and scolds her, as he
would a child:
Dear, crude, asinine, illusioned Americans! How
I love them! And the great fields from the Atlantic
to the Pacific holding them all, and their dreams! How
they rise, how they hurry, how they run under the
sun! Here they are building a viaduct, there a great
road, yonder plowing fields or sowing grain, their faces
lit with eternal, futile hope of happiness. You can see
them religiously tending store, religiously running a
small-town country hotel, religiously mowing the grass,
religiously driving shrewd bargains or thinking that
much praying will carry them to heaven—the dear
things!—and then among them are the bad men, the
loafers, the people who chew tobacco and swear and
go to the cities Saturday nights and “cut up” and
don’t save their money!
Dear, dear, darling Yankee land—“my country
’tis”—when I think of you and all your ills and all
your dreams and all your courage and your faith—I
could cry over you, wringing my hands.[22]
And yet he prefers America to Europe:
And why? Well, because of a certain indefinable
something—either of hope or courage or youth or
vigor or illusion, what you will, but the average American,
or the average European transplanted to America,
is a better or at least a more dynamic person than the
average European at home, even the Frenchman. He
has more grit, verve, humor, or a lackadaisical slapdash
method which is at once efficient, self-sustaining, comforting.
His soul, in spite of all the chains wherewith
the ruling giants are seeking to fetter him, is free.
As yet, regardless of what is or may be, he does not
appear to realize that he is not free or that he is in any
way oppressed. There are no ruling classes, to him.
He sings, whistles, jests, laughs boisterously; matches
everybody for cigars, beers, meals; chews tobacco,
spits freely, smokes, swears, rolls to and fro, cocks his
hat on one side of his head, and altogether by and large
is a regular “hell of a feller.” He does not know anything
about history, or very little, and doesn’t give a
damn. He doesn’t know anything about art,—but,
my God, who with the eternal hills and all nature for
a background cannot live without representative art?
His food is not extraordinarily good, though plentiful,
his clothes are made by Stein-Bloch, or Hart, Schaffner
and Marx, and altogether he is a noisy, blatant,
contented mess—but, oh, the gay, self-sufficient soul
of him! No moans! No tears! Into the teeth of
destiny he marches, whistling “Yankee Doodle” or
“Turkey in the Straw.” In the parlance of his own
streets, “Can you beat him?”[23]
And yet—
At other times, viewing the upstanding middle class
American with his vivid suit, yellow shoes, flaring tie
and conspicuous money roll, I want to compose an ode
in praise of the final enfranchisement of the common
soul. How much better these millions, I ask you, with
their derby and fedora hats, their ready-made suits,
their flaring jewelry, automobiles and a general sense of
well-being, and even perfection, if you will, than a race
of slaves or serfs, dominated by grand dukes, barons,
beperfumed and beribboned counts, daimios, and lords
and ladies, however cultivated and artistic these may
appear! True, the latter would act more gracefully,
but would they be any the more desirable for that,
actually? I hear a thousand patrician-minded souls
exclaiming, “Yes, of course,” and I hear a million
lovers of democracy insisting “No.” Personally, I
would take a few giants in every field, well curbed, and
then a great and comfortable mass such as I see about
me in these restaurants, for instance, well curbed also.
Then I would let them mix and mingle.
Dreiser’s patriotism is not blind. The future of his
country fills him with worry and anxiety. Looking
forward as a philosopher, he looks upon American civilization
as upon a brilliant phase, though not a final
one, in the world’s evolution. Bossuet, in his discourse
on universal history, viewed nations and empires as
many toys in the hands of a divine Providence. Dreiser
considers them as the playthings of Chance. A faithful
believer in the law of change, he has little illusion
left on the subject of the rights of men, brotherhood,
freedom. Life is a dream, and this great American
Commonwealth, whose achievements fill him with pride
and enthusiasm, may well be also another dream:
Happy, happy people! Yet for the dream’s sake, as
I told myself at this time, and as against an illimitable
background of natural chance and craft, I would like
to see this and the other sections with which it is so
closely allied, this vast Republic, live on. It is so splendid,
so tireless. Its people, in spite of their defects and
limitations, sing so at their tasks. There are dark
places, but there are splendid points of light, too. One
is their innocence, complete and enduring; another is
their faith in ideals and the Republic. A third is their
optimism and buoyancy of soul, their courage to get up
in the morning and go up and down the world, whistling
and singing. Oh, the whistling, singing American, with
his jest and his sound heart and that light of humorous
apprehension in his eyes! How wonderful it all is!
It isn’t English, or French, or German, or Spanish, or
Russian, or Swedish, or Greek. It’s American, “Good
Old United States,”—and for that reason I liked this
region and all these other portions of America that I
have ever seen. New England is not so kindly, the
South not so hopeful, the Far West more so, but they
have something of these characteristics which I have
been describing.
And for these reasons I would have this tremendous,
bubbling Republic live on, as a protest perhaps against
the apparently too unbreakable rule that democracy,
equality, or the illusion of it, is destined to end in disaster.
It cannot survive ultimately, I think. In the
vast, universal sea of motion, where change and decay
are laws, and individual power is almost always uppermost,
it must go under—but until then—
We are all such pathetic victims of chance, anyhow.
We are born, we struggle, we plan, and chance blows
all our dreams away. If, therefore, one country, one
State dares to dream the impossible, why cast it down
before its ultimate hour? Why not dream with it?
It is so gloriously, so truly a poetic land. We were
conceived in ecstasy and born in dreams.
And so, were I one of sufficient import to be able to
speak to my native land, the galaxy of States of which
it is composed, I would say: Dream on. Believe.
Perhaps it is unwise, foolish, childlike, but dream anyhow.
Disillusionment is destined to appear. You may
vanish as have other great dreams, but even so, what
a glorious, an imperishable memory!
“Once,” will say those historians of far distant
nations of times yet unborn, perchance, “once there
was a great republic. And its domain lay between a
sea and a sea—a great continent. In its youth and
strength it dared assert that men were free and equal,
endowed with certain inalienable rights. Then came
the black storms of life—individual passions and
envies, treasons, stratagems, spoils. The very gods,
seeing it young, dreamful, of great cheer, were filled
with envy. They smote and it fell. But, oh, the
wondrous memory of it! For in those days men were
free, because they imagined they were free.” Of dreams
and the memory of them is life compounded.[24]
This loyal citizen of democratic America is too good
a Darwinian to believe in equality. He sees the United
States like the lobster and the squid in the tub, as a
land of bitter conflicts scarcely concealed by humanitarianism,
a land where the strongest coaxes the weak in
order to stifle him more effectively. As a philosopher
Dreiser shows little respect for the masses, although
they delight his artistic sense. He has little or no confidence
in them. If any change for the better happens
in human conditions, we must attribute it to the supermen,
who are acting as Providence first for their own
profit, but also indirectly for that of the greater mass of
mortals. Great men are the sole palliation offered by
Nature to the average mediocrity of the human race.
Dreiser’s partiality for the supermen has gone as far as
praising as the most wonderful of all books Machiavelli’s
“The Prince,” that bible of crafty and cynical statesmen.
He praised Alexander, Caesar, Hannibal and
Napoleon like another Carlyle. These were men of
prey, sharks and vultures, but the energy of Nature was
seething within them with its most virulent ferments.
As a masterpiece of bio-chemistry they stand
out preëminently among the homoculi. Of course the
fight with the giants and the dwarfs is unequal.
The masses do not give the supermen their chance.
Dreiser bemoans that plight. Turning to his country
he waves to the captains of industry as the true
reincarnations of Alexander and Bonaparte. During
a visit to the Vatican galleries he was impressed, he
tells us, by a striking air of resemblance between certain
American magnates and the proconsuls or the emperors
of Rome!
This hero worship explains to us why Theodore
Dreiser cannot refrain from feeling some admiration
even for such authentic villains as his Frank Cowperwood.
Biology and ethics play at the tug-of-war in
his novels. He cannot accept the criminal, but neither
can he condemn him without a mixed feeling of aversion
and awe in the presence of his strength. The call-of-the-wild
lures him as strongly as it does Jack London.
He adores sheer force as an athlete does the sight of a
perfect figure, without any admixture of moral responsibility.
He adores life as what may be called the muscular
display of passions. Without greed and lust he gives
us to understand that there would be no dramatic
pathos left in existence. So he wrote the epic of appetites
unleashed. In his novels Society arrayed with
moral codes, judges, policemen, jails and executioners
plays the part of the Myrmidons in Homer. The men
of pluck and daring, the grafters, the forgers, and the
like, stand out like as many Achilles and Hectors. Passions
and appetites, even those condemned by the code,
are the keys to human life. The truest moments of life,
although they may be the most tragic, are those athrill
with a great passion. Life is a perpetually self-renovating
process, the gushing-out of infinite forces hurled
against all barriers.[24]
This love of life as it is, along with Dreiser’s preference
for the bio-chemical point of view, must also account
for the treatment of the sexual problems in his
books. Dreiser’s apparent cynicism on this point is
again that of the biologist. To detect the mysteries of
sex he does not need to turn to Doctor Freud. He
brings everything to the surface. Like Whitman, he
sings a pæan to life in all its works. His pagan odes to
Life need only rhymes to be formal poems. Here is a
hymn to the Vital Force which betrays the true poet:
Life will not be boxed in boxes. It will not be
wrapped and tied up with strings and set aside on a shelf
to await a particular religious or moral use. As yet we
do not understand life, we do not know what it is,
what the laws are that govern it. At best we see ourselves
hobbling along, responding to this dream and
that lust and unable to compel ourselves to gainsay the
fires and appetites and desires of our bodies and minds.
Some of these, in some of us, strangely enough (and
purely accidentally, of that I am convinced) conform
to the current needs or beliefs of a given society; and
if we should be so fortunate as to find ourselves in that
society, we are by reason of these ideals, favorites,
statesmen, children of fortune, poets of the race. On
the other hand, others of us who do not and cannot
conform (who are left-over phases of ancient streams,
perhaps, or portentous striae of new forces coming into
play) are looked upon as horrific, and to be stabilized,
or standardized, and brought into the normal systole-diastole
of things.[25]
Those of us endowed with these things in mind and
blood are truly terrible to the mass—pariahs, failures,
shams, disgraces. Yet life is no better than its worst
elements, no worse than its best. Its perfections are
changing temporalities, illusions of perfection that will
be something very different to-morrow.
Again I say, we do not know what life is—not
nearly enough to set forth a fixed code of any kind,
religious or otherwise. But we do know that it sings
and stings, that it has perfections, entrancements,
shames—each according to his blood flux and its
chemical character. Life is rich, gorgeous, an opium-eater’s
dream of something paradisiacal—but it is
never the thin thing that thin blood and a weak, ill-nourished,
poorly responding brain would make it,
and that is where the majority of our religions, morals,
rules and safeguards come from. From thin, petered-out
blood, and poor, nervous, non-commanding, weak
brains.
Life is greater than anything we know.
It is stronger.
It is wilder.
It is more horrible.
It is more beautiful.
We need not stop and think we have found a solution.
We have not even found a beginning. We do
not know. And my patriotic father wanted us all to
believe in the Catholic Church and the Infallibility of
the Pope and confession and communion!
Great Pan of the Greeks, and you, Isis of the Egyptians,
save me! These moderns are all insane![26]
Thus speaks the American Zarathustra.
Theodore Dreiser was not satisfied with lyrical statements
of his philosophy. “Hey Rub-a-Dub-Dub” is
a direct and almost ex professo comment on the subject
of life and conduct. Important qualifications of
his pessimism will be found in particular in an important
essay of that book, called “The Inevitable Equation.”
Yes, Dreiser is a moralist; may I say an Emersonian
moralist? “The Inevitable Equation” recalls to our
mind Emerson’s famous essay on “Compensation.”
Crimes, monstrosities, lust and greed, the rascalities of
Frank Cowperwood or the crimes of Clyde Griffiths do
not disturb the novelist’s serenity. He does not feel
the need, like Zola, of calling society to the rescue, or
like Dostoievski to resort to mysticism to make the
world better. He remains a positivist. Life is Life.
C’est la guerre! Call it God, the Oversoul or the Vital
Force, the ruling energies of Nature are blind and indifferent.
Never did Nature listen to a course in philosophy.
What does Dreiser care how the Vital Force will
call itself? It is enough for him that he can wonder
daily at its wonderful display. A volcano or a cyclone
are not moral, but they are impressive and thrilling.
A world without dangers would not be an interesting
world. Moreover there is an automatic (or call it, if
you like, providential) Westinghouse brake somewhere
in the worst furies of the monster. Nature is a self-regulated
energy. It manages alone to keep a balance
in the midst of its turmoil. The individuals and the
masses counterbalance each other rather harmoniously
and this probably explains why the cosmos has not yet
been wrecked. Saints and poets compensate for the
greedy and the lusty. Saint Francis of Assisi atones
for Frank Cowperwood. This belief in compensation,
or, as Dreiser prefers to say, in equation, is the only
trace of ethics to be found in his books, but it was
already Emerson’s ethics.[27]
Pity plays no part in Dreiser’s stories. His outlook
on life is entirely devoid of that quality. Yet he is less
cruel in his essays. An unmistakable undercurrent of
tenderness and indulgence toward mankind is present
in them. The author of “An American Tragedy” is
the same one who wrote “Twelve Men,” a most touching,
human and, yes, a truly Christian book. Optimism
is not absent either from “A Traveller at Forty”
and “A Book About Myself.” Outside the reporter’s
office Theodore Dreiser can be truly human. Then he
gives up objectivity and he does not mind helping his
readers solve the riddles of this world. After all, even
in his gloomiest moments he does not deal with the
satanic phases of life with more complacency than, for
instance, Jonathan Edwards used to do. His impartiality
does not exclude convictions; much to the contrary.
It is that of a judge who suspends the sentence until the
criminal has been proven guilty. His indictment is
then left to the jury, i.e., to the readers of his books on
the conscience of whom he relies. Few writers have
known like him the somber art of penning us in through
hundreds or thousands of pages without one single ray
of hope apparent, and few could operate a guillotine
with the sang-froid found in the execution of Clyde
Griffiths. Again, however, Dreiser’s pessimism is not
without an appeal.
He has suggested in the same essays two solutions of
the ethical problem. In our fight with Nature there is
first the alternative of complete surrender, abandonment
and acceptance. This is the choice of the saints
and the sages. The other alternative is to fight the
fight for its own sake, and to challenge the world on its
own ground. If we refuse to serve Nature we may well
try to surpass it, and disprove it. Dreiser seems very
much in favor of those Promethean ethics. The universal
forces may well overtake us and beat us at the
game. What of that? If we cannot win, let us, at
least, know that we tried. Here Dreiser once more
points out a moral, not of conscience but of science.
He revives Socrates’ dictum “Know thyself” and the
world along with you. This may be the best road to
victory when all is told. Surrounded on all sides by
superhuman energies let us prove ourselves supermen
to meet them, and if we are ominously assailed, let us at
least find out the name of our assailant. If we suffer,
let us gladly, proudly confess it. As for Theodore
Dreiser himself, he declares that a nook beside the giant
Prometheus on the rock would please him more than a
seat in the orchestra of Fra Angelico’s winged seraphs.
This ethics does not lack generosity and heroism.
When all is said, Dreiser the philosopher and Dreiser
the artist go hand in hand. He accepts the world as it
is. Let it be good or evil, a means toward an end or an
end in itself, a providential purpose or such stuff as
dreams are made of, this huge mystery is in itself
something worth meditating and writing upon. What
do evolution, melioration and progress matter? When
Dreiser returns after twenty years to his native Hoosier
village he is concerned with only one question. Have
his countrymen succeeded in enriching their sensuous
experience and developing their perceptive capacity, or
shall we admit that since the days of King Solomon,
or Euripides or Shakespeare man’s faculty to enjoy
the world has not made any progress? Euripides’
“Medea,” the “Canticle of Canticles,” “Macbeth,”
are just as true and beautiful to-day as they were centuries
ago. Have we moderns found anything superior
to the sensuous delight which these works of the past
allow us to enjoy? Can anything beyond be imagined?
What have time and space to do with the enjoyment of
life? No mechanical device can accelerate spiritual
progress. Theodore Dreiser cannot be imposed upon
by the conquest of the air or of the asphalt. The Big
Bertha and the asphyxiating gas are not signs to him of
human supremacy. At present man does not any more
understand the tremendous forces which he commands
than he did in his primitive days, although he can conceive
of still more tremendous energies than those which
he sees at play around him. Our response to the stimuli
of Nature has improved very little. There seems to
be a maximum limit of sensations beyond which we
cannot pass. Who can quote a writer able to feel more
keenly than Homer? When Medea speaks in Euripides’
tragedy, who can speak better than she, and who
can say that her words are ancient or modern instead
of being simply and beautifully human?
In “A Traveller at Forty,” Dreiser devotes several
interesting pages to the Dutch painters. He recognized
himself in these unsophisticated artists, who found
beauty everywhere around them. Nothing, according
to him, is easier than to soar into metaphysics, sentimentality
or mysticism. We ought to be grateful to
those who can love life as it is and make us love it without
concealing its imperfections.
He praises the Dutch painters for giving us the most
perfect expression of common and everyday beauty.
They were not romantic but human. Theodore Dreiser
envies those unassuming artists who were content to
paint the arrival of a courier, an evening school, a skating
party, a dance of rustics, a flock of wild ducks, the
cows at milking time, a game of backgammon, a woman
knitting socks, a cat playing with her kittens, etc.
Still more interesting than the homeliness of the Dutch
masters was the exquisite finesse of their sensations, the
marvelous temperament through which even the commonplace
became idealized.[28]
Life seen through a temperament,—this is art, according
to Dreiser, who has not forgotten the lesson of
Maupassant and Zola. He defines art as an emotional
and intellectual reflection of intuition through life.
CHAPTER V Theodore Dreiser and the American Tragedy
In the preceding chapter I presented the general
philosophy of Theodore Dreiser. Let us now survey his
novels in their respective order of publication. The first
in date was “Sister Carrie” (1900). We are told that
the author had to curtail a great deal of the material of
this book—a feat very unfamiliar to him—and this
very likely explains why his first novel, one of the most
interesting ever written by him, is the most in keeping
with the ordinary canon of literary proportions. Every
reader will remember Sister Carrie’s story. Being a
poor American girl, she left her family to earn a living
and started for Chicago with scarcely a penny. On
the train she met a smart “drummer” of flirtatious
disposition. Carrie stopped for a while with her relatives,
but she could not endure the misery very long.
She looked vainly for congenial work and finally sought
her drummer again. He rented an apartment for her
and she became his mistress. She soon tired of him
and became acquainted with the manager of a bar, a
middle-aged man with wife and children, who left everything
for her sake. This man was honestly in love with
Carrie and devoted to her to the point of committing a
theft, of which Carrie herself knew nothing. They go
to Canada and thence to New York, where Carrie’s
lover proves a failure. The book ends tragically and
almost cynically by the man committing suicide and
Carrie going on alone to make a triumphant career
on the stage. The story, like most of Dreiser’s stories,
is rather monotonous and bleak. There is in it, however,
an undercurrent of deep human pathos and an
admirable sense of human frailty. The author was
clever enough to make Carrie’s seducer sympathetic.
The book is well composed. The story is consistent
throughout, and the plot dramatic from beginning to
end, which is rarely the case with Dreiser. The
dialogues are true to life and the environment very
deftly suggested. Drouet, the “drummer” is a fascinating
“booster,” a George Babbitt avant la lettre.
Like most of Dreiser’s characters, he is a well balanced
mixture of good and evil. (A true villain does not
exist in Dreiser’s novels, because he does not probably
exist in reality. His most monstrous characters show
now and then some good inclination or other. This is
true psychology.) A bluffer, an adventurer and a good
fellow at heart, he is drawn from life. Carrie, the
central character, is much less sympathetic. The
heartless way in which she gives up the man who has
sacrificed everything for her is not very chivalrous.
Once more we see in her case Dreiser’s preference of the
truly human to the imaginary and the romantic. The
real pathos of the book rests upon Hurstwood, the
“traveler at forty” led to his ruin by sex, as was
Eugene Witla, the hero of “The Genius.” It is Hurstwood
who fills the dramatic center of the book. He is
the first specimen of moral disintegration presented by
Theodore Dreiser.
In this first novel of his the author had not yet
given himself entirely up to strict objectivity and he
was kind enough to draw for the reader the moral lesson
implied in “Sister Carrie”:
Oh, Carrie, Carrie! Oh, blind strivings of the human
heart! Onward, onward, it saith, and where beauty
leads, there it follows. Whether it be the tinkle of a
lone sheep bell o’er some quiet landscape, or the glimmer
of beauty in sylvan places, or the show of soul in some
passing eye, the heart knows and makes answer, following.
It is when the feet weary and hope seems vain
that the heartaches and the longings arise. Know,
then, that for you is neither surfeit nor content. In
your rocking-chair, by your window dreaming, shall
you long alone. In your rocking-chair, by your window,
shall you dream such happiness as you may never
fear.
“Sister Carrie” is the tragedy of the thwarting of
human aspirations. It presents Dreiser’s favorite
philosophy concerning the conflict of society and the
individual, the opposition of social and individual
ethics. Our instincts are good of themselves but they
may prove harmful to society.
“Jennie Gerhardt” was published in 1911. This
novel follows more closely than the preceding the rigid
standards of objectivity set by the French realists.
Again it tells the tale of an abandoned woman, but of
a woman who does not possess the grit of Sister Carrie.
Jennie Gerhardt is a purely instinctive woman, and she
pays dearly for her surrender to the male. Like most
of the women heroines in Dreiser’s novels, she embodies
the mysterious cravings of Nature. Poor Jennie is not
a superwoman, like Carrie, and the survival of the
fittest does not work in her favor. Like Sister Carrie
she was born poor, an easy prey to temptation. Her
first lover died and left her alone with a child. She
became the chambermaid of a wealthy family and surrendered
to the entreaties of a young member of the
household. The two lovers were honestly fond of each
other. The young man would have married Jennie if
society allowed. But this is not the case and Jennie is
the first to suggest that her lover give her up. He does
so against his will, and marries a woman of his own
caste. Jennie remains alone. Her lover dies, still
faithful to her, and she keeps his memory all her life.
That is all. This simple drama is none the less heart-rending
in its banality. It was told by Dreiser with a
sort of tragic naïveté like that of Flaubert in “Un
Cœur Simple.”
“Jennie Gerhardt” is a beautiful and most pathetic
book. It is cleverly written in a sort of monochromatic
atmosphere, a grisaille admirably in keeping with the
portrait in the center. Jennie’s father is, psychologically,
one of the truest and most human portraits drawn
by the novelist. Bio-chemistry had not yet blurred his
critical sense.
In “The Financier” and “The Titan” Dreiser
widened the scope of his vision to a large extent. They
both display a tableau de mœurs about a central character.
These books tax the patience of the reader.
They are too long, too clumsy, too detailed, and yet
they reveal an unquestionable master. Cowperwood
is a magnificent rascal, one whom Balzac would have
been proud to capture for his gallery of rogues. It is
Vautrin in a Tuxedo and behind a mahogany desk.
Cowperwood is a Spencerian animal of authentic
pedigree, a superb plesiosaurus, a Dreiserian superman
par excellence. The reader of this book has not
forgotten how his vocation was revealed to him before
the tub where the lobster fought the squid. Cowperwood
has no conscience. He is ruled by tyrannical
instincts. He has no more sense of responsibility than a
cyclone. Indeed, he has so little of it that he quickly
becomes as monotonous as an automaton performing
on the stage under the disguise of a real man. He
was born to harm as the shark is born with teeth.
From the very first pages of the book until the end, he
appears as an indomitable energy, let loose on this
planet. He comes from the same zoo as most of the
heroes of Jack London. Fate lets him be born in
Philadelphia and he mistakes the stock exchange in
that city for the wilds of Alaska or the South Seas. He
knows of only one law, that of the jungle, and in regard
to ethics he is a perfect vacuum, the most completely
amoral person in the whole history of the American
novel.
“The Financier” starts Frank Cowperwood on his
adventurous career. He wants to get rich quick and
by any means. He steals the public chest of his native
city and, in doing so, comments Dreiser, he shows
himself neither better nor worse than the majority of
his political and financial opponents. Unfortunately
for him, he is caught with his hand in the bag, and
sentenced to four years in jail. The energy of the man
shows itself in the course of this episode. Cowperwood’s
stoicism is worthy of a better cause, and it is, in
his case, not the product of an excess, but of an entire
lack of conscience. He personifies the triumph of bio-chemistry.
We are given to understand that his
misfortunes are the natural lot of all those who revolt
against what Nietzsche called the ethics of the herd.
Of course, when society jailed Cowperwood it acted for
its best interests. To cage a tiger is always moral.
Prisons have been providentially designed to give Cowperwood
and his like time to think. He is not at all surprised
to find himself behind the bars. The only thing
which worries him is to know how he can get out. He
has lost everything in the fray, but he stands invincible
on the ruins of his own universe, ready to begin all over
again without any redemption or expiation, and certainly
without any conversion. In fact, “The Financier”
is only the first volume of an unfinished trilogy,
and several hundred pages in volume number two will
hardly suffice Dreiser to complete the story of his
rascalities.
“The Financier” is a powerful book. Dreiser gave
free rein in it to his passion for collecting statistics, and
for making an impression on the reader by arranging
a mosaic of characteristic odds and ends. He piles up
evidence as a reporter or a coroner, without wanting to
enliven the testimony by any flare of wit or emotion.
As a writer, he abjured all rhetoric. If most of the
time his novels prove indigestible, it is due to the fact
that he never inserts anything in them which can
divert one from facts. He writes in a lump, so to
speak. He serves us a heavy meal without any spices
or gravy. His style is entirely amorphous. It is
ponderous and, one might say, elephantine. See how
Zola succeeded in putting zest and interest into his
dreariest and most objective narratives; how Flaubert
and Maupassant added the human and artistic touch
even to their most matter-of-fact cartoons. EXACTITUDE!
EXACTITUDE! THE FACTS! THE
FACTS! HOW? WHY? WHEN? Has not Dreiser as
an artist been misled by those mechanical suggestions?
And yet, Frank Cowperwood stands alive before our
eyes; the whole society of his time can be felt swarming
around him,—politics, finance, love, art, the
criminal court, the prison. They are alike, not as they
would be in Balzac or in Shakespeare, in a great surge
of lyricism or pathos, but in a sort of vacuum ordered
for them by the indifference of the author. They are
painted on the surface of the canvas without any perspective
and no play of light to animate them. William
Dean Howells knew better than this.
The second part of the trilogy is called “The Titan,”
an ironic title since, at the end of the book, Cowperwood
proves a failure, at least for the time being. We
find him out of jail and established in Chicago just after
the big fire. His energies have not abated and his
financial career begins triumphant. We become involved
in his minutest rascalities. We learn from him
how to bribe the politicians, buy franchises, strangle
all competitors, monopolize public utilities to our own
selfish advantage. Meanwhile, as an intermission, we
are lavishly served with the story of Cowperwood’s
adulteries and liaisons, until his boat is shipwrecked on
the rock of a municipal election which takes away from
him the profits of his grafts. Cowperwood is now a
wounded giant but not a dead one. The novelist still
foresees for him a brilliant career and like the witches
he sends him with his blessing to a new destiny:
Rushing like a great comet to the zenith, his path
a blazing trail, Cowperwood did for the hour illuminate
the terrors and wonders of individuality. But for him
also the eternal equation—the pathos of the discovery
that even giants are but pygmies, and that an ultimate
balance must be struck.... And this giant himself,
rushing on to new struggles and new difficulties in an
older land, forever suffering the goad of a restless heart—for
him was no ultimate peace, no real understanding,
but only hunger and thirst and wonder. Wealth,
wealth, wealth! A new grasp of a new great problem
and its eventual solution. Anew the old urgent
thirst for life, and only its partial quenchment. In
Dresden one palace for one woman, in Rome a second
for another. In London a third for his beloved Berenice,
the lure of beauty ever in his eye. The lives of
two women wrecked, a score of victims despoiled....
And he resigned, and yet not—loving, understanding,
doubting—caught at last by the drug of a personality
which he could not gainsay.
Cowperwood certainly breaks the record of human
endurance and obduration as a rascal. There must be
no break in his career as a buccaneer of finance, and
neither must there be any conversion. Tolstoi,
Dostoievski or Zola would not have waited so long to
restore to Cowperwood at least the semblance of a
conscience, were it only to relieve the strain on the
reader. Not so with Theodore Dreiser. None ever
proved more inexorable.
Bio-chemistry proves to be a more inhuman ethics
than the ancient Fatum or Calvinistic predestination.
The secret of our destiny is written in our blood. We
can resist neither our temperament nor our instincts:
Each according to his temperament—that something
which he has not made and cannot always subdue,
and which may not always be subdued by others for
him. Who plans the steps that lead lives on to splendid
glories, or twist them into gnarled sacrifices, or make
of them dark, disdainful, contentious tragedies? The
soul within? And whence comes it? Of God?
A dynosaur, we are told, possesses no more conscience
than a lobster or a squid:
That thing conscience, which obsesses and rides some
people to destruction, did not trouble him (Cowperwood)
at all. He had no consciousness of what is currently
known as sin.[29] He never gave a thought to the
vast palaver concerning evil which is constantly going
on. There were just two faces to the shield of life—strength
and weakness. Right and wrong? He did
not know about those. They were bound up in metaphysical
abstrusities about which he did not care to
bother. Good and evil? Those were toys of clerics,
by which they made money. Morality and immorality?
He never considered them. But strength and
weakness—oh yes! If you had strength you could
protect yourself always and be something. If you were
weak—pass quickly to the rear and get out of the
range of the guns. He was strong, and he knew it; and
somehow he always believed in his star.
This elementary psychology takes us back to that
familiar gospel which we used to hear from Jack
London’s sea rovers. It is Nietzsche for beginners.
The human being would be too easy a riddle to decipher
if it were actuated only by lust and greed. Man in
this case would not be more interesting than, let us
say, a Robot or a Ford motor car. Summum jus,
summa injuria. Dreiser’s psychology falls short.
Frank Cowperwood may be curious as an automaton;
he is not interesting, even as a rascal, despite his
amorous adventures. Casanova was an artist in
philandering. Cowperwood was a machine, or, if you
prefer, an animal. Love is once more a branch of bio-chemistry
for Dreiser. It is a blind and purely animal
impulse. It is good in itself like all impulses:
Whether we will or no, theory or no theory, the large
basic facts of chemistry and physics remain. Like is
drawn to like. Changes in temperament bring changes
in relationship. Dogma may bind some minds; fear,
others. But there are always those in whom the
chemistry and physics of life are large, and in whom
neither dogma nor fear is operative. Society lifts its
hands in horror; but from age to age the Helens, the
Messalinas, the Du Barrys, the Pompadours, the
Maintenons, and the Nell Gwynns flourish and point
a subtler basis of relationship than we have yet been
able to square with our lives.
This is outspoken enough and needs no comment.
In “Man and Superman,” G. B. Shaw also tried to
sacrifice Don Juan to the Vital Force, but he did it with
a bit of salt and a few flowers. In the case of Dreiser,
this cynical outlook is without any irony, poetry or
appeal. It is very likely erroneous, but much less so
than Puritan sophisms, and may serve as an antidote
against the romantic falsifications of sex appeal.
“The Genius,” published in 1915, is the most direct
and important contribution of the author to the study
of sex psychology. The reading of this enormous book
is disappointing. The title is evidently sarcastic, since
the hero, Eugene Witla, blunders in life from the beginning
to end. A self-made man, an artist, a business
man, and above all a self-appointed superman and
notorious erotomaniac, Eugene is the reductio ad absurdum
of Dreiser’s theories concerning the irresistible
impulses of one’s temperament. Eugene has the soul of
an idealist. He craves for beauty and possesses a fine
talent. His paintings have made a great impression
on a French art dealer, M. Charles, and I cannot help
quoting from the catalogue of his exposition a passage
which throws a great deal of light on Dreiser’s own
realism. The following is supposed to be taken from
a criticism of Eugene Witla’s paintings. Somebody
had dared to compare Eugene with Millet. This the
alleged critic cannot admit:
The brutal exaggeration of that painter’s art would
probably testify to him of his own merit. He is mistaken.
The great Frenchman was a lover of humanity,
a reformer in spirit, a master of drawing and composition.
There was nothing of this cheap desire to startle
and offend by what he did. If we are to have ash cans
and engines and broken-down bus-horses thrust down
our throats as art, Heaven preserve us. We had better
turn to commonplace photography at once, and be done
with it. Broken windows, shutters, dirty pavements,
half frozen ash cart drivers, overdrawn, heavily exaggerated
figures of policemen, tenement harridans,
beggars, panhandlers, sandwich-men—of such is Art
according to Eugene Witla.
M. Charles, on the contrary, is quite enthusiastic
about Eugene. He is not afraid of his painting of a
great hulking, ungainly negro, a positively animal
man, with a red flannel shawl around his ears, and his
arms and legs looking “as though he might have on two
or three pairs of trousers and as many vests.” What a
debauch of color! “Raw reds, raw greens, dirty grey
paving stones—such faces! Why, this thing fairly
shouted its facts. It seemed to say: ‘I’m dirty, I
am commonplace, I am grim, I am shabby, but I am
life.’ And there was no apologizing for anything in it,
no glossing anything over. Bang! Smash! Crack!
came the facts one after another, with a bitter, brutal
insistence on their so-ness. Why ... he had seen
somewhere a street that looked like this, and there it
was—dirty, sad, slovenly, immoral, drunken,—anything,
everything, but here it was.”
Another critic saw beauty through it all. He found
in Eugene’s works
a true sense of the pathetic, a true sense of the dramatic,
the ability to endow color—not with its photographic
value ...—but with its higher spiritual significance;
the ability to indict life with its own grossness ... in
order that mayhap it may heal itself; the ability to
see wherein is beauty—even in shame and pathos and
degradation.
This passage is important in that it shows us the
author himself trying to draw his own portrait through
Eugene Witla, remarkably resembling a portrait for
better or for worse.
To come back to “The Genius,” we follow Eugene
Witla along his artistic career, as we accompany him to
Chicago and New York,—and Dreiser gives us very
deft sketches of these cities. Eugene of course is going
to fall in love. After a bio-chemical courtship he
marries Angela, a purely instinctive woman like Jennie
Gerhardt and the mistresses of Frank Cowperwood.
He won’t be faithful to her very long. Eugene is a
born polygamist and pretty soon his sexual excesses will
jeopardize his career and seriously threaten his health.
Lust is a serious obstacle to art. Dreiser’s narrative
becomes disconcerting at this point. We took the
book so far as a dramatic demonstration of the dangers
of sex experience for an artist. We felt ourselves
brought to a climax when Eugene was going to be shipwrecked
on the rocks of eroticism. What was he going
to do between sheer lust and “genius”? The conflict
promised to be truly dramatic and instructive morally
and psychologically. Hurstwood in “Sister Carrie”
had fallen into a similar pitfall and shown Eugene the
way to perdition. But no, Eugene does not go to the
dogs. Dreiser is too indifferent to dramatization and
too honest an artist to bring his books to such a climax.
“The Genius” is not a sermon. Eugene recovers and
we find him at the dénouement reading Herbert Spencer
and Christian Science in the company of his daughter.
How could the American Comstocks find fault with
such a moral and happy ending, and how could they miss
the epical lesson of the book, as literally emphasized
by the author himself? Eugene Witla made a mistake,
we are told, when he failed to see the danger which
eroticism caused his “genius.” Love-making may be a
spiritual incentive for an artist but it can paralyze his
physical energies:
He did not realize ... that he was, aside from his
art, living a life which might rob talent of its finest
flavor, discolor the aspect of the world for himself, take
scope from imagination and hamper effort with nervous
irritation, and make accomplishment impossible.
He had no knowledge of the effect of one’s sexual life
upon one’s work, nor what such a life, when badly
arranged, can do to a perfect art—how it can distort
the sense of color, weaken that balanced judgment of
character which is so essential to a normal interpretation
of life, make all striving hopeless, take from art
its most joyous conception, make life itself seem unimportant
and death a relief.
This sounds like rather commonplace ethics and not
worth a thousand pages of demonstration, but it constitutes
on the part of the author a formal moral commitment.
It must again be quoted to show that
Theodore Dreiser is much less amoral than he seems to
be. The fact that he failed once more in dramatizing
his point is due to a flaw in his philosophy. The doctrine
of the inevitable equation is, so to speak, anti-catastrophic,
and certainly it is anti-dramatic. Where
there is no place for conscience, remorse and conversion,
there is no place for climax and anticlimax, and consequently
none for the drama. Dreiser’s philosophy of
positivism is responsible for this lack of dynamism
which mars his books. His art, like his point of view,
can only be strictly static. Hence the tediousness of
his novels and particularly that of “The Genius.”
This again largely accounts for the qualities and the
defects of “An American Tragedy,” Dreiser’s latest
novel. The title of the book remains enigmatic,—or
is it too obvious? What has America to do with
Clyde Griffiths’ murder, and if it has, why not denounce
it more specifically? This last novel is the story of a
crime and a criminal strung out into two volumes. It
was not the first contribution of the author to criminology.
The problem of crime had already been on his
mind. He dealt with it in his play called “The Hand
of the Potter.”
Crime, we might well say, constitutes an integral part
of Dreiser’s metaphysics. It occurs as a natural episode
in the history of the individual man asserting his will
against society. The truth of the aphorism that
“might is right” cannot be proved without it. Crime
and the repressions which accompany it are the fatal
results of the revolt of temperament against its environment.
After what we know of Dreiser’s bio-chemical
convictions, we may easily foresee that his philosophy
of crime and the criminal will give no part to responsibility.
The criminal, like the buccaneer of finance, of
the “genius,” will be a machine set in motion by blind
and irresistible laws. Dreiser’s determinism eliminates
free will and along with it the criminal himself. For
this reason we must not expect the pathetic appeals to
conscience from him which are found in Victor Hugo,
Dostoievski and Tolstoi. Crime, according to Dreiser,
has nothing to do with conscience, since conscience
does not exist, but it may have something to do with
science. In his ethical system there is no room for
pity, expiation and remorse. The days of “The Scarlet
Letter” are gone. In the light of bio-chemistry a
criminal has no more or less importance than a rattlesnake,
a shark or the microbe of cancer. This determinism
in regard to crime was arraigned forty years ago
in M. Paul Bourget’s “The Disciple,” and it was cynically
illustrated by Julien Sorel in Stendhal’s “Le
rouge et le noir.” Clyde Griffiths, like Robert Greslou
in “The Disciple,” has placed himself beyond evil and
good. Let us hear from Theodore Dreiser himself the
story of Clyde Griffiths. It will save many readers
the trouble of plodding tediously along in the morass of
the most instructive and also the most monotonous
book ever written by the novelist.
Clyde Griffiths is the son of more or less abnormal
parents. His father and mother are religious fanatics.
Clyde is ambitious and dreams of a bright future. He
begins as a bell boy of a hotel in Kansas City. An
uncle of his, a wealthy manufacturer, gives him a start.
He falls in love with the girl Roberta. He has a bio-chemical
idyll with her. Just at the moment that she
becomes pregnant he finds a new and more promising
affinity in the person of a rich heiress. The world is
his if he marries her. But there is Roberta and her
trouble. What will Griffiths do with her? He deliberately
plans to get rid of her. He takes her to a pond
and drowns her. He is caught, tried, convicted
and sent to the electric chair. The Inevitable Equation
acts as mathematically and objectively in his case as a
guillotine. Bio-chemical predestination leaves no hope
from the start. The presentation of the case, the
climax, the anticlimax, and the dénouement follow each
other as the conclusions of a theorem. Nothing is left
to chance, providence or imagination. Griffiths acts
thus and thus, he wants this and this, and he gets what
he deserves.
Dreiser’s matter-of-fact method of reporting helped
him to indict Clyde Griffiths as only an expert criminal
lawyer could do it. His technique in the presentation
of the case is perfect. It makes us wonder if he did
not miss his vocation when he bartered the bar for the
writing desk of a novelist. But the psychology of the
book is still more interesting than its knowledge of the
code. “An American Tragedy” is a most original
attempt to detect the instillation of a criminal thought
into a man’s brain. Did anybody ever give a more
exact, penetrating and dramatic account of how the
idea of crime can invade a mind and gradually anesthetize
the whole moral system of the criminal? Dreiser
shows himself an expert and an explorer of the field of
abnormal psychology by the way he marshals what may
be called instinctive logics, the logics of our blood and
flesh, against rational logic, and by the way he detects
the obscure sophistications of the inhibited and repressed,
to find motives which come to their selfish
ends. Freud and the psychoanalysts are beaten at
their own game. The scenes of the book which show
us the plan of the crime brewing in Clyde Griffiths’
mind are tantamount to magic divination. Those
pages on the function of the will must be recommended
to professional psychologists and criminologists. If
Dreiser’s views on the subject were accepted, our whole
system of criminal legislation ought to be amended.
The criminal for Dreiser is like God for Renan. He
is not in the esse but in the fieri. He is not a fact but
only a possibility. Crime for Dreiser is something
which cannot be indicted because it cannot be weighed.
The allegory of Justice as a figure bearing a pair of
scales is a lie. To define better, Dreiser dissociates.
His unflinching analysis leaves very little room for fully
deliberate intention on the part of the criminal. According
to this new diagnostic of the criminal mind, a
criminal thought operates like a microbe and it follows
an homeopathic process. It never becomes obvious,
clear or exclusive enough to allow the use of the word
“responsibility” in its current acceptance. Responsibility
for a crime supposes a conception of the human
mind and will which bio-chemistry contradicts. Such
is Theodore Dreiser’s attitude in regard to the problem
of crime. It is no longer for him, as it was for Hawthorne,
a question of conscience but of nerves; not a
problem of psychology but of physiology. He gave a
most dramatic support to these views in several scenes
of “An American Tragedy,” and in particular in the
scene of Roberta’s drowning. Was the drowning the
result of premeditation on the part of Griffiths, or was it
not purely accidental? Who can tell? His conduct
as a criminal is a series of gropings through the dark, of
hesitations, of advance and retreat in the half-voluntary
direction of an act in way of accomplishment, without
much self-control and still less deliberate intention.
Griffiths lives in a kind of pathological aura which dulls
and poisons one by one his mental powers. There is
enough of this to puzzle jury and judge. Remember,
for instance, the episode when Clyde sits in the boat
with Roberta. We had the impression that he had foreseen
everything, and yet, when the time comes to act,
his will power deserts him. The tragedy, none the less,
develops itself automatically, as if he were out of it,
were not concerned with it. The boat capsizes.
Roberta’s head is hit by Griffiths’ camera. She falls
into the water and he does not make a move to save
her. He is arrested, tried and condemned. All this
happens as automatically as the firing of a Winchester
rifle.
Again in the case of “An American Tragedy” as in
that of his other novels, it would be unfair to take
Theodore Dreiser for a cynic. There is a lesson between
the lines if we know how to read it. What proportion is
there between man’s deeds and his judgments? What
is there in common between the dark and mysterious
moves of our minds and the clumsy machinery devised
to indict and to punish? Detectives, judges, lawyers,
laws, jails and executioners. Does not the living mind
of a criminal make light of all this, and if so, how can
he be sentenced and electrocuted? I consider the
scene at the end of the book between Clyde Griffiths,
the murderer, and Reverend McMillan, his confessor,
as one of the most dramatic in American literature.
The priest has called upon the murderer and he wants
him to make “a clean breast.” Much to his amazement
he finds himself confronted with doubts. Here is this
scene worthy of Dostoievski:
The Reverend McMillan, hearing all this—and
never in his life before having heard or having had
passed to him so intricate and elusive and strange a
problem—and because of Clyde’s faith in and regard
for him, was enormously impressed. And now sitting
before him quite still and pondering most deeply, sadly
and even nervously—so serious and important was
this request for an opinion—something which, as he
knew, Clyde was counting on to give him earthly and
spiritual peace. But, none-the-less, the Reverend
McMillan was himself too puzzled to answer so quickly.
“Up to the time you went in that boat with her,
Clyde, you had not changed in your mood toward her—your
intention to—to ...”
The Reverend McMillan’s face was gray and drawn.
His eyes were sad. He had been listening, as he now
felt, to a sad and terrible story—an evil and cruel self-torturing
and destroying story. This young boy—really...!
His hot, restless heart which plainly
for the lack of so many things which he, the Reverend
McMillan, had never wanted for, had rebelled. And
because of that rebellion had sinned mortally and was
condemned to die. Indeed his reason was as intensely
troubled as his heart was moved.
“No, I had not.”
“You were, as you say, angry with yourself for being
so weak as not to be able to do what you had planned
to do.”
“In a way it was like that, yes. But then I was
sorry too, you see. And maybe afraid. I’m not
exactly sure now. Maybe not, either.”
The Reverend McMillan shook his head. So
strange! So evasive! So evil! and yet ...
“But at the same time, as you say, you were angry
with her for having driven you to that point.”
“Yes.”
“Where you were compelled to wrestle with so
terrible a problem?”
“Yes.”
“Tst! Tst! Tst! And so you thought of striking her.”
“Yes, I did.”
“But you could not.”
“No.”
“Praised be the mercy of God. Yet in the blow
that you did strike—unintentionally, as you say—there
was still some anger against her. That was why
the blow was so—so severe. You did not want her
to come near you.”
“No, I didn’t. I think I didn’t, anyhow. I am
not quite sure. It may be that I wasn’t quite right.
Anyhow—all worked up, I guess—sick almost. I—I ...”
In his uniform—his hair cropped so close,
Clyde sat there, trying honestly now to think how it
really was (exactly) and greatly troubled by his inability
to demonstrate to himself even—either his guilt
or his lack of guilt. Was he—or was he not? And
the Reverend McMillan—himself intensely strained,
muttering: “Wide is the gate and broad the way that
leadeth to destruction.” And yet finally adding:
“But you did rise to save her.”
“Yes, afterwards, I got up. I meant to catch her
after she fell back. That was what upset the boat.”
“And you did really want to catch her?”
“I don’t know. At the moment I guess I did.
Anyhow I felt sorry, I think.”
“But can you say now truly and positively, as your
Creator sees you, that you were sorry—or that you
wanted to save her then?”
“It all happened so quick, you see,” began Clyde
nervously—hopelessly, almost, “that I’m not just
sure. No, I don’t know that I was so sorry. No. I
really don’t know, you see, now. Sometimes I think
maybe I was, a little, sometimes not, maybe. But
after she was gone and I was on shore, I felt sorry—a
little. But I was sort of glad, too, you know, to be
free, and yet frightened, too ... You see ...”
“Yes, I know. You were going to that Miss X.
But out there, when she was in the water ...?”
“No.”
“You did not want to go to her rescue?”
“No.”
“Tst! Tst! Tst! You felt no sorrow? No shame?
Then?”
“Yes, shame, maybe. Maybe sorrow, too, a little.
I knew it was terrible. I felt that it was, of course.
But still—you see ...”
“Yes, I know. That Miss X. You wanted to get
away.”
“Yes—but mostly I was frightened, and I didn’t
want to help her.”
“Yes! Yes! Tst! Tst! Tst! If she drowned you
could go to that Miss X. You thought of that?”
The Reverend McMillan’s lips were tightly and sadly
compressed.
“Yes.”
“My son! My son! In your heart was murder
then.”
“Yes, yes,” Clyde said reflectively. “I have
thought since it must have been that way.”
The Reverend McMillan paused and to hearten himself
for this task began to pray—but silently—and
to himself: “Our Father who art in Heaven—Hallowed
be Thy Name. Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will
be done—on earth as it is in Heaven.”
This admirable scene is an excellent example of
Theodore Dreiser’s realism at his best. There is
enough of suffused emotion in it to make it human and
artistically impressive.
Such is the work of Theodore Dreiser as a novelist.
He is harsh and pessimistic. He takes away from us
all our illusions. He makes us pay for truth at any
cost with what we hold most interesting in ordinary
fiction—sentiment, pathos, irony—but he does it in
good faith. And he is quite as often harsh, honest,
painstaking, vigorous and often mighty. Yes, his
philosophy is without illusions but it is certainly not
his fault:
It is strange, but life is constantly presenting these
pathetic paradoxes—these astounding blunders which
temperament and blood moods bring about and reason
and circumstance and convention condemn. The
dreams of man are one thing—his capacity to realize
them another. At either pole are the accidents of
supreme failure and supreme success—the supreme
failure of Abelard for instance, the supreme success of
a Napoleon, enthroned at Paris. But, oh, the endless
failures for one success.
Balzac at least, in the preface to his “Comédie humaine,”
did not completely despair of man. Was he
good or bad, he surely did not know, but he ushered in
the priest and the physician to make him better, if need
be. Theodore Dreiser leaves us very little hope of the
reformation of the fallen angel. He writes:
It is a question whether the human will, of itself
alone, ever has cured or ever can cure any human weakness.
Tendencies are subtle things. They are
involved in the chemistry of one’s being, and those who
delve in the mysteries of biology frequently find that
curious anomaly, a form of minute animal life—chemically
and physically attracted to its own disaster.
Then we learn, to our delight, the beautiful names of
some of the Cowperwoods, Hurstwoods, Jennie Gerhardts
and Eugene Witlas of biology. They are called
the “paramecium,” “the vorticella,” “the actinobolus”
and the “halteria grandinella.”
Biological fatalism is, when all is told, the heart of
Theodore Dreiser’s philosophy and the background of
his work as an artist. When not suffused with some
human appeal it opens only a blind alley to an artist.
As a philosophical creed it even tends to exclude art
entirely, because it forbids freedom. Art is the product
of mind at play with the world. Why should the artist
enjoy a liberty which he denies his characters and what
is left to beauty in a blind and an absurd universe?
Let us sum up Dreiser’s decalogue:
1. Our will cannot prevail over our temperament.
2. Instinct is the enemy of reason.
3. The law of our instincts is diametrically opposed to the social
code.
4. It is through his instincts that man is most completely and most
dangerously what he really is.
5. Once given a temperament it can never be changed. There is no
moral progress, no conversion possible from evil to good.
6. Biology controls our body and contradicts social ethics.
7. Consequently our social organization, ethics, politics (and
why not the whole of our civilization?) are biologically and
chemically false.
8. All principles and institutions which ignore bio-chemical man
and which are not deeply rooted in instincts and physiological
necessities are false.
Also spake Zarathustra! Auguste Comte, before
Dreiser, had given biology as a required foundation of
social ethics but he finally felt the necessity to build a
moral and religious roof upon the house. All the
hounds of materialism and romanticism unleashed can
be heard howling in the decalogue of Dreiser. Rousseau
before him, with Helvetius and tutti quanti among
the eighteenth-century encyclopedists, had raised before
him the law of nature against the law of the mind.
The result, as Thomas Carlyle proved, was the guillotine
and Armageddon. Are we going to deny all the
efforts of the saints, the ascetics, the heroes, the philosophers,
the artists, to undo the patient and painful and
slow uprising of mankind out of the primitive slime, to
save Clyde Griffiths from the electric chair and restore
the Dinoceras? Society may be wrong in forcing golf
upon mankind for a substitute to the vie dangereuse or
in finding a reservation for the Apaches in prison, but
who will seriously complain? Let us bless the good
Providence who gave us a chance to learn football
and baseball as a catharsis to soothe and purge our
temperament. To follow Dreiser’s ethics would be
very much like courting cosmic suicide, and let us
wish that the rattlesnake and the shark will last
not as a rule but as exceptions among us, so that we
ourselves may also have a chance to express our
temperament and a chance to survive. All of us can
safely enjoy the sight of wild beasts at the zoo or in
the “movies.”
It is hardly necessary to point to the difference
between Dreiser’s morals and those of the Puritans.
Puritan ethics, like all ethics, rested upon the preference
given to the social over the individual motives of action.
It opposed social and moral man to instinctive man
and it destroyed the Indian because he was too elementary
and bio-chemical. It brought about moral
improvement by a system of restraints, as all Christian,
Buddhist and even pagan ethics have done. One may
well criticize the results of those experiments without
wishing to annihilate the whole edifice at one stroke.
It seems as unscientific to give everything to instinct as
to deny it all. Is not art, in defect of religion, the ideal
means to harmonize body and mind, the physical and
the spiritual? Art shows a way out of chaos; it dispels
the nightmare of Dreiser’s primitive world. Greed
and lust are not yet, thank God! the only incentives
left to man to give a meaning to life. There certainly
exists something better, somewhere.
And yet, comparing Dreiser’s pessimistic portraits of
man as he is realistically to the “most smiling aspects
of life” in, let us say, William Dean Howells, one cannot
help finding them at least virile. Truth above all!
And let us have all the truth. Remember the saying of
Pascal that qui veut faire l’ange fait la bête. Dreiser’s
dissociations have at least the courage of truth. He
wanted to defy the sentimentalists and restore the
carnal man in his rights. As a hero or as a victim?
This is not easy to say. Where Eugene Witla and
Clyde Griffiths flounder, Frank Cowperwood almost
succeeds. Dreiser’s objectivity leaves us in the lurch
concerning moral issues. There are still many among
us who prefer life among the mid-Victorians to that
among the plesiosauri. Dreiser’s challenge to our
vital lies is too one-sided. He is not mid-Victorian
enough. He atones for Howells’ sentimentalism and
at the same time makes us long for the Kentons and
the Laphams. Call it cowardice, if you want, or call
it art. Such a starvation of the best human emotions
is dangerous for an artist who wants to force a lesson
upon his readers. It would indeed prove a mighty
stroke of the cosmic irony if the realistic novels of such
an honest seeker after truth as Theodore Dreiser served
only to win the reader to the side of the sentimental
writers.
CHAPTER VI Sinclair Lewis and the Average Man
In the novels of Sinclair Lewis the Middle West has
made another contribution to American literature. He
was born in 1885 in Minnesota. It was in this country
that he located Gopher Prairie. His father was a
physician like Kennicott, Carol’s husband in “Main
Street.” Lewis holds a degree from Yale and did not
forget academic life in his stories. He too made his
début in journalism, where he had a chance to learn
something about the advertising methods which he
parodies in his books, at first hand. Then he became
an enthusiastic motorist, traveling through the different
States of the Union. In one of his first novels,
“Free Air,” he recounts an automobile romance, lasting
all the way from New York to Seattle. Many “slices
of life” graphically reproduced and spiced with delightful
humor, show already the hand of a master. The
hero, Milton Daggett, is a typical Lewis character, sympathetic
and full of an exuberant vitality. Milton
owns a garage. On his way west he meets a beautiful
heiress whom he escorts and, of course, finally marries.
“Mantrap,” a more recent novel, is the story of a
trip through the Canadian wilds. It shows much the
same dynamism. The author, at that time, had not
yet sacrificed the pleasure of telling a story to characterization
and satire. However, he already showed
himself a keen observer of men and women, when he
published “Our Mr. Wrenn” in 1916. The book is
intensely alive. It revealed Lewis’ talent to mimic
people and make them talk as if we had overheard them.
The scene is laid in a New York boarding house and
the book recalls Dickens’ descriptions of the life of the
bourgeois. Lewis displays the same humor, the same
pathos and a similar deftness in drawing characters.
Wrenn is an elder brother of George Babbitt. He is
good-humored, a trifle sentimental and shows an almost
morbid craving for friendship. Like Babbitt he was
born gregarious. He is shy and almost obsequious
with women. He longs to be loved and to tell some
one that he loves her, but he does not know how to
conduct a flirtation. We can very well imagine him
playing a minor rôle in Flaubert’s “Bouvard and
Pecuchet,” that epic of commonplace romanticism.
The scene where Our Mr. Wrenn bids farewell to the
setting sun reveals an unmistakable touch of Flaubert’s
sympathetic irony. Wrenn is too ignorant and too
modest to vent his feelings by trying to imitate the
effusions of the great romantic writers at twilight. And
yet he can hardly control himself on a fall evening as
he sees the sun setting beyond the Manhattan skyscrapers.
He rarely looks at the sky, and prefers not to,
because, when he sees it, he takes it for an impossible
road to Mandalay, and it makes him blue. This
particular evening, the sunset has made Wrenn sad.
To comfort himself he goes to a delicatessen store, and
learns a new recipe for cooking eggs. Never mind the
setting sun, after all! Wrenn is going to spend the
evening with his friend Nellie, whom he adores in
silence and to whom he reads the newspapers! As he
thinks of it, he forgets the setting sun and he goes home
hugging against his bosom the little tin of potato salad
which he bought for his supper—let the chilly autumn
wind moan around him if it wants.
More optimistic and ironic than Theodore Dreiser,
Lewis has none the less devoted himself to the satire of
American society. The feeling of the conflict between
social and individual ethics, between the state of the
mores in America and the real needs of the individual
citizen, inspired his work. “Main Street,” “Babbitt,”
“Arrowsmith” and “Elmer Gantry” present the same
plea. Let it not be said that the conflict between what
the private man would like to do and what the social
standards permit him to do is not peculiar to the United
States. Doubtless there is nowhere a civilization without
a society, and a society without suppression of
some sort. But, if the criticisms which I have
attempted to interpret impartially in these studies are
true, it seems evident that the conflict in question is
more tragic in America than anywhere else. Of all
current social systems, that of the United States puts
the greatest check on the individual as opposed to social
expansion.[30]
Sinclair Lewis is by far the most optimistic of all
contemporary American novelists, at least in his first
novels. And yet the sting of the bee is there, and, the
more he progresses in his career, the more disillusioned
he seems to become concerning the things and people
around him. What sort of United States does he show
us? First of all, an immense country, prosperous,
comfortable and self-satisfied on the surface, and in
which more than one hundred million human beings
live a sort of vegetative life. This indeed is surprising
to the traveler from abroad, who visits the American
shores. He sees optimism and joy all around him.
Joy is the product of action and the only incentive to
it. Neither action nor joy are possible without optimism.
That Puritanism should permit Americans to
remain gay sounds paradoxical, but Americans are not
all Puritans and their joviality as a people is indisputable.
Optimism and contentment are the daily colors
of American life. Europe is a gloomy country in comparison
with America. “Smile and be happy!” could
never be a motto for the Old World. How could the
average American help being content? To confine
ourselves to “Babbitt” and “Main Street,” Americans
in Sinclair Lewis’ novels are happy people. They enjoy
material comfort, sociability, confidence in what
the future has in store for them. Anybody who has
had the privilege of living in America knows well what
that means. Comfort and material ease first. There
is in the United States a striking unanimity of contentment.
In no other country has the average man so
many practical reasons for believing in material success.
Success is the rule in America for the average person
with an average intelligence. Not everybody makes
a fortune, many vegetate, a great many fail, but,
materially speaking, the United States is the land
of plenty. There are comparatively few paupers.
Nearly every one is assured of a fair minimum of comfort
and ease. Large or small, the average American
has a home, a hearth, a house which is, as a rule, more
comfortable than the average European dwelling.
Clean, neat and freshly painted, the American bungalow
or cottage is not necessarily artistic, but it is agreeable.
Friendly and yet distant from the neighbors, it
is the image of its owner. Each house is isolated, and
yet sufficiently near another to facilitate neighborliness.
It is surrounded by a lawn carefully and almost
religiously mowed. Inside, there is a furnace heater,
one or several bathrooms, electric lighting, an icebox,
not to forget the phonograph and the radio. And who
in America has not a garage, were it only for a “Ford”?
Living is simple, as is the furniture—and in still
greater degree, the cooking.
When the average American deserts his home—and
he does it often, on business or pleasure—innumerable
refuges take care of him. He is never left alone.
Every good American is affiliated with one or more
associations. Masonic lodges in particular abound.
There, he is able to create many contacts. The spirit
of solidarity, what he calls “service,” is very strong in
him. In his lodge or his club, the average American
(let us call him Babbitt with Sinclair Lewis) finds many
practical advantages. If he wants to borrow, sue
somebody, or invest money, be advanced in politics,
he finds there a platform and a market. Even the
welfare of his family is attended to when he dies. A
Mystic Shriner, a Rotarian, an Elk, a Kiwanian, an
Odd Fellow, a Forester, or what not, every average
American is subject to sudden mobilization for a convention
or a parade. He is the prisoner—a happy
prisoner, we must believe—of his clan. A quiet, and
even a shy person at home, he is spontaneously transformed
into a rather frolicsome person among his
friends. Then he likes noise, demonstrations and
escapades. He no longer conceals his passion for eccentricities
of all kinds. The French proverb that le
ridicule tue does not apply to the average American
when he parades, several thousand strong, through the
streets of a big city disguised as a Turk, an admiral
or a Spanish bullfighter, among the din of brass bands.
This sociable spirit follows him in business. Nobody
knows better than he how to make friends with a
banker, an insurance agent, a broker and the innumerable
agents and peddlers who continuously besiege him
to insure him and to improve his well-being. Then, if
he is in quest of an education for his sons and daughters,
he can find around him a myriad of educational opportunities,
universities, colleges, schools, libraries, agencies
of all sorts. If he must “work his way through college,”
the simple and democratic character of American life is
such that he can do so without loss of self-respect.
From the religious point of view, the American scene
is not less attractive. Spirituality has become so
attenuated in the United States that the most hard-boiled
agnostic may go to almost any church. No
sect, outside the Catholic Church, bothers much about
the four final ends of man nowadays, and the churches
are too busy with this world to pay much attention to
the hereafter. American theology has exorcized the
devil long ago. Prophylaxy, citizenship and hygiene
have just about replaced the teaching of the Bible.
The Church has become an annex to the home, the
university and the club. It is, first of all, a center of
social and moral action.
To explain American optimism the material organization
of life must also be taken into consideration.
Basing itself on the use of a continually improved
machinery, this organization is perfect. American
prowess has adjusted machinery to life. Innumerable
means of transportation insure the maximum of comfort.
Machines, large and small, help the American to
solve the servant problem. Elevators, typewriters,
telephones, calculating machines, motor cars, steam,
electric or automatic engines have been invented to
save human labor and exemplify the axiom that “time
is money.” The Middle Ages expressed their religious
faith in the cathedrals. American comfort displays
itself in the Pullman car and the hotel palace.
In politics the average American has every reason for
believing that he is the best governed citizen in the
world. Sovereignty lies entirely in his hands, for better,
for worse. American politics has its defects and
even its vices (incompetence, graft, bossism, etc.),
and yet, when all is told, the system of American government
appears as the most convenient appliance
ever invented to answer the direct needs of the governed.
Taxes are paid and furnish a good revenue.
Two big parties, and only two, divide the country
about equally and without serious strife. There are
cliques, and, perhaps, more than elsewhere, graft. But
the American voter is an optimist. He looks straight
before him and fulfills his functions as a citizen with an
almost sacramental solemnity. There are politically
discontented people in the United States, and their
number is increasing, but they are still a small minority.
In spite of several incidents which cannot be ignored
(see Upton Sinclair’s novels on strikes, bribes and
socialistic riots), the United States is the only country
where socialism has a small chance of succeeding, and
the only one where it is not yet in power. The reason
for this is that America is the country where man suffers
least and where he is least exploited. Labor is
well paid and it is wisely regulated. Competition is
free and the distance between capital and labor smaller
than in other lands.
And yet Babbitt, the representative average
American, is not happy. Upon his discontent we
should make a few reservations. First and above all,
let us remark it, the current pessimism to-day in the
United States is not a pessimism of the masses but of
the élite. The case of Sinclair Lewis and the people
he puts on the stage in his novels is remarkable on this
point. To make him a pessimist without qualification
would be inaccurate.
Carol Kennicott represents the average American
woman, Babbitt the average American man. Both
of them experience tragic moments, but, all in all,
they never despair, and return to the fold with, seemingly,
the approval and blessing of the author. After
this preamble, I come to the analysis of Sinclair Lewis’
novels.
“Main Street” is the moving picture of a small
American town and the portrait of a representative
individual. Gopher Prairie is the typical American
settlement as there are hundreds of them in the United
States, east and west. Yet the difference in longitude
has its importance. As I have already pointed out,
it is in the Middle West that one has a chance to study
the purest forms of American life to-day. That is due
to isolation and to the absence of aristocratic or unassimilated
foreign elements. It is there that Lewis
studied his typical Americans. Gopher Prairie is a
little burg of about three thousand souls, not a very
large field for observation. Carol, the heroine, belongs
to a good family. She has been well brought up. She
holds a University degree and marries a doctor. Kennicott
is an average man and a good soul. He is neither
very refined nor very cultured, but he is a kind and
reliable man, courteous, clean and disinterested. He
is strongly marked psychologically by what Freud
calls the “mother complex.” He has besides, like
most Americans, a morbid sense of sociability and an
unqualified respect for public opinion.
In Kennicott the novelist has shown well the conflict
of individual initiative with the tyranny of accepted
standards. Individual initiative in the book is personified
by his wife, Carol, a semi-pathetic character
but one whom Lewis was careful enough not to turn
into a Hedda Gabler. Her main virtue is zeal and
her pet defect restlessness. She is pretty, even a bit
coquettish within the bounds of respectability, a
“womanly woman” rather than a feminist. She knows
several languages, art and literature, and is not satisfied
with all that. Like most American women she
would like to reform society and make the world better,
let the world will it or not. Of course, Gopher Prairie
opposes her plans and refuses to be reformed. Carol
is bitterly disappointed, and so are we. She means so
well, she is so eager and sincere! And yet, when we
think it over, we come pretty near to agreeing with
Sinclair Lewis that Carol overdoes it, and that a
reformed Gopher Prairie, with three thousand reformers
in petticoats, would hardly do to keep the place fit to
live in. Lewis is certainly not for the commonplace
Gopherprairians. Is he more decidedly for Carol?
This is difficult to say, because he made her half a Joan
of Arc and half a Tartarin in skirts.
Carol stands as a living protest against the morons
who surround her thick as bats in a cellar. And yet
when the end comes, she capitulates and reënters
Philistia willingly. It is difficult to know what to make
out of her. Flaubert, at least, was consistent in
“Madame Bovary.” Emma preferred death to capitulation.
Suicide was for her the only dignified solution
of her problems. Imagine a Bovary converted to
the standards of her village with Doctor Rouault for
her lord, and M. Homais or Abbé Bournisien for her
company until death! Sinclair Lewis’ attitude towards
Carol is not clear. One dreams of her and of George
Babbitt as faithful in their revolt; of a Carol who
should never return to her commonplace country doctor
or to the stagnant pools of Gopher Prairie; of a
Babbitt who should enlist with the I.W.W. and not
leave the responsibility for a happier future to his son.
But this would be pessimism and bolshevism à la
Tolstoi or à la Romain Rolland. This is an impossibility
in America. So “Main Street” ends as quietly
and edifyingly as, let us say, “The Awakening of
Helena Ritchie.”
Carol Kennicott, in any case, incarnates two characteristic
American traits,—on one hand the craving
for independence, on the other the almost morbid zeal
for reform and apostolicism. She is a born missionary.
When she denounces the pettiness and vulgarity of
Gopher Prairie, it is doubtless Sinclair Lewis who
speaks through her. But when she pretends to destroy
the world and to rebuild it in three days, the novelist
turns against her as against a Don Quixote in skirts.
Idealism in America, especially feminine idealism, is too
easily turned into intolerance and witch burning.
The case of Carol Kennicott recalls to mind that of
Emma Bovary in Flaubert’s novel, but there is a difference
due to the fact that Carol was born in America.
Carol’s life is much less gloomy than Emma’s. Doctor
Kennicott is a better and more interesting man
than Emma’s husband. Gopher Prairie, in spite of all
its shortcomings, is a more cheerful place to live in
than Mme. Bovary’s Normandy village. Who knows
whether Emma, had she migrated to the United States,
would not have ended by getting reconciled to a world
where the thrills of the movies, the automobile and the
radio would have cured her of her blues? As a member
of a women’s club, and a social worker, she might have
taken a new interest in existence. Carol and Emma
were, in many respects, twin sisters. Both liked to
read fiction and to mistake what they read for reality.
Both were married to commonplace and unromantic
country doctors. Both liked to build castles in Spain.
Both shocked the world around them by their adventures
and escapades. As an artist, it is true, Lewis
does not come up to Flaubert’s level. Flaubert’s
style is plastic, something for the eye, as well as for the
ear, to enjoy. Lewis is almost exclusively oral, but he
excels Flaubert in making things and people move,
breathe and speak in a lifelike way.
There is, according to the novelist, a double legend
concerning the American small town. The first is sentimental.
According to it:
The American village remains the sure abode of
friendship, honesty, and clean, sweet, marriageable girls.
Therefore all men who succeed in painting in Paris or
in finance in New York at last become weary of smart
women, return to their native town, assert that cities
are vicious, marry their childhood sweethearts and,
presumably, joyously abide in those towns until death.[31]
Then there is the “roughing it” legend:
The other tradition is that the significant features
of all villages are whiskers, iron dogs upon lawns, gold
bricks, checkers, jars of gilded cat-tails, and shrewd
comic old men who are known as “hicks” and who
ejaculate “Waal, I swan.” This altogether admirable
tradition rules the vaudeville stage, factious illustrators,
and syndicate newspaper humor, but out of actual
life it passed forty years ago. Carol’s small town thinks
not in horse-swapping but in cheap motor cars, telephones,
ready-made clothes, silos, alfalfa, kodaks,
phonographs, leather-upholstered Morris chairs, bridge
prizes, oil-stocks, motion-pictures, land-deals, unread
sets of Mark Twain, and a chaste version of national
politics.[32]
In such a town, we are told, for every two contented
people there are hundreds, especially among the young,
who are not. That is why the intelligent and the well-to-do
travel and leave for the big cities from which they
hope never to return. Even in the West the elder
people emigrate. They go to California to die.
The reason of these migrations is told by Carol’s
story. It is the necessity to escape from puritanical
and provincial boredom. How dull the little town in
spite of his Morris chairs, his bridge parties and his
phonographs! Nothing left to imagination; heavy
speech and heavy manner; free thinking smothered
under respectability:
It is an unimaginatively standardized background,
a sluggishness of speech and manners, a rigid ruling of
the spirit by the desire to appear respectable. It is
contentment ... the contentment of the quiet dead,
who are scornful of the living for their restless walking.
It is negation canonized as the one positive virtue. It
is the prohibition of happiness. It is slavery, self-thought
and self-defended. It is dullness made God.
A savorless people, gulping tasteless food, and sitting
afterward, coatless and thoughtless, in rocking-chairs
prickly with inane decorations, listening to mechanical
music, saying mechanical things about the excellence
of Ford automobiles, and viewing themselves as the
greatest race in the world.
Carol Kennicott did not lack critical sense. She
tried to explain to herself the triumph of mediocrity
around her. She was frightened by its irresistible contagion.
She saw the stupendous effects of the melting
process on the immigrants from Europe who, at that
time, still flooded the Middle West. How quickly
they forgot their traditions, their folklore and picturesque
costumes. Take the Norwegian women of
Gopher Prairie. How light-heartedly they exchanged
their red tunics, their pearl necklaces, their black
chemisettes lined with blue, their green and gray
aprons, their stiff capes (so well designed to enhance
their fresh little faces) for icy-white American blouses!
How quickly their home cooking was replaced by the
national pork cutlets! Americanized, standardized
and commonplace, they lost their identity and charm
within a generation. Their sons, with ready-made
clothes and ready-made college talk, soon assumed a
respectable air. The environment made of these
picturesque strangers is a banal replica of the world
around them.
Doubtless all small towns are alike, and have always
been in all countries and climes. Isolation causes that.
But the worst was that Gopher Prairie wanted to set
standards of mediocrity for the whole world, or at least
for one hundred and more million Americans:
It is a force seeking to dominate the earth, to drain
the hills and sea of color, to set Dante at boosting
Gopher Prairie, and to dress the high gods in Klassy
Kollege Klothes. Sure of itself, it bullies other civilizations,
as a traveling salesman in a brown derby conquers
the wisdom of China and tacks advertisements
of cigarettes over arches for centuries dedicated to the
sayings of Confucius.
Such a society functions admirably in the large production
of cheap automobiles, dollar watches, and
safety razors. But it is not satisfied until the entire
world also admits that the end of a joyous purpose of
living is to ride in flivvers, to make advertising-pictures
of dollar watches, and in the twilight to sit talking, not
of love and courage, but of the convenience of safety
razors.
The end of “Main Street” is disappointing. Carol
Kennicott’s generous plans for the reformation of
Gopher Prairie failed and she confessed herself helpless.
She lost all hope in social improvement and bowed to
accepted standards without renouncing entirely critical
sense. After all, an intelligent and zealous woman
can devote herself to many useful tasks, even in a
retrograde community. There is the home, the church,
the bank, the school. If things cannot be changed,
they can at least be studied. Carol decided to try to
understand what she could not reform. Her career
ends in a compromise. She goes “round-about,” like
Ibsen’s button-molder. It is suicide by sociology.
This is pathetic when one remembers the romantic
longings of the heroine of “Main Street.” A poet was
asleep in her and tried in vain to flap his wings. She
had a quick imagination and an inborn sense of the
beautiful, like all romantic characters. When, for
instance, she presided over the meetings of the Campfire
girls of Gopher Prairie, she could hardly help wishing
to change her “personality picture.” Her imagination
soared and she believed herself among the Indians.
Those common-looking girls on Main Street became
transfigured to her eyes, as soon as they had put on
their Sioux costumes. As Carol looked at them dancing
and performing the rites of the Redskin she felt
as if she were one herself.[33]
Let him who doubts Carol’s kinship with Emma
Bovary read the pages of the book where she practices
landscape gardening at the little station of Gopher
Prairie and Sinclair Lewis’ comments on her experiment:
She felt that she was scrubbing a temple deserted by
the gods and empty even of incense and the sound of
chanting. Passengers looking from trains saw her as
a village woman of fading prettiness, incorruptible
virtue, and no abnormalities; the baggageman heard
her say, “Oh, yes, I do think it will be a good example
for the children”; and all the while she saw herself
running garlanded through the streets of Babylon.
Planting led her to botanizing. She never got much
farther than recognizing the tiger lily and the wild
rose, but she discovered Hugh (her son). “What
does the buttercup say, mummy?” he cried, his hands
full of straggly grasses, his cheek gilded with pollen.
She knelt to embrace him; she affirmed that he made
life more full; she was altogether reconciled ... for
an hour.
But she woke at night to hovering death. She crept
away from the bump of bedding that was Kennicott,
tiptoed into the bathroom and, by the mirror in the
door of the medicine-cabinet, examined her pallid face.
Wasn’t she growing visibly older in ratio as Vida grew
plumper and younger? Wasn’t her nose sharper?
Wasn’t her neck granulated? She stared and choked.
She was only thirty. But the five years since her marriage—had
they not gone by as hastily and stupidly
as though she had been under ether? Would time not
slink past till death? She pounded her fist on the cool
enameled rim of the bathtub and raged mutely against
the indifference of the gods:
“I don’t care! I won’t endure it! They lie so
..., they tell me I ought to be satisfied with Hugh
and a good home and planting seven nasturtiums in a
station garden! I am I! When I die the world will
be annihilated, as far as I am concerned. I am I!
I am not content to leave the sea and the ivory towers
to others. I want them for me! Damn all of them!
Do they think they can make me believe that a display
of potatoes at Howland and Gould’s is enough beauty
and strangeness?”
The last words of this romantic soliloquy show too
well, alas! by their triviality that Carol is only a Middle
Western Bovary, but the tone and the pathos of
the piece are worthy of the best pages in Flaubert.
Salammbô, praying to the moon on her Carthaginian
terrace, Emma giving way to her blues in her boudoir,
would have understood the melancholy Carol dreaming
of Babylon in a Gopher Prairie garden.
I now turn to “Babbitt.” The author’s literary
tactics have changed since he wrote “Free Air” and
“Our Mr. Wrenn.” Plots have now given way almost
entirely to portraits, anecdotes to characters. Sinclair
Lewis’ tactics consist in heaping together the
minutest details which will help him to put a vital
person before us. His first novels were organic, the
latter are merely episodic. “Babbitt” is almost plotless.
It is, at the same time, the picture of a man and
that of a profession. Babbitt is not a fancy. He is
the homo americanus par excellence, the representative
average American. He recalls Molière’s “tradesman
turned a gentleman.” He makes us think of M. Jourdain
as an immigrant in America, parvenu, with a
Packard and an up-to-date house full of the most
modern appliances. How proud M. Jourdain would
be to-day of his motor car, his telephone, his bathroom,
his typewriter and his radio! But M. Jourdain was an
exception in seventeenth-century France and George
Babbitt, we are told—though this well may be pure
calumny—is the rule in twentieth-century America.
Like Carol Kennicott, Babbitt has a double personality.
First and foremost, he is a very caustic and live person.
He is married, possessed of children belonging to
the species enfants terribles. He lives in a rather expensive
house in Zenith, a city as famous to-day as Tarascon
or the kingdom of Poictesme. He is very concrete
and very individualistic. On the other hand, taken
as a general type, he may be called Monsieur tout-le-monde.
He is the man of the crowds. Sinclair Lewis
has gathered with a stroke of genius, and incarnated
in him, all the gestures, all the poses, all the hobbies, all
the colloquialisms of the average American. He likes
to work and do business on a large scale. He is fond of
his home, fond of living in it, and fond of leaving it too,
once in a while. There is a dormant romanticism in
him, but it is harmless and unheroic. When Tartarin
de Tarascon had the blues, he went to hunt the lions
in the suburbs of Algiers. The call-of-the-wild takes
George Babbitt away for fishing parties into the wilds
of Maine. He loves his wife, he loves his children, but,
oftentimes, civilization bores him and he would rather
love something else. He is a realtor by profession,
neither more nor less honest than his colleagues. For
him, as for most of us, “business is simply other people’s
money,” as the French playwright puts it. And
George knows how to make money. He has his flirtations
and perhaps his passions. The imprisonment
of a friend who killed his wife hit a serious blow at his
optimism, but his good humor survived. Finally, like
Carol, he makes an edifying end and returns to the
fold, wishing for his son a more cheerful world to live in.
Babbitt, as a representative man, is possible only in
America. His gestures, his foibles, his words and
phrases, are explained by the country where millions
of human beings are cut on the same pattern, made in
series like automobiles or harvesters, because it cannot
be done otherwise. Quantity versus quality, the
masses against the individual,—this is the great
American problem and George Babbitt is the half-sarcastic,
half-tragic example of it. He is conformism
incarnate. The family, the school, the church, the
thousand and one associations which he must join
manufacture for him his thoughts, his feelings and his
speech. They have made him an automaton, leaving
him very little personality. A democracy of more
than one million citizens produces Babbitts naturally,
as apple trees their apples. Babbittry is the inevitable
ransom of some of the highest American virtues. A
people ceaselessly active, moving and advancing, needs
discipline as much as a professional army. Before
being an individual, Babbitt is a private in Democracy’s
regiment. He wears a uniform; he performs certain
duties; he recites from a drill-book. Never mind if
he left the best of himself behind. Somebody else will
pick it up for him. The triumph of the greater number
cannot be insured without the sacrifice of the minority.
Hence the tragedy of exceptional people in America,
the agony of Poe, the isolation of Whitman, the ordeal
of Mark Twain, the exile of Henry James, the sarcasms
of Henry Adams. Hence the floating anxiety and soul-fear
of the man in the crowd.
It was advisedly, I believe, that Sinclair Lewis made
Babbitt a real-estate man, or, as he pompously calls
him, in Western fashion, a “realtor.” The profession
is typically American. Since the closing of the frontier
the staking out of one’s claim to a “lot” has been the
last romantic adventure left to the pioneer and the conquistador.
Speculation is ingrained in Americans and
advertising goes along with it. The widespread use of
publicity in the United States is interesting, not only
to the economist but to the psychologist. Advertising
is second nature with Babbitt. Advertising was born
in America out of industrial growth, market monopolization,
the standardization of products, not to forget
competition. In a democratic country where the market
is swamped with goods and with manufacturers
eager to force their products upon the public, the
megaphone and amplifier methods are the only chances
of success. But advertising is not only a way of making
a fortune in America. It is the most popular form
of American self-assertion. The average American
has a genius for hyperbole. His country is the land
of the superlative. Advertising in the United States
is the safest business method, and everything there
relies more and more on publicity. The churches, the
government, the universities, art, literature and even
philanthropy, can no longer do without it.
The satire of publicity in “Babbitt” was timely.
Lewis denounced its brutal and tragic aspects. He
showed it as a dangerous charlatanism, an invasion of
private life, a violation of free choice, an insult to common
sense. Unbridled publicity, as it is sometimes
practised in the United States, presupposes in its victims
brains which have been dulled to the point of
apathy. One cannot very well imagine the American
methods of advertising as exposed in “Babbitt” succeeding
in a nation as traditionally ironical and free-minded
as France, for instance, where the average man
is imbued with the Cartesian spirit and refuses to accept
as true anything which does not appear evident—even
if it were offered to him in a gold spoon.
Yet the American surrenders to publicity without
much ado, with resignation rather than with enthusiasm.
I do not believe that he is blind to the tricks of
the advertisers. But he is busy and he uses publicity
as a convenience. The commercial “ad” is a machine
to simplify existence. “Time is money.” It spares
one the bother of choosing. It leads directly towards
a goal. It facilitates shopping which Americans,
especially women, cultivate as one of their favorite outdoor
sports.
Babbitt is publicity personified, and the most curious
characters in the book are inveterate publicity maniacs.
“Arrowsmith” is a bitter and an almost tragic book.
It takes up again the case of advertising and its evil
influence in the higher spheres. In this novel we find
the same verve, the same satirical genius, the same
humor of the preceding books. Yet the humor is
darker and decidedly more pessimistic. There is no
happy ending and no compromise in “Arrowsmith.”
The equivocal attitude of the author towards his characters
has disappeared. Antagonisms are well defined
and Lewis does not straddle both issues at the same
time. On one side stand the charlatans, on the other
the true and disinterested scientists. The contrast
between them is sharply and tragically emphasized.
To make it more so, the author brought reinforcements
to the central characters. Arrowsmith is not alone—like
Carol or Babbitt. He has an escort of devoted
friends. Science is represented and defended by two
or three representative men, the Nietzschean Gottlieb,
the heroic Sondelius and the mystical Wicket. In the
enemy’s camp there is Doctor Pickerbaugh and this
is enough. He is unique as a mountebank.
Sinclair Lewis has satirized medical fakes with as
much gusto as Molière, that sworn enemy of all quacks.
The trail was good. The charlatan of drugs and patent
medicines, the chiropractors and the mind readers
swarm in the United States. The medical profession
is being besieged by counterfeits of all kinds. The
sentimental campaigns against vivisection, the drives
against vaccination are parts of the current events in
America. In “Arrowsmith” Lewis avenged the common
sense of the American people. Let me summarize
rapidly the plot of the book.
It tells how young Arrowsmith took up his medical
studies in a big Western university, how he felt inspired
by the teaching of his misunderstood master Gottlieb,
how he married and slowly made his way in the world
as a country doctor, then of his career in a drug factory
where he refused to barter his professional honor, how
he joined a great scientific institute, how he discovered
antitoxins, how he went to fight an epidemic of plague
in the West Indies where he lost his wife, how he was
tempted to market his growing reputation, how he
married a rich woman and how finally he escaped and
gave up everything for the sake of disinterested science.
I have too much respect for the memory of the great
William James to drag him from his grave among the
quacks, and yet, if there is a name well fitted to brand
what the novelist denounces in “Arrowsmith,” it certainly
is that of “pragmatism.” The truth for which
Arrowsmith stands heroically to the end, is the truth
“which does not pay.” “Arrowsmith” is the work
of an idealist, a plea for science sought for its own sake.
Such a manifesto does honor to the ideals of the new
American literature.
As to Sinclair Lewis as an artist, I have already noted
along the way many of his merits and his defects. He
lacks consistency and balance in composition. His
books seem to come not out of a deliberate and well-matured
design, but of a blind and fervid vital impulse.
“Arrowsmith,” like “Elmer Gantry,” is written haphazardly.
They are not plastic, but show a rare gift
of verbal effusion. There is a mimic in every word
which Lewis writes. From this point of view his only
rival is Dickens. By what name should we call this
peculiar sense of his which enables him to catch, as by a
spontaneous contagion, the words such as they are
spoken, and to reproduce them with the accuracy of a
vitaphone? The average American in his novels may
look like an automaton when he thinks or acts, but, in
speech, he is life itself. Lewis’ facility for verbal
invention is prodigious. I have no authority to comment
upon American linguistics. But I have already
alluded to Mr. Mencken’s book “The American Language.”
I hope that he will not forget George Babbitt
and his friends as contributors to the next enlarged
edition of his volume. Where could we look for a more
spontaneous and fruitful eloquence? The American
vernacular in “Babbitt” is as nimble, “snappy,” cheerful
and nervous as the American himself. Has anybody
ever more skilfully aped the living dynamism of the
American language?[34]
“Elmer Gantry” marks a new progress toward satire
and a deepening of Lewis’ social pessimism. It is
still more bitter and more acrimonious than “Arrowsmith.”
It was not written to please. The author has
unmasked his batteries at last and thrown himself in
open sedition against the church. The book is one of
the mightiest strokes ever hit at hypocrisy since the
days of “Tartuffe.” Hypocrisy takes a dangerous and
frankly criminal aspect in “Elmer Gantry,” a Barnum
of religion. America is not a country of hypocrites.
Everybody there lives in the open. If hypocrisy exists
it is not individual but collective. The old-fashioned
hypocrite in European literature was interesting as an
exception. He might be called a hypocrite by defect.
Gantry, on the contrary, is a hypocrite by excess, and,
one might say, by hyperbole. He is always beyond
truth, not under it. He is a hypocrite by ambitions and
anticipation, like Mark Twain’s Colonel Sellers. And
yet Gantry is even more repugnant than Tartuffe. He
is a scoundrel, a debauché and a cheat. Sinclair Lewis
has drawn his portrait at length from the day when he
entered the ministry as one joins a baseball team, until
his triumph as an evangelist in his big church at Zenith.
The scene in the beginning of the book, where he abandons
the woman whom he has compromised and passes
her to a rival with a lie, is enough to brand him. Let
the reader remember also the raid in the red-light districts,
where Gantry acts as a bully. But the triumph
of his venom will be found in the final prayer where he
asks the Lord to make his country as good and moral
as he! Beware of a humorist! There is a sting behind
his smiles.
American critics have been unanimous in finding
“Elmer Gantry” overdone. Tartuffe’s rascality was
qualified and it remained accidental. He broke into
M. Orgon’s house, as a thief who steals a watch and then
retires. Elmer Gantry is a hypocrite in broad daylight
and triumphant to the end. Such an obduration
in crime and success in mischief read like impossibilities.
By unduly stressing the rascality of Gantry, it may
well be that Lewis intended to kill two birds with one
stone. “Elmer Gantry” is no less an indictment of a
hypocrite than a courageous study of the decline of
religious ideals in America. Religion, as everything
else, has become automatic. Mysticism has been
replaced by respectability. The American churches
failed to raise the people to their high level, and, in order
to make themselves popular, they brought their ideals
down to earth. To make up for the absence of the
really faithful they relied more and more on the larger
number. They were seized with the spirit of greed
and material comfort, and betrayed the teachings of
Him who said that His kingdom was not of this world.
They courted money and, to keep the congregations,
they resorted to the advertising methods of the “realtors.”
A display of riches and material splendor outside,
and within the walls everything except Christianity.
Hygiene, sport, eugenics, prophylaxy, domestic
and political economy, entertainments and very little
Bible. Churches vied with one another to see which
could present the most gorgeous façade. Cathedrals
were erected, cathedrals of stone and not of faith. The
church became fashionable, a club, a school, a hotel, a
parlor. Elmer Gantry had no difficulty in investing his
lust and greed in such a temple. It repaid him well.
Around Gantry, the novelist has marshalled in complete
array the forces of the Protestant clergy in
America. We are told that he managed to peep
through the doors of the temple before he satirized it.
No wonder the clergy rose in arms against him, and
there is no doubt that he did not render full justice
to them. A great many noble souls were not included
in the parade. However, in the long run, one sees no
reasons why “Elmer Gantry” should prove more harmful
to the clerical profession than “Arrowsmith” to the
medical one. To expose the faker manu militari now
and then may prove after all a profitable operation for
the true servants of the temple.
From a literary point of view, “Elmer Gantry”
shows the author in the process of broadening his scope,
while he intensifies the virulence of his attacks. After
the village idealist, the inhibited realtor; the doctors,
and then the clergymen. Who next? And yet through
all these avatars Sinclair Lewis has drawn always the
same man. Good or bad, he is the same. Babbitt,
Arrowsmith, Elmer Gantry were born the same day,
of the same parent. They all share in what seems to
be, on the part of the novelist, an excess of vitality.
The large majority of the characters in the American
novels had been up to then anæmic. Sinclair Lewis’
characters suffer from high blood pressure. It would
be a great loss to American literature if he should forget
art for muck-raking. Let him remember the lesson of
Balzac and Flaubert. Those great realists never lost
sight of human passions, but they contrived to hold
art for its own sake far above the surge of their emotions.
They believed that, after all, our foibles, our
defects or vices were much less interesting and important
than the view which the artist can take of them in
cold blood.
CHAPTER VII Sherwood Anderson or When the Dreamer Awakes
Few American authors, since Whitman, have taken
literature as seriously or have conceived it as being on
so high a level of mysticism as Sherwood Anderson.
I mention Whitman advisedly in connection with
Anderson. His influence over the younger American
writers is manifest. Was he not the first to emphasize
the bio-chemical element, and to find lyrical inspiration
in it? Dreiser’s hymns to the Vital Force, his
pæans to physiology, as well as his tragic sense of
everyday life bear Whitman’s imprint unmistakably.
Sherwood Anderson owes him still more. Sensualism
and mysticism blend in his prose as they do in Whitman’s
poems. In the words of both of them we hear
simultaneously the whispers of heavenly death and
the somber droning of the Erdgeist. Both of them
have given heed to what Emerson called the demonic.
Both have brought the soul and the body into magic
and sensuous contact. The poetry of the one and the
poetic prose of the other seem to come from an embrace
in which the spiritual and the material still coalesce.
Modern as they are in many respects, the stamp of
primitivism is on them. In Anderson’s novels, man,
like the cosmos in “Leaves of Grass,” has not yet been
disengaged from that amorphous clay kneaded by the
gods. He still finds himself in a nebulous state, halfway
between himself and animal.[35]
“Mid-American Chants” are authentic grafts budding
from “Leaves of Grass.”
To call Sherwood Anderson an ex professo writer or an
homme de lettres would be amiss. Fiction and song are
only an outlet for his spiritual longings. Writing is
for him a groping toward the Unknown, a mystic ejaculation
of a mind in quest of itself. His works give
us a chance to catch the creative spirit in process of
formation.
Like Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson is a product of the
Middle West. He was born in Camden, Ohio, in 1872.
He also is an offspring of the prairie. Taine has long
been dead and his theory of la race, le milieu, le moment
is to-day as dead as he. And yet, there is a great
temptation to revive it to help us link Anderson’s primitivism
to his environment. In fact, Anderson saved
us that trouble recently when he published “Tar,”
an autobiography redolent with the smack of the crude
land where corn, cattle and people grow together, in
torrid atmosphere, over the huge plains swept by torrents
of heat and light. The boy in “Tar” was not
made out of the common clay, but of the tepid dark
loam on the shores of the giant Mississippi. Only
amidst the Russian steppes, or in the valleys of the
Ganges, could we find to-day as crude and primitive a
setting for a writer. In this respect “Tar” strikes an
almost savage note. One would wonder how such wild
phases of life could appear in a modern country like
the United States, if one ignored the fact that geography
has not kept pace with history in the growth of America.
The land is still, in many parts, as crude as it was in
the days of the Indian. The primitivism of Anderson
and Whitman is still written in the expanse of their
country, a country as large and as wild to-day, here and
there, as the African jungle. The real wonder is not
the resemblance between the American people and
their surroundings, but the fact that art of any sort can
grow in such primitive parts.
The autobiographical element plays a large rôle in
Sherwood Anderson’s books. If there is anybody who
seems to have taken upon himself the task to prove and
justify the theories of the psychoanalysts, it is certainly
he. Day-dreaming, double personality, the comedies
which the individual plays to himself,[36] the defense and
enrichment of one’s “personality picture,”—all those
are the essential themes of his novels. Anderson is the
Freudian novelist par excellence. Personally, he is an
uprooted man with a complex heredity. He betrayed
some of it in Windy McPherson, an assumed portrait
of his own father (in “Windy McPherson’s Son”).
Windy is a Don Quixote with a mania for disguising
himself. He cannot write novels but he lives and
enacts them. It is difficult to say, in his case, where
reality ends and fiction begins. A veteran of the Civil
War, Windy McPherson’s imagination has become
hypertrophied. He has been shell-shocked and the
trauma has left him more than half crazy. Windy is
a village Tartarin, a drunkard, a loafer and a megalomaniac.
Here is an example of his tragi-comical
exploits. One day, his small town has organized a
commemorative pageant. A trumpeter is in demand.
Windy McPherson does not hesitate to offer himself.
For a long time he had been leading fictitious assaults
in the imaginative narrations of his prowess. The
Bovaryism in his case is in an acute stage. The thought
of parading through Main Street astride a fine horse,
blowing a bugle before the whole assembly, fills him
with pride. Then the great day arrives. A procession
is being formed. All are waiting for the signal to start.
Windy McPherson is there on his charger as trumpeter.
All of a sudden the most lamentable wheeze issues
forth from the cavalry trumpet which he wields. How
far the ideal from the reality! Windy’s son will never
forget the pitiful venture, nor how he blushed before
his assembled countrymen.
There is but little filial respect left in Anderson’s
tales.[37] One of the most tragic episodes in his novels
is the one in the same book where Sam’s mother is
about to die of ill treatment and misery. Windy has
come home drunk, as usual. He is crouching over a
table, fussing and mumbling. Suddenly Sam gets up.
He marches toward his father, takes him by the collar
and throws him out of the room. The scuffle was
harsh and the boy rushes out for help, thinking that he
may have killed his father. Unfortunately for all
concerned, such was not the case. When Sam returns
with the neighbors, still trembling lest he may have
strangled his father, he finds Windy comfortably
settled in a saloon. He could no more die of a blow
than of shame, nor could he make a good tragic
hero.
On his mother’s side there is some Latin blood in
Sherwood Anderson. He has retained a touching
memory of his mother, a native of Italy, dark-complexioned,
imaginative, fiery and herself the daughter of a
spirited woman. Despite his nostalgia for the Italian
Renaissance and his admiration for some of the sixteenth-century
supermen, Anderson shows very little Latinity
as a thinker and an artist. He is far too nebulous
for that and refutes Boileau’s aphorism that what is
clearly conceived must needs be clearly expressed.
At the age of twelve or thirteen, young Anderson
launched himself upon the discovery of the world. For
many years he had to earn his bread by the sweat of
his brow as a mechanic apprentice, a factory hand and
stable boy; he tramped among “men and horses”
without much discrimination between them. We find
him in Chicago, at the age of seventeen, without a
cent in his pocket. The great metropolis of the Middle
West was to be his headquarters until he reached literary
fame. He used it for the background of the stories
collected under the title “Winesburg, Ohio.”
The modest workman of the Chicago docks and yards
had a higher ambition than merely a material livelihood.
We recognize him and his dreams in these
sons of proletarians who, in his first novels, suddenly
rise by the strength of their fists to the highest positions
and marry millionaire heiresses, in order to renounce
their good fortune suddenly and go in quest of what
they call Truth. This is the theme of his first two
books, “Windy McPherson’s Son” and “Marching
Men.” The heroes of these books are young and ambitious,
without any faith or any law, but not without
any ideals. We see in them Anderson himself,
incapable of distinguishing fact from fiction, dream
from daily existence, and with a pathetic longing
toward the Unknown.
In 1898, during the Spanish-American War, he
enlisted in the American army mobilized against Spain.
He was careful himself to strip this decision of all heroics
and to insist upon passing on to posterity for what
he precisely was, a well-meaning “chocolate soldier.”
Small, stout, near-sighted and still more absent-minded,
Sherwood Anderson is modest enough to confess that
he never seriously thought of conquering Cuba or
enlisting in the Rough Riders. He was satisfied with
regaining his health in the open air of the camps and in
enjoying the big parade of the marching troops, an
enjoyment which he would have shared with Walt
Whitman and which has probably inspired in him both
the idea and the title of “Marching Men.”
Anderson came to literary composition slowly, or
perhaps we should believe him when he says that he
was never out of it. The boy Giotto began to paint
while he was still a boy tending his sheep. Sherwood
Anderson never ceased to dream and to write his
dreams, and he began to do so very early. He had
dreamt (and imagined things) for a long while. That,
he tells us, was always for him the real, the only way to
live. Before writing his books he had enacted, all
alone, magnificent and tragic novels in a barn, the
favorite “hang-out” of his childhood days. Sprawling
among the warm hay, how many times had he given
way to dreaming! Listen to the dreamer:
To the imaginative man in the modern world something
becomes, from the first, sharply defined. Life
splits itself into two sections and, no matter how long
one may live or where one may live, the two ends continue
to dangle, fluttering about in the empty air.
To which of the two lives, lived within the one body,
are you to give yourself? There is, after all, some
little freedom of choice.
There is the life of fancy. In it one sometimes moved
with an ordered purpose through ordered days, or at
least through ordered hours. In the life of fancy there
is no such thing as good or bad. There are no Puritans
in that life. The dry sisters of Philistia do not come
in at the door. They cannot breathe in the life of the
fancy. The Puritan, the reformer who scolds at the
Puritans, the dry intellectuals, all who desire to uplift,
to remake life on some definite plan conceived within
the human brain, die of a disease of the lungs. They
would do better to stay in the world of fact to spend
their energy in catching bootleggers, inventing new
machines, helping humanity—the best they can—in
its no doubt laudable ambition to hurl bodies through
the air at the rate of five hundred miles an hour.
In the world of the fancy, life separates itself with
slow movements and with many graduations into the
ugly and the beautiful. What is alive is opposed to
what is dead. Is the air of the room in which we live
sweet to the nostrils or is it poisoned with weariness?
In the end it must become one thing or the other.
All morality then becomes a purely æsthetic matter.
What is beautiful must bring æsthetic joy; what is
ugly must bring æsthetic sadness and suffering.
Or one may become, as so many younger Americans
do, a mere smart-aleck, without humbleness before the
possibilities of life, one sure of himself—and thus one
may remain to the end, blind, deaf and dumb, feeling
and seeing nothing. Many of our intellectuals find
this is the more comfortable road to travel.
In the world of fancy, you must understand, no man
is ugly. Man is ugly in fact only. Ah, there is the
difficulty![38]
The whole Anderson shows himself in these remarks.
With what glee he lived in dreamland! Was not he
himself that shy and frightened youth whom he describes
as stalking through the streets of his native village
with his eyes downcast as if he lived in another
world? In a world deliberately made ugly by utilitarianism,
among people who think of nothing but of
getting rich quick, Anderson cast his lot with the proletarians.
The only beings for whom he shows any
tender feelings are the small craftsmen—now a vanishing
caste—who used to be possessed with a sensuous
passion for fine surfaces and beautiful materials. Without
this craving for work beautifully done he sees no
possible civilization. Alas! the sense of beauty is
gone. Comfort and speed have replaced refinement
and art:
Speed, hurried workmanship, cheap automobiles
for cheap men, cheap chairs in cheap houses, city apartment
houses with shining bathroom floors, the Ford,
the Twentieth Century Limited, the World War, the
jazz, the movies.
The modern American youth is going forth to walk
at evening in the midst of these. New and more terrible
nerve tension, speed. Something vibrant in the
air about us all.
How is it possible to preserve a sense of the beautiful
in a world such as this? We might still find a new
interest in life by learning how to feel the beautiful
finish of a perfect surface, a sensation which used to
bring an æsthetic emotion to the tip of the craftsman’s
fingers. Why not heed John Ruskin’s and William
Morris’ advice and, through the superficial amusements
of our modern civilization, revive for the arts and crafts
a passion, since they have been the foundation of
civilization?
To love, to feel, to dream! That is the question.
How joyfully Anderson surrenders himself to fancy!
And what a world that fanciful one—how grotesque,
how strange, how teeming with strange life! Could
one ever bring order into that world?...
There are so many people in that land of whom I
should like to tell you. I should like to take you with
me through the gate into the land, let you wander there
with me. There are people there with whom I should
like you to talk. There is the old woman accompanied
by the gigantic dogs who died alone in a wood on a winter
day,[39] the stout man with the gray eyes and with the
pack on his back, who stands talking to the beautiful
woman as she sits in her carriage, the little dark woman
with the boyish husband who lives in a small frame
house by a dusty road far out, in the country.
Such was the world to which his imagination gave
life, a fictitious world, of course, but in which art,
allied to sympathetic intuition is rendered beautiful
enough to make one wish that it were real. Kennst
du das Land...? And how can we call a writer
with this trend of mind a realist? For him only that is
real which has been first imagined.
In his attic the future author of “Dark Laughter”
does not only evoke familiar faces. He opens up wide
the gates of fantasy. Soon the walls of the barn vanish
and a pageant passes before his eyes:
A narrow beam of yellow light against the satin surface
of purplish gray wood, wood become soft of texture,
touched with these delicate shades of color. The light
from above falls straight down the face of a great heavy
beam of the wood. Or is it marble rather than wood,
marble touched also by the delicate hand of time?
I am perhaps dead in my grave. No, it cannot be a
grave. Would it not be wonderful if I had died and
been buried in a marble sepulchre, say on the summit
of a high hill above a city in which live many beautiful
men and women? It is a grand notion and I entertain
it for a time. What have I done to be buried so splendidly?
Well, never mind that. I have always been
one who wanted a great deal of love, admiration and
respect from others without having to go to all the
trouble of deserving it. I am buried magnificently in
a marble sepulchre cut into the side of a large hill,
near the top. On a certain day my body was brought
hither with great pomp. Music played, women and
children wept and strong men bowed their heads. Now
on feast days young men and women come up the hillside
of my burial place. It must be through the opening
the yellow light comes. The young men who come
up the hillside are wishing they could be like me, and
the young and beautiful women are all wishing I were
still alive and that I might be their lover.
And lo! the dream extended. What had this king
of yore done to deserve so much honor? Had he come
to the rescue of a beleaguered city? Had he slain the
dragon of Saint George, rid the country of monstrous
snakes, or found the millennium? Imagination soared
afield and the little barn, in the small Middle West
town, was magically transfigured. Let the dreamer
take us along in his flight with him. We are now in
Chartres with the Virgin so dear to the heart of sceptical
Henry Adams. But this must be an illusion. He
who dreams is an American and there are no cathedrals
in his land. There are no ancient monuments there
except the walls of some Grand Canyon or the towers
erected by American finance on the promontories of
Manhattan:
I cannot be in the cathedral at Chartres or buried
splendidly in a marble sepulchre on a hillside above a
magnificent city.... It cannot be I am in the presence
of the Virgin. Americans do not believe in either
Virgins or Venuses. Americans believe in themselves.
There is no need of gods now, but if the need arises
Americans will manufacture many millions of them, all
alike. They will label them “Keep Smiling” or
“Safety First,” and go on their way, and as for the
woman, the Virgin, she is the enemy of our race. Her
purpose is not our purpose. Away with her!
Whereupon the dreamer awoke. We know now
Sherwood Anderson’s faculté maitresse, imagination,
and the familiar form which it takes in his books, i.e.,
evocation through dreams. His characters are so
deeply absorbed in dreaming that the author himself
never quite succeeds in waking them from their hypnotic
trance.
If we are to believe the confessions of his autobiography,
Anderson was led to become a writer by a
tyrannical impulse. He felt a physical craving for
dotting the white surface of a sheet of paper with ink
or pencil. Like that friend of his who was so fond of
cigars that he took a trunkful of them to Havana, he
pleads guilty to not being able to go to a distant city
without taking his stationery along with him. The
sight of a ream of white paper thrills him to the tips
of his fingers. It calls for something to be put on it.
The average man crosses the street and sees houses and
people, a child at a window, a woman with a babe in
her arms, a drowsy workman passing by. He wonders
what is the matter with these people. Lo! the white
page is there and the writer will photograph the whole
thing for him. “You don’t know, but I know!” exclaims
the writer. “Just wait a minute and I shall tell
you. I have felt it. Now I no longer exist by myself.
I only live in these other people.” Then he rushes to
his rooms; he lights the lamp and behold! the pageant
passes. Words are to the writer what colors are to the
artist. They each have a color and a taste. They
are tangible.[40]
It seems to him that words are something that even
his fingers can touch “as one touches the cheeks of a
child.” Here are the white sheets of paper taunting
the author to write. But like a true lover he wants to
postpone his pleasure. He must wait a day or two to
take up the challenge daringly, baldly. His worship
of the white sheet is such that he excuses the manufacturers
of writing paper from his general excommunication
of capitalists. Not only does he grant them
economic privileges, but he goes as far as to put them
among the saints on the calendar:
Makers of paper, I exclude you from all the curses
I have heaped upon manufacturers when I have walked
in the street breathing coal dust and smoke. I have
heard your industry kills fish in rivers. Let them be
killed. Fishermen are, in any event, noisy, lying
brutes. Last night I dreamed I had been made Pope
and that I issued a bill, excommunicating all owners
of factories, consigning them to burn everlastingly in
hell, but ah, I left you out of my curses, you busy
makers of paper. Those who made paper at a low price
and in vast quantities somewhere up in the forests of
Canada, I sainted. There was one man—I invented
him—named Saint John P. Belger, who furnished
paper to indigent writers of prose free of charge. For
virtue I put him, in my dream, almost on a level with
Saint Francis of Assisi.
Such was the physical side of Sherwood Anderson’s
literary calling. The son of an artisan, brought up
among craftsmen, a craftsman himself, he went in for
writing as others do for book-binding, engraving, or
gilding, out of sheer love for the beautiful materials to
be handled and whose lure he could not resist. He confesses
to being unable to remember a period in his life
when he did not have a hankering for scrawling something
in black and white. When he was in business,
buying and selling did not interest him as such. He
spent his days in writing “ads” which were profitable
to his patrons. But as soon as he was at home, the
magic spell of the white sheets returned and he could
not resist any longer.[41]
Fiction seems to be nearer to fact in the United States
than anywhere else in the world. America is the land
of possibilities. The life of Sherwood Anderson, self-made
man, laborer, tramp, novelist and poet, reads
like a true novel. It recalls to our mind Jack London’s
“Martin Eden.” Like Eden, Anderson attained literary
fame by the sweat of his brow and not without an
athletic display of muscles. America has never spoiled
her writers. Murger’s “Vie de Bohême” tells of no
hardships comparable to those which a Theodore
Dreiser or Sherwood Anderson (not to mention Edgar
Allan Poe and Walt Whitman) had to go through
before they rose to fame. Thanks to this harsh apprenticeship,
Anderson himself has learned to be indifferent
to comfort. He can write, he tells us, anywhere, and
at any time, in a factory room, on a tree stump on the
highway, in a railroad station, in the lobby of a hotel
and be perfectly unconscious of what is going on around
him. He composed parts of “Poor White” in a dingy
saloon in Mobile, while next to him three drunken
sailors were discussing the divinity of Christ. He
wrote the story of Elsie Leander (included in “The
Triumph of the Egg”) in the station at Detroit. And
that day, he tells us that of course he missed the train.
His inborn absent-mindedness could not make him
a very prosperous business man, and yet he stuck to
manufacturing paint for more than ten years. The
way in which he quit his job is characteristic of the
man. One day, he tells us, he was in his office dictating
letters. Suddenly, and quite unconsciously, instead
of proceeding with his dictation, he happened to utter
automatically the following words: “And then, he
went into the river bed ..., and then he went into
the river bed, and then ...” Thereupon Anderson
got up. His stenographer thought him insane. He
went out never to return, except on one occasion, when
he wanted to ascertain what had become of his factory.
Even that night he had no luck, for the night watchman
mistook him for a burglar and came very near shooting
him.
Let us not forget Anderson’s escape. There will be
many similar flights in his books. The unpardonable
sin, according to the novelist, is automatism, petrification
on the surface, routine. He insists on an incessant
renewal of life, on change and migration as the essential
condition of moral progress. “Leave all and follow
me!” says the Voice which all his heroes obey.
One day Anderson found himself free at last, free to
seek Truth. His literary début dates from his arrival
in Chicago in 1910. Since the World Exposition of
1892, the metropolis of the Middle West had become a
first-rate artistic and literary center. Anderson found
friends, advisers and critics there. In contact with
the young writers, especially Theodore Dreiser, he
became self-conscious as an artist. I shall not go into
detail of his works, or what he is pleased to call his
“scribblings” at this period. He found in Chicago
materials for verse and prose, and he began to write
short stories and novels. “Windy McPherson’s Son”
appeared in 1916, not without some misfortunes of its
own. The critics were unfair to the book. According
to the author himself it was full of reminiscences of
Dreiser, Upton Sinclair, Jack London and Zola. But
the real Sherwood Anderson was there too. It was
invaluable as a piece of autobiography. It tells the
pathetic story of an ill-born youth who is forced to
inhibit the best part of himself. A deep and, at times,
lyrical feeling for human miseries pervaded the novel.
It heralded the advent of an American Dostoievski.
The sad idyll of Sam and Mary Underwood, the
gloomy atmosphere and the semi-consciousness through
which the protagonists of this book move and seek
themselves, foreshadow his novels of a later date. At
the end of the story, Sam McPherson withdraws himself
from the world, he becomes converted and makes
up his mind to seek Truth and not earthly ambitions.
Sam was born of poor parents and had to rise painfully
by his own means.[42]
He tore himself away from his early environment.
He got into the good graces of a wealthy manufacturer
in Chicago. Upon getting rich, he married his employer’s
daughter. The plot is developed through episodes
which would seem incredible had we not read similar
ones in Upton Sinclair and Theodore Dreiser. Sam
begins as a superman, à la Frank Cowperwood, which
means that all the roads to success seem fair ones to
him. He is at first a conscienceless “bounder,” to use
Anderson’s own phraseology. He does not believe in
the sweet and Christian ethics of failure. Then suddenly,
at the end, he drops everything to become a
socialist. Up to this point this story reads very much
like a book by Upton Sinclair. But Anderson is more
of a mystic than of a socialist. He does not much trust
the proletariat helping moral progress. Sam is converted.
He redeems himself, not by following the path
of social justice but that of Love and Pity. The book
is particularly interesting from the angle of psychoanalysis.
It discusses a case of the dissociation and
reunification of the self, a problem which was soon to become
an obsession with the author. The whole story
is based upon Sam McPherson’s efforts to disentangle
his true “personality picture” from his adventures.
Later on Anderson refuses to help his characters
out of the depths of the subconscious. He lets them
flounder in the darkness of their conscience. But he
had not reached that stage yet, at the time of which
I am now speaking. Then he did not neglect to answer
the S.O.S. of his characters in distress. Here is the
portrait of Sam McPherson as a representative American:
Sam McPherson is a living American. He is a rich
man, but his money, that he spent so many years and
so much of his energy acquiring, does not mean much
to him. What is true of him is true of more wealthy
Americans than is commonly believed. Something
has happened to him that has happened to the others
also, to how many of the others? Men of courage, with
strong bodies and quick brains, men who have come of
a strong race, have taken up what they had thought
to be the banner of life and carried it forward. Growing
weary, they have stopped in a road that climbs
a long hill and have leaned the banner against a tree.
Tight brains have loosened a little. Strong convictions
have become weak. Old gods are dying.
“It is only when you are torn from your mooring and
drift like a rudderless ship that I am able to come near
you.”
The banner has been carried forward by a strong,
daring man, filled with determination.
What is inscribed on it?
It would perhaps be dangerous to inquire too closely.
We Americans have believed that life must have point
and purpose. We have called ourselves Christians
but the sweet Christian philosophy of failure has been
unknown among us. To say of one of us that he has
failed, is to take life and courage away. For so long
we have to push blindly forward. Roads had to be
cut through our forests, great towns must be built.
What in Europe has been slowly building itself out of
the fibre of the generations we must build now, in a
lifetime.
In our father’s day, at night in the forests of Michigan,
Ohio, Kentucky, and on the wide prairies, wolves
howled. There was fear in our fathers and mothers,
pushing their way forward, making the new land.
When the land was conquered fear remained, the fear
of failure. Deep in our American souls the wolves
still howl.
Sam McPherson represents the two states of the
American conscience, the Christian and the primitive.
Half of his life was spent like that of Theodore Dreiser’s
realistic heroes. He succeeded practically; that is,
he failed morally and spiritually. Finally the angel
in him got the best of the beast. He found salvation
in humility and renouncement, like another Saint
Francis. The mystic longings of Sherwood Anderson
have left an unmistakable imprint on this early work.
He was not content to draw his characters in unconsciousness.
He counselled them, comforted them, and
acted to them as a good Samaritan.
“Marching Men,” an epic in three parts, is also a fine
book, although sociology and mysticism are blended in
it to the point of confusion. It reads very much like
Zola’s “Germinal.” The hero of the book, Beaut
McGregor, is the son of a Pennsylvania miner, who was
buried alive in a mine. The book is full of these soberly
drawn and semi-allegorical portraits in which the author
excels: the oculist, the hunchback, the violin maker,
the philosophical barber, the poor milliner. Robert
Frost alone can be a match to Anderson in this kind of
telepathic sketches. Beaut McGregor is searching for
the imponderable values of life, yet he finds drunkenness,
sex and hunger as the sole incentives of most
men’s existence.
Anderson’s imagination is pessimistic. He sees the
world in black and white. He is quite veracious in
saying that there is something Russian in him. His
artistic sense and his philanthropic Christian heart connive
to comprehend the most pathetic aspects of life
with sympathy. He has cast his lot with the proletarian,
the poor, the desperate, the lonely, in the sooty
suburbs of the big cities or the twilight of some village.
He is pessimistic, but his pessimism is religious and
moral. Man does not live by bread alone but by whatever
word issues from the mouth of God. Anderson
is a disciple of Tolstoi. The social problem, as he conceives
it, is a moral problem. Social anarchy is but a
sign of the chaos within us. We may, through true
insight, arrive at the source of our troubles:
In the heart of all men lies sleeping the love of order.
How to achieve order out of our strange jumble of
forms, out of democracies and monarchies, dreams and
endeavors, is the riddle of the Universe; and the thing
that in the artist is called the passion for form, and for
which he also will laugh in the face of death, is in all
men. By grasping that fact, Caesar, Alexander,
Napoleon and our own Grant have made heroes of the
dullest clods that walk, and not a man of all the thousands
who marched with Sherman to the sea, but lived
the rest of his life with a something sweeter, braver
and finer, sleeping in his soul than will ever be produced
by the reformer scolding of brotherhood from a soapbox.
The long march, the burning of the throat and
the stinging of the dust in the nostrils, the touch of
shoulder against shoulder, the quick bond of a common,
unquestioned, instinctive passion that bursts in
the orgasm of battle, the forgetting of words and the
doing of the thing, be it winning battles or destroying
ugliness, the passionate massing of men for accomplishment—these
are the signs, if they ever awake in our
land, by which you may know you have come to the
days of the making of men.
Anderson is not dazzled by the sumptuous façade of
American prosperity. He sees the reverse of the stage
setting, the slums, the mines, the factories, the jails and
the asylums. Listen to Beaut McGregor, the hero of
“Marching Men,” as he stands on the hills above the
dark valleys where the sordid cottages of the miners are
nested:
The long, black valley, with its dense shroud of smoke
that rose and fell and formed itself into fantastic shapes
in the moonlight, the poor little houses clinging to the
hillside, the occasional cry of a woman being beaten by
a drunken husband, the glare of the coke fires and the
rumble of coal cars being pushed along the railroad
tracks, all of these made a grim and rather inspiring
impression on the young man’s mind, so that although
he hated the mines and the miners, he sometimes
paused in his night-wanderings and stood with his
great shoulders lifted, breathing deeply, and feeling
things he had no words in him to express.
Sherwood Anderson entertains no illusions regarding
our much vaunted modern civilization. He sees the
modern man in a state of disintegration and moral
collapse, due to greed and lust. The surface gives an
illusion of grandeur, but there is a bog underlying the
structure. To prove his point, the writer bids us accompany
him in a walk around Chicago. We are supposed
to escort a well-meaning American business man
through the city. He is a well-balanced and kindly
person, inclined to take a rosy view of life. Let us
follow him in his walk. In front of a house a man is
seen mowing the lawn. There is something pleasant
in the screech of the lawn-mower. A little farther up
the street the wanderer peeps through a window and
perceives pictures hanging on a wall. A woman in
white plays the piano. How sweet and quiet life is!
The wanderer lights a cigar. Everything seems so
beautiful and fresh, and, lo! by the light of a street
lamp he sees a man staggering against the wall. Never
mind! The wanderer has enjoyed a good dinner at the
hotel. He remains optimistic. Drunkards are prodigal
sons. Wine and song are incentives to work. Let
us pass on! The wanderer can have no grudge against
his time and country. Let the I.W.W. howl, if they
want. All of a sudden two men come out of a saloon
and palaver on the curb. Now one of them jumps
and, with a rapid thrust forward of his whole body,
knocks his friend down in the gutter. Sinister and
smoky buildings all around look like accomplices. At
the end of the street an enormous crane erects its snout
against the sky. The wanderer has thrown away his
cigar. Somebody walks in front of him and raises his
fist to heaven. He notices with a start the movement
of the man’s lips, his large and ugly face in the glare
of the street lamp. But he keeps on going, and hurries
among pawnshops, saloons and what not. He has
a nightmare.... He sees a burglar looking over
the walls of a garden where children are at play,—the
wanderer’s own garden and own children. It is getting
late. A suspicious looking woman comes down a stair,
with bleached face. A police wagon rattles by. A
child kicks dirty newspapers along the street. His
piercing voice dominates the din of the street-cars and
the siren of the police patrol. The wanderer hastens
to board a car to return to his hotel.
Life, after all, is not as rosy as he thought. His good
humor has disappeared. He is irritated at having
wasted a fine evening. He is no longer so content with
his affairs, as he goes to bed with the din of the city still
in his ears. He sees the head of a red man bending
toward him in his sleep.... This is the way Sherwood
Anderson tells his apologues and dramatizes what
he calls the failure of American life.
At the end of the novel Beaut McGregor has become
a famous and militant lawyer. His mother, Nance, is
dead and he himself has buried her upon the hill. The
description of Nance’s funeral is truly epic and
resembles the strike in Zola’s “Germinal.” “Marching
Men” ends on a sharp turn. Beaut McGregor
courted two women, one poor and the other rich. He
marries a shy, self-effacing milliner, to commemorate,
perhaps, in his own fashion, the wedding of the Saint
of Assisi with the Lady Poverty.
Anderson will not write such books again. The psychoanalyst
will soon win over the mystic, but we know
him pretty well now, from these first books, as a sensual
and a mystic lover of Truth, as the detective of our
hidden thoughts and of double hearts, as a man enamoured
chiefly with dreams. There are several scenes in
“Marching Men” characteristic of Sherwood Anderson
at his best as an artist. He belongs among the novelists
of the proletariat, nearer Dostoievski and Tolstoi
than Victor Hugo or Émile Zola, because of his mysticism.
I select the narrative of the death of Beaut
McGregor’s mother, Nance, as an example of his
talent to blend the here below with the far beyond.
Nance dies of utter misery on a fine evening. She kept
a little bakery. Since the death of her husband in the
mine, she lived in complete seclusion, respected and
feared by the miners:
In the middle of the night the conviction came to
her that she would die. Death seemed moving about
in the room and waiting for her. In the street two
drunken men stood talking, their voices concerned
with their own human affairs coming in through the
window and making life seem very near and dear to the
dying woman. “I’ve been everywhere,” said one
of the men. “I’ve been in towns and cities I don’t
even remember the names of. You ask Alex Fielder
who keeps a saloon in Denver. Ask him if Gus Lamont
has been there.”
The other man laughed. “You’ve been in Jake’s
drinking too much beer,” he jeered.
Nance heard the two men stumble off down the
street, the traveller protesting against the unbelief of
his friend. It seemed to her that life with all of its
color, sound and meaning was running away from her
presence. The exhaust of the engine over at the mine
rang in her ears. She thought of the mine as a great
monster lying asleep below the ground, its huge nose
stuck into the air, its mouth open to eat men. In the
darkness of the room her coat, flung over the back of a
chair, took the shape and outline of a face, huge and
grotesque, staring silently past her into the sky.
Nance McGregor gasped and struggled for breath.
She clutched the bedclothes with her hands and fought
grimly and silently. She did not think of the place to
which she might go after death. She was trying hard
not to go there. It had been her habit of life to fight,
not to dream dreams.
Nance thought of her father, drunk and throwing
his money about, in the old days before her marriage,
of the walks she, as a young girl, had taken with her
lover on Sunday afternoons, and of the times when they
had gone together to sit on the hillside overlooking the
farming country. As in a vision, the dying woman saw
the broad fertile land spread out before her, and blamed
herself that she had not done more toward helping her
man in the fulfillment of the plans she and he had made
to go there and live. Then she thought of the night
when her boy came, and of how, when they went to
bring her man from the mine, they found him apparently
dead under the fallen timbers so that she thought
life and death had visited her hand in hand in one night.
Nance sat stiffly up in bed. She thought she heard
the sound of heavy feet on the stairs. “That will be
Beaut coming up from the shop,” she muttered, and
fell back upon the pillow, dead.
Sherwood Anderson does not dwell on surfaces. His
characters come out of the Unconscious. They move
deep into a region where words can scarcely penetrate.
As an instance of his understatements, I quote another
scene from “Marching Men.” Beaut McGregor has
climbed the hill to dream alone. He likes to go to the
high places to pray. Three women come to him.
Beaut has gotten over his timidity and consents to sit
down with one of them, who is looked upon as a
coquette. Here is a suggestive bit of Andersonian
dialogue with little said and much understood:
On the eminence Beaut and the tall woman sat and
looked down into the valley. “I wonder why we
don’t go there, mother and I,” he said. “When I
see it I’m filled with the notion. I think I want to be
a farmer and work in the fields. Instead of that,
mother and I sit and plan of the city. I’m going to be
a lawyer. That’s all we talk about. Then I come up
here and it seems as though this is the place for me.”
The tall woman laughed. “I can see you coming
home at night from the fields,” she said. “It might
be to that white house there with the windmill. You
would be a big man and would have dust in your red
hair and perhaps a red beard growing on your chin.
And a woman with a baby in her arms would come out
of the kitchen door to stand leaning on the fence waiting
for you. When you came up she would put her arm
around your neck and kiss you on the lips. The beard
would tickle her cheek. Your mouth is so big.”
A strange new feeling shot through Beaut. He wondered
why she had said that, and wanted to take hold
of her hand and kiss her then and there. He got up
and looked at the sun going down behind the hill far
away at the other end of the valley. “We’d better
be getting along back,” he said.
The woman remained seated on the log. “Sit
down,” she said, “I’ll tell you something—something
it’s good for you to hear. You’re so big and red you
tempt a girl to bother you. First, though, you tell me
why you go along the street looking into the gutter when
I stand in the stairway in the evening.”
Beaut sat down again upon the log, and thought of
what the black-haired boy had told him of her. “Then
it was true—what he said about you?” he asked.
“No! No!” she cried, jumping up in her turn and
beginning to pin on her hat. “Let’s be going.”
Beaut sat stolidly on the log. “What’s the use
bothering each other,” he said. “Let’s sit here until
the sun goes down. We can get home before dark.”
They sat down and she began talking, boasting of
herself as he had boasted of his father.
“I’m too old for that boy,” she said; “I’m older
than you by a good many years. I know what boys
talk about and what they say about women. I do
pretty well. I don’t have anyone to talk to except
father, and he sits all evening reading a paper and
going to sleep in his chair. If I let boys come and sit
with me in the evening or stand talking with me in the
stairway it’s because I’m lonesome. There isn’t a
man in town I’d marry—not one.”
The speech sounded discordant and harsh to Beaut.
He wished his father were there rubbing his hands
together and muttering rather than this pale woman
who stirred him up and then talked harshly like the
women at the back doors in Coal Creek. He thought
again, as he had thought before, that he preferred the
black-faced miners, drunk and silent, to their pale,
talkative wives. On an impulse he told her that, saying
it crudely, so that it hurt.
Their companionship was spoiled. They got up and
began to climb the hill, going toward home. Again
she put her hand to her side, and again he wished to
put his hand at her back and push her up the hill.
Instead he walked beside her in silence, again hating
the town.
Halfway down the hill the tall woman stopped by
the roadside. Darkness was coming on and the glow
of the coke ovens lighted the sky. “One living up
here and never going down there might think it rather
grand and big,” he said. Again the hatred came.
“They might think the men who lived down there
knew something instead of being just a lot of cattle.”
A smile came into the face of the tall woman and a
gentler look stole into her eyes. “We get at one
another,” she said, “we can’t let one another alone.
I wish we hadn’t quarrelled. We might be friends if
we tried. You have got something in you. You
attract women. I’ve heard others say that. Your
father was that way. Most of the women here would
rather have been the wife of Cracked McGregor, ugly
as he was, than to have stayed with their own husbands.
I heard my mother say that to father when he lay quarrelling
in bed at night and I lay listening.”
The boy was overcome with the thought of a woman
talking to him so frankly. He looked at her and said
what was in his mind. “I don’t like the women,” he
said, “but I liked you, seeing you standing in the stairway
and thinking you had been doing as you pleased.
I thought maybe you amounted to something. I
don’t know why you should be bothered by what I
think. I don’t know why any woman should be bothered
by what any man thinks. I should think you
would go right on doing what you want to do, like
mother and me about my being a lawyer.”
He sat on a log beside the road near where he had met
her and watched her go down the hill.
“I’m quite a fellow to have talked to her all afternoon
like that,” he thought, and pride in his growing
manhood crept over him.
CHAPTER VIII Sherwood Anderson on This Side of Freud
“Poor White,” published in 1920, marked a new
turn in Sherwood Anderson’s career and the transition
toward a new style. It is now characterized by the
obsession of the subconscious and the study of morbid
psychology. “Poor White” tells once more the story
of a proletarian youth struggling against adverse surroundings.
Like “Marching Men” this novel is autobiographical
to a large extent. With Hugh McVey, the
poor white, the experiments which Anderson’s previous
books had described start all over again. Uprooted
and revolving against his native environment, he too
seeks to find an impossible felicity in the gratification
of his passions. Hugh McVey has grown, like wild
grass, on the shores of the Mississippi once haunted by
the ghost of Huckleberry Finn, in days when boys were
more addicted to “roughing it” than to brooding over
their secret thoughts. The huge river inspires Hugh
with a longing for a life of abundance and ease. Like
all the characters in Anderson’s novels, he is the victim
of inhibitions. He vegetates in the sultry atmosphere
of his small town. Automatism and routine are ready
to swallow him up. Luckily, he was born a craftsman
and he is saved by work. He is intelligent and wilful,
and turns out to be an inventor. A fortuitous circumstance
takes him beyond his narrow horizon. One
day, he sees people busy planting cabbages by hand.
Why not build and patent a cabbage-setting machine?
Hugh carries out his plans successfully and he soon
finds himself at the head of a prosperous stock company;
but he is dissatisfied. He has not fulfilled his
spiritual longings. He denounces machinery and commercialism.
He arraigns socialism because it cannot
exist without them. He sees salvation only in self-reliance
and in sincerity to oneself and to others. He
thinks and acts, in fact, like a man who has read and
appropriated to himself R. W. Emerson’s essays.
Hugh marries a frigid woman who deserts him. At
the end of the book we find him alone on the road to
Truth. All in all, “Poor White” is painfully composed
and rather badly written. Its value resides in
the Freudian sketches aside from the main plot, and
in the analysis of the pathological forms of sensibility.
It did not greatly increase the novelist’s reputation.
The previous year he had published his famous collection
of short stories, “Winesburg, Ohio.” This is a
first-rate psychological document. Anderson has now
definitely given up sociology to become a psychologist
and a specialist in the study of dual personalities.
“Winesburg, Ohio,” is entirely in harmony with the
most recent contributions of American literature to
psychoanalysis. It is as rich and original in intuition
as the books of Robert Frost, Edgar Lee Masters and
Eugene O’Neill. Winesburg is a sort of Main Street,
not in breadth but in depth. Each one of these stories
is a masterpiece of dramatized insight. They stage
the tragedy of moral failure. The real drama is not
enacted in the open but in the gloom of what the author
names “the well,” deep under the surface of existence.
It is the tragedy of evasion. The scene is the provincial
United States of half a century ago, somewhere in
and around Chicago. The novelist ascribes the neurasthenia
of his characters, their errantry and their inconsistency
in thought and action to the shock of too
sudden a transition from the old order to the new.
Mystic Anderson once more denounces our times as
the most materialistic in the history of the world, as
an epoch where wars are fought without patriotism,
when men substitute their vague ethics to the worship
of the living God, when the will-to-power replaces the
will-to-serve, when beauty has been almost entirely
forgotten in the terrible race for money. But the
stories of “Winesburg, Ohio” cannot be limited to the
American scene. Their appeal is broadly human and
universal. Admirable as studies of morbid psychology,
they are still more so as dramatizations of our secret
thoughts. Within their limited bounds they contain
the most suggestive portraits.
The eccentrics, the maniacs, the daydreamers and
the half-insane whom, up to now, have been relegated
to the background of Anderson’s books, occupy the
center of the stage. The novelist has most skilfully
succeeded in grouping the different anecdotes and in
giving to all his people a family air of resemblance.
He has individualized the morbid states of sensibility,
with something akin to genius. His psychology is
utterly pessimistic, as every true psychology must be.
It is based on the observation of distortions and abortions
caused by moral restraint. Anderson introduces
us to human beings condemned to intellectual and
moral decrepitude. The surrounding mediocrity has
atrophied their moral life, without killing their
elementary instincts. All these half-insane and these
maniacs are dual personalities for themselves and for
others. Winesburg is the city of hypocrites, or, as we
prefer to call them to-day, the city of the inhibited.[43]
As we watch this parade of lunatics of both sexes, we
cannot think of a stranger Cabinet of Doctor Caligari.[44]
Anderson’s rogues’ gallery shelters the most fantastic
medley of moral outcasts, the libidinous, the perverse,
the sly, the morbid. All of them suffer particularly
from soul-fear and floating anxiety, as described by
the experimental psychologists. These abnormalities
are caused chiefly by an erotic obsession. As their
energy is no longer able to express itself in acts, it loses
itself in nightmares and incoherent actions. This
explains the verbal psittacism upon which Anderson
has made some curious remarks. Let us enter this
Musée Grevin of the psychologically abnormal.
Here is a man whose hands are incessantly shaken by
a suspicious automatism. He is fond of caressing children.
One day he is accused of having taken advantage
of one of them and he is expelled from the village.
Here is an hysterical woman who married an old doctor.
The doctor has a mania for stuffing his pockets with
slips of paper on which he has written maxims which
he forces everybody to read. Here comes a professional
simulator who has lived a thousand imaginary
lives. He wants to make us believe that he is Christ
and that he has been made to die upon a cross. This
rich landowner lost his mind from brooding over the
Bible. One day he went into the woods to kill his
grandson, as Abraham did to Isaac. Another Winesburgher,
a woman, was seized with an erotic fit which
made her run out into the streets all naked on a rainy
day. Let us not forget the hypocritical minister who
had seen a naked woman through a crack in the window
of his church. The wretched man had forgotten prayer
and could no longer expel the temptation from his mind.
He became half insane and was about to end up badly.
But one day he again saw the naked woman praying
in her room and he conceived a new and happier idea
of life. Never has the human mind been subjected to
more crucial dissections and been denounced as such a
mad and dangerous machine.
There is a moral attached to these tales. Anderson’s
philosophy, as well as his mysticism, centers upon
what may be called the problem of deliverance. It is
based upon a tragic feeling of the complexities of the
human self, on the necessity and difficulty of extracting
from the subconscious labyrinth our real personality.
It slumbers, deep within us, buried under formalism.
A city filled with millions of living people can be, in
reality, a necropolis for the dead.
And quite truly, from the spiritual and moral point
of view, the live are dead in Winesburg. No matter
if they do go about their daily tasks, if they play at
being born, at marrying, at having children, at making
money, at voting, at going to church, at talking of the
weather or the approaching elections. This is not life.
Spiritually and morally, the Winesburghers are as dead
as the corpses whose epitaphs Edgar Lee Masters
collected in the “Spoon River Anthology.” At most,
Sherwood Anderson accords to the inhabitants of
Winesburg a larval existence, a life of sleepwalkers and
daydreamers. Of the various selves which William
James classified in his treatise on psychology, and which
he called the material, the social and the spiritual selves,
the living dead of Winesburg possess only the most
elementary, i.e., the material. Their social and their
spiritual selves are illusory. Instead of actions they
know only manias; instead of ambitions, velleities;
instead of achievements, dreams. Let the professional
psychiatrist read these tales. He will find in them all
the forms of psychic degeneracy. The embryonic and
larval life of Winesburg defies even the slow-motion
process of photographic reproduction. Still life and
twilight sleep prevail here as the characteristic phases
of existence.
How strange a paradox that the land of the strenuous
life should shelter such moral mummies.[45] In “Winesburg,
Ohio,” Sherwood Anderson closed without
hope the gates of the mystic evasion through which
the characters of his early novels used to escape.
“Abandon hope, all ye who enter here!” Dante’s
Inferno is an Eden compared to this American abode of
unescapable gloom.
In almost every case the great issue of suppressed
sensibilities in Anderson’s stories is eroticism. This is
the central pivot of the lives of his larvæ. The male
wants to be rich quick. He has not time to love; he
simply flirts. The female, on the contrary, is like
Phaedra, the wife of Theseus, in Racine’s tragedy,
toute entière à sa proie attachée, all intent upon securing
the gratification of her instinctive impulses. Man
makes up for his erotic disillusions by irony, work or
drink.[46] Woman simply surrenders to the libido. Inhibitions
and repressions make an agony of her life.
Anderson suggests that she come out of the “well”
for the sake of health, happiness and moral progress.
Surrendering to nature and not asceticism is the cure of
morbidity. He sides with Hawthorne on this point,
and he proves it in one of the best tales of “Winesburg,
Ohio.” We see the Reverend Hartman released from
the nightmares of his cell by facing life as it is and discovering
that religion and beauty can very well go
together. Evasion, it is true, is not within the reach of
every one in Anderson’s books. It is reserved to the
elect. Many try to lift the lid of the “well” and are
drowned. The most pathetic case of evasion is that
of Elsie in “The Triumph of The Egg.” The story is
called “The New Englander.” Elsie is an uprooted
girl from the East. She dies of moral dearth and
inhibited desires, somewhere on a lonely farm in the
Middle West. One day homesickness and longing
make her run away in the corn-fields with the same
pagan fury which took Hester Prynne to the primitive
forest. The scene is literarily beautiful and almost
technically Freudian:
In the month of August, when it is very hot, the corn
in Iowa fields grows until the corn stalks resemble young
trees. The corn-fields become forests. The time for
the cultivating of the corn has passed and weeds grow
thick between the corn rows. The men with their giant
horses have gone away. Over the immense fields
silence broods.
When the time of the laying-by of the crop came that
first summer after Elsie’s arrival in the West, her mind,
partially awakened by the strangeness of the railroad
trip, awakened again. She did not feel like a staid, thin
woman with a back like the back of a drill sergeant,
but like something new and as strange as the new land
into which she had come to live. For a time she did not
know what was the matter. In the field the corn had
grown so high that she could not see into the distance.
The corn was like a wall and the little bare spot on
which her father’s house stood was like a house built
behind the walls of a prison. For a time she was depressed,
thinking that she had come west into a wide
open country, only to find herself locked up more closely
than ever.
An impulse came to her. She arose and going down
three or four steps seated herself almost on a level with
the ground.
Immediately she got a sense of release. She could
not see over the corn but she could see under it. The
corn had long wide leaves that met over the rows. The
rows became long tunnels running away into infinity.
Out of the black ground grew weeds that made a soft
carpet of green. From above light sifted down. The
corn rows were mysteriously beautiful. They were
warm passageways running out into life. She got up
from the steps, and, walking timidly to the wire fence
that separated her from the field, put her hand between
the wires and took hold of one of the corn stalks. For
some reason after she had touched the strong young
stalk and had held it for a moment firmly in her hand,
she grew afraid. Running quickly back to the step
she sat down and covered her face with her hands. Her
body trembled. She tried to imagine herself crawling
through the fence and wandering along one of the
passageways. The thought of trying the experiment
fascinated, but at the same time terrified. She got
quickly up and went into the house.
But the temptation proved too strong. Elsie could
not resist the lure of the broad fields:
Elsie ran into the vastness of the corn-fields filled
with but one desire. She wanted to get out of her life
and into some new and sweeter life she felt must be hidden
away somewhere in the fields. After she had run
a long way she came to a wire fence and crawled over.
Her hair became unloosened and fell down over her
shoulders. Her cheeks became flushed and for the
moment she looked like a young girl. When she
climbed over the fence she tore a great hole in the front
of her dress. For a moment her tiny breasts were
exposed, and then her hand clutched and held nervously
the sides of the tear. In the distance she could hear
the voices of the boys and the barking of the dogs. A
summer storm had been threatening for days, and
now black clouds had begun to spread themselves over
the sky. As she ran nervously forward, stopping to
listen and then running on again, the dry corn blades
brushed against her shoulders and a fine shower of
yellow dust from the corn tassels fell on her hair. A
continued crackling noise accompanied her progress.
The dust made a golden crown about her head. From
the sky overhead a low rumbling sound, like the growling
of giant dogs, came to her ears.
Sharp pains shot through her body. Presently she
was compelled to stop and sit on the ground. For a
long time she sat with closed eyes. Her dress became
soiled. Little insects that live in the ground under the
corn, came out of their holes and crawled over her legs.
Following some obscure impulse the tired woman
threw herself on her back and lay still with closed eyes.
Her fright passed. It was warm and close in the roomlike
tunnels. The pain in her side went away. She
opened her eyes and between the wide green corn
blades could see patches of a black threatening sky.
She did not want to be alarmed and so closed her eyes
again. Her thin hand no longer gripped the tear in
her dress and her little breasts were exposed. They
expanded and contracted in spasmodic jerks. She threw
her hands back over her head and lay still.
It seemed to Elsie that hours passed as she lay thus,
quiet and passive under the corn. Deep within her
there was a feeling that something was about to happen,
something that would lift her out of herself, that
would tear her away from her past and the past of her
people. Her thoughts were not definite. She lay still
and waited as she had waited for days and months
by the rock at the back of the orchard on the Vermont
farm when she was a girl. A deep grumbling noise
went on in the sky overhead, but the sky and everything
she had ever known seemed very far away, no part
of herself....
Elsie followed, creeping on her hands and knees
like a little animal, and when she had come within sight
of the fence surrounding the house she sat on the ground
and put her hands over her face. Something within
herself was being twisted and whirled about as the tops
of the corn stalks were now being twisted and whirled
by the wind. She sat so that she did not look toward
the house and when she opened her eyes, she could
again see along the long, mysterious aisles.... The
storm that had been threatening broke with a roar.
Broad sheets of water swept over the corn-fields.
Sheets of water swept over the woman’s body. The
storm that had for years been gathering in her also
broke. Sobs arose out of her throat. She abandoned
herself to a storm of grief that was only partially grief.
Tears ran out of her eyes and made little furrows
through the dust on her face. In the lulls that occasionally
came in the storm she raised her head and
heard, through the tangled mass of wet hair that covered
her ears and above the sound of millions of raindrops
that alighted on the earthen floor inside the house
of the corn, the thin voices of her mother and father
calling to her out of the Leander house.
The tortures of inhibition have rarely been so dramatically
and scientifically described.
From now on, the problem of sexual inhibition was
going to haunt Sherwood Anderson. He was soon to
devote to it a strange and, for the average reader, a
most shocking book which we must examine with the
same candor which the author has shown in writing it.
It is called “Many Marriages.” In order to be entirely
just to it, I shall again warn the reader of what I have
already suggested. Eroticism and mysticism go hand
in hand for Anderson. Having discovered sexual inhibition
to be the main cause of social hypocrisy, he
preaches the gospel of absolute sexual sincerity as a
sine qua non condition of moral progress. To understand
the author’s point of view, let us not forget that
his stories take place in a Puritan country. Let us
remember Theodore Dreiser’s sayings about the primordial
importance of the sexual question in a pioneer
land where the woman remained, for a long time, as
the only luxury allowed to men, and the only object
of art offered to their dreams. “Many Marriages”
is a confession, a soliloquy, which continues uninterrupted
for nearly three hundred pages.[47]
The hero is a lunatic, an erotomaniac who parades
naked before a Madonna and a crucifix surrounded by
burning tapers, in order to better vent his feelings
about sex, love and marriage to his daughter. His
name is John Webster. He was born in a small Wisconsin
town and began as a business man. One day,
passing in front of his factory, he heard his workingmen
humming a hymn like this:
And before I’d be a slave,
I’d be buried in my grave
And go home to my father and be saved.
As has been already hinted, verbal automatism plays
a large part in the career of Anderson’s characters.
The song heard by John Webster loosens a new stream
of consciousness in him. A married man with a grown-up
daughter, in charge of a business concern, John
Webster suddenly feels that he has missed his life. He
immediately leaves everything to follow the call. In
fact, he had never been happy as a married man or as
an American citizen. He had never been able to
express himself freely. Above all, he had lived in complete
ignorance of his body. Now he has found the
road to Damascus. Let him be erotically sincere.
At last, let him know the “house” of his body which
he has inhabited so long as a stranger, and let him visit
what he calls other people’s “houses.” Thereupon his
mystic lubricity is let loose. The most shocking part
of the book is that in which the Wisconsin gymnosophist
gives a demonstration of erotic sincerity to his daughter,
she herself being hardly dressed. The pages where
he tells her his misfortunes as a married man and a
lover are indeed amazing. The like can only be found
in Andreiev or Gorki. John Webster is insane, but he
is also sincere and pure, according to the author. More
than this, he atones in his person for all the inhibited
inhabitants of Winesburg. This immoral book is after
all pure and candid from the writer’s point of view. It
was composed to keep a wager which Sherwood Anderson
was careful to explain in his preface. John Webster,
he tells us, may be crazy, as anybody would be who
tried to act contrary to accepted standards in public.
At any rate courage is also a virtue, and John is not a
coward. Doubtless, a man who seeks love as directly
as he does is abnormal according to present standards,
but he may be more moral than many of us who refrain
to follow his tracks only for fear of public opinion.
Better be a De Sade than a Tartuffe. “Many Marriages”
is, at the bottom, a plea in favor of individual
renewal. It is the book of a moralist and of a mystic.
John Webster is a saint after a fashion. He dares to
uncover his most secret thoughts before others. The
problem of correlations between our thoughts and our
actions has always proved to be of a great interest to
the author. One of the tales in “The Triumph of The
Egg” showed a father who was impelled by his longing
for Truth to reveal his secret life to his daughter, but
he was a coward and stopped short at the last minute.
As for the denudation of the body at the moment of
intensive moral or religious crises, and as a symptom of
conversion, it is not unknown to hagiographers. Do not
the Scriptures speak of “shedding the old man?” The
biography of Saint Francis of Assisi tells a similar story
with a very different purpose. Nakedness in “Many
Marriages” is ritual. It is equivalent to the white robe
which the neophytes of the primitive church used to don.
This is said, not as a plea in favor of John Webster,
but as an analysis of some of the tortuous and yet well-meaning
paths which Anderson’s mind likes to travel.
At any rate, he made no mystery of his intentions or
of the significance of his book. He tells us that, whilst
loving Natalie Schwartz, his mistress, John Webster
never intended to shut himself off from the possibility
of loving another woman, or many other women. Why
should not a rich man marry many times? He was
certain that all the potentialities in wedlock had yet
been hardly explored. He wanted to be the Christopher
Columbus of a new continent of inter-human relations.
In Webster’s mind something had opposed
itself, up to then, to a broad and human acceptation
of life. Before loving one had to know and accept himself
and others. Sexual love is true only when it comes
as an inspiration, a miracle. Happy are those who
follow the call. But they are few. For most people
life is a renunciation of their best self. And that is
why John Webster left his wife. She had never forgiven
him his primitive spontaneity and his brusque
mode of attack at their first meeting. “Leave all and
follow me,” says the Voice. Love must not be a bond
but a token of freedom. Such was the meaning of the
refrain heard by John Webster one day. Let us break
down the walls and free the prisoners:
If one kept the lid off the well of thinking within
oneself, let the well empty itself, let the mind consciously
think any thoughts that came to it, accepted
all thinking, all imaginings, as one accepted the flesh
of people, animals, birds, trees, plants, one might live
a hundred or a thousand lives in one life. Then each
one of us could become “something more than just
one individual man and woman living one narrow circumscribed
life.” One could tear down all walls and
fences and walk in and out many people. One might
in oneself become a whole town full of people, a city,
a nation.
This may be a generous dream, and one infinitely
more attractive than the inhibitions of Winesburg or
Gopher Prairie, and yet one cannot help seeing in John
Webster’s gospel only the last challenge of romanticism
at bay. After Rousseau, Walt Whitman has tried the
gospel of sexual sincerity at all cost. He had attempted
to call the universe to him and hold it in his naked arms.
“I Walt Whitman, a cosmos!” and it all ended in failure.
Theodore Dreiser in “The Genius” had answered
John Webster’s queries concerning sexual freedom.
Sherwood Anderson himself noted somewhere that
humanism and not pantheism, concentration and not
expansion, could free and feed human hearts. Webster’s
mystic orgies have not only ethics but common
sense against them. But Anderson is a poet. Like
Whitman he worships Life and the Vital Force. He
wants us to surrender to all beautiful instincts. Society
denies us this right, Life itself will build a bridge to
greater freedom. Life, he proclaims, will empty the
prisons. It will raise the lid of the “well” where the
Freudian monsters are asleep, these monsters which
the Puritan felt groping within himself, and which he
carefully and wisely held in chains. Anderson wants
to free the Hairy Ape and make an angel of him:
There was a deep well within every man and woman,
and when Life came in at the door of the house, that
was the body, it reached down and tore the heavy iron
lid off the well. Dark hidden things, festering in the
well, came out and found expression for themselves, and
the miracle was that, expressed, they became often
very beautiful. There was a cleansing, a strange sort
of renewal within the house of the man or woman when
the god Life had come in.[48]
Anderson has dedicated himself once more to the
task of raising the lid of the “well.” In “Dark Laughter”
it is again the story of a spiritual evasion and the
return to erotic sincerity. Psychological insight and
verbal lyricism are beautifully and musically blended
in this book. In it the author is felt to become more
and more conscious and to have acquired a greater
mastery of his instruments of expression. Lyrical outbursts,
soliloquies and descriptions are brought into
perfect harmony. The hero of “Dark Laughter,”
Bruce Dudley, alias John Stockton, is another John
Webster. He began his career as a reporter, got a good
position, married and ... ran away. He dropped
his wife and his job to become a tramp. He began
anew earning a living by painting carriage wheels in
company with a comrade similar to those celebrated by
Walt Whitman. He then becomes a gardener and falls
in love at first sight with his employer’s wife. It is the
inspiration, the miracle so much looked for by John
Webster. So Bruce and Aline wed sincerity and elope....
But it would be a betrayal of Anderson to reduce
the plots of his books, especially this one, to such trivial
incidents. For him the orchestration is more important
than the theme. The main charm of “Dark Laughter”
is its poetry and its music, the curious and clever
blending of thought, dream, color and song. It is a sort
of sotto voce monologue with musical interludes. In several
of Anderson’s books there had already been an undertone
of music echoing the thoughts of the characters.
He has perfected the process in “Dark Laughter.”
The scene of the novel is laid upon the shores of the
Ohio and of the Mississippi. These gigantic American
waterways, sung to the tune of a Greek hymn by Monsieur
de Chateaubriand and desecrated in modern times
by Mark Twain, become musical again through Sherwood
Anderson’s poetic prose. There is an orchestra of
Negro minstrels on the shore and on the deck of the
boat which takes Bruce Dudley to New Orleans. The
writer looks to Negro music as to the symbol of free
instinctive expression. The humming of Negro spirituals
accompanies the soliloquies of Bruce Dudley like
the tom-tom in “Emperor Jones.” The black man’s
songs in Anderson’s novels emphasize the return to
nature. They are the last avatars of romanticism in
America, the protest of nature against civilization,
a challenge to social hypocrisy.[49] While the white man
broods at home over his woes, real or imaginary, the
black sings naturally in the open and vents his naïve
soul in hymns and laughter, with an occasional strain of
melancholy, soothing itself as it is sung. Anderson
finds in these Negro chanteys what he calls “a way of
getting at the ultimate truth of things,” which is
tantamount, almost, to a system of metaphysics.
The pages devoted to New Orleans in “Dark Laughter”
are among the most original ever written by the
author. Here is the homecoming of Bruce Dudley in
the old creole city:
The niggers were something for Bruce to look at,
think about. So many black men slowly growing
brown. Then would come the light brown, the velvet-browns,
Caucasian features. The brown women tending
up to the job—getting the race lighter and lighter.
Soft Southern nights, warm dusky nights. Shadows
flitting at the edge of cotton fields, in dusky roads by
saw-mill towns. Soft voices laughing, laughing.
Oh, ma banjo dog,
Oh, ho, ma banjo dog.
An’ I ain’t go’na give you
None of ma jelly roll.
Niggers on the docks, niggers in the city streets, niggers
laughing. A slow dance always going on....
Clean ships, dirty tramp ships, half-naked niggers—a
shadow dance.... They dance south—out of
doors—white in a pavilion in one field, blacks, browns,
high browns, velvet-browns in a pavilion in the next
field—but one ...
Oh, ma banjo dog!
... Give us a song, Jack—a dance—the gumbo
drift. Come, the night is hot....
Nigger girls in the streets, nigger women, nigger men.
There is a brown cat lurking in the shadow of a building.
“Come, brown puss—come and get your
cream.” The men who work on the docks in New
Orleans have slender flanks like running horses, broad
shoulders, loose, heavy lips hanging down—faces
like old monkeys sometimes—bodies like young gods—sometimes.
On Sundays—when they go to church,
or to a bayou baptizing, the brown girls do sure cut
loose with the colors—gaudy nigger colors on nigger
women making the streets flame—deep purples, reds,
yellows, green like young corn-shoots coming up.
They sweat. The skin colors brown, golden yellow,
reddish brown, purple brown. When the sweat runs
down high brown backs the colors come out and dance
before the eyes. Flash that up, you silly painters,
catch it dancing. Song-tones in words, music in words—in
colors, too. Silly American painters! They
chase a Gauguin shadow to the South Seas.
I shall not add any comments to this beautifully
colored piece, recalling, at once, both Gauguin, Matisse
and Baudelaire, with the addition of a jazz band. The
man who wrote this is certainly one of the greatest artists
in words of American literature, if not the greatest
and the most modern. If young America succeeds in
creating an art of the New World, as original as that of
the old one, she will owe it to Sherwood Anderson, as
to her truest literary pathfinder. He may not be himself
completely emancipated yet from his native loam.
He looks very much like a faun fighting to disentangle
himself from his dual nature, but as a colorist and a
musician it is difficult to dispute him the first rank.
Consumptive American fiction owes to him at least real
flesh and blood. That he is a sensuous mystic can be concluded
from his very definition of art. He calls art “a
perfume issuing from the truth of things through the fingers
of an humble man filled with love.” Baudelaire,
Rimbaud, Verlaine and Mallarmé, the founders of modern
æsthetics, would certainly have endorsed this programme
which gratifies harmoniously both the body and the soul.
CHAPTER IX James Branch Cabell and the Escape to Poictesme
Amidst the triumph of realism, James Branch
Cabell’s romantic works seem at first almost phenomenal
in contemporary American fiction. They are
interesting as an attempt to restore the imaginative
element to the American novel. Although the romantic
novel has never been extinct in America, there had
been a very thin line drawn between realism and fiction.
The growth of the realistic novel had been a natural
reaction against sentimentalism.[50]
As the puritanical tyranny became more strict and
more imperious, the distinction between the genres was
lost. Puritanism forbade the painting of life as it is.
Why should it be any more indulgent to fiction? Based
on a system of repression, it would seem a priori destined
to accord well with romanticism, which is of itself
based on statements contrary to fact and opposed to an
exact and scientific presentation of life—a presentation
full of threats for the victims of scruples, of floating
anxiety and soul-fear. As I have shown, it is mainly in
W. D. Howells’ work that this confusion between realism
and fiction occurred. Howells, and the popular
novelists after him, so thoroughly confused the issues
that it became impossible to distinguish between the
two. The American novelists, unencumbered with
imaginative powers, and moralists above all, tried to succeed
in the impossible task of giving to reality the semblance
of fiction. The result of their efforts is a bastard
genre, still triumphant to-day in countless magazines
and in the “movies.” Fictitious realism would be an
appropriate definition for the greater number of writers
who pander to public taste in America.
The nearer we come to the present, the more we notice
the inability of American writers to imitate Hawthorne’s
admirable realism in psychology. It was
James Branch Cabell’s ambition to restore romanticism
to its former rights, by ridding it of exaggerated realism
on the one hand, and of Puritanism on the other. From
this point of view his work is most significant. The
attempt to give to American literature a new romantic
form of fiction could succeed only if the ground were
cleared. Cabell’s work presents itself in a double
aspect; first as a revolt against realism, secondly as an
anti-Puritan Declaration of Independence.
This effort was doubly heroic and it has been amply
compensated for by its success. On one hand, it was
necessary to defend and maintain the rights of imagination
in a period of overflowing realism, and on the
other to claim for that very imagination all the rights
usurped by the realists in a Puritan country. That,
then, is what the novelist has been able to accomplish.
James Branch Cabell is of Southern origin. From an
old local stock, he was born in Richmond, Virginia, in
1879. He was educated at William and Mary College,
where he taught Greek and French. Like most contemporary
American writers, he went through the
journalistic mill and then began doing literary work.
He traveled in France, Ireland and England. Like
Anatole France, he is a genealogist and an antiquarian.
His taste for legends, for folklore and heraldry, turned
him into an explorer of archives. He began with short
stories and poems, followed by two or three novels
whose scene is laid in his native land. Though his first
chronologically, these early books have been relegated
to the background by the author. He took them up
again and revised them to make them fit into the cycle
of Dom Manuel and Jurgen, the most recent form of
epic cycles.
Here is at last an American novelist with a culture
and a style of his own, a conscious artist and a man of
letters. Most of the new American fiction writers are
indifferent to style. They write badly. They are
often incorrect, trivial and obscure. Their last worry
is the attainment of the beautiful in writing.[51] Cabell,
on the contrary, is an adept at artistic writing, the only
prose writer in American fiction who cultivates style
for its own sake. That alone would be enough to make
him original and interesting for the reader who has just
plodded drearily through the desert of “An American
Tragedy,” for instance. He was fed on the English
classics, especially those of the Renaissance. At times
he is a deft imitator and parodist of Spenser, to whom
he owes much of his flowery and savory style, and a
great admirer of the English writers of the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries. He likes to call himself a
classic, classic in style, though romantic in inspiration.
But, above all, his chief gift is imagination. At last
we are given a holiday from Theodore Dreiser’s triviality,
Sinclair Lewis’ truculence and Anderson’s mystic
stammering. Cabell’s ideal is harmony, clearness and
grace. He moves within fiction as if it were a natural
element and not as in a quarry where he is painfully
hewing out stones. In an epoch when American writers
hitched their wagons more and more to matter-of-fact
subjects, he cut the moorings and gave free play to his
fancy.
Everything in his books is fictitious, the subject, the
style, the characters, the costumes and the settings.
He has invented a new folklore, a new mythology. He
has discovered unknown countries, the land of Poictesme,
a fabulous kingdom well devised to puzzle us as
it is located, on a map of Cabell’s making, halfway
between reality and dream. As fictitious as Spenser’s,
Shakespeare’s or Honoré d’Urfé’s cosmography, the land
of Poictesme, where Dom Manuel and Jurgen deport
themselves in sadness or glee, is none the less presented to
us as a real country somewhere in Southern France. Its
half fictitious, half real boundaries are, on the north,
England of Arthurian times, on the south, the vague
Asia Minor of Guy de Lusignan and Melissinda, princess
of Tripoli. The novelist has been kind enough to
design for the ignorant a map of Dom Manuel’s domains.
According to the map, the land of Poictesme stretches
along the Mediterranean, between Aigues-Mortes and
Cette. Its physical frontiers are, to the west, the city
of Nîmes, and to the east, the town of Castres in Languedoc.
Let the professional geographer challenge
James Branch Cabell’s topography if he wants. Poictesme
includes under fictitious names the foot-hills of
the Cévennes, where we may recognize the haunts and
“high places” of Florian de Puysange. The author
was not content with inventing a new land. He
crowned a dynasty, which until then was little known to
historians. He made up a genealogy which I shall not
follow in all of its ramifications, and which stretches
from Sorrisonde in Poictesme to Lichfield, Virginia
(U. S. A.). A genealogist by taste and profession, the
author has taken visible pleasure in linking together all
his novels with the chain of a pedigree beginning with
Dom Manuel the Great and ending with Felix Kennaston.
In consequence his work presents itself like a
huge Comédie humaine or a new Rougon-Macquart epic
issuing forth from an ancestry of mixed French, English
and American blood, a startling and most romantic
alliance. History and legend are fused and confused
in an amazing manner in Cabell’s books. He revived
medieval chivalry in a modern travesty full of piquant
anachronisms.[52]
It took all the erudition of a modern writer and the
most refined humor to brew folklore, legend and history
together, and to embroil geography and history with
such an irreverent finesse. In the cycle of Dom Manuel
and Jurgen, the gods of ancient mythology, the saints
of the Christian calendar, the fairies, the magicians and
the demons of the Fable, joust pell-mell as in a masquerade.
Cabell went even farther. Not content with
parodying legends he invented new ones to which his
erudition succeeded in giving all the signs of verisimilitude.
The inhabitants of Poictesme are medieval in garb
and modern in psychology. They went to school with
Rabelais, Voltaire and Anatole France. Here is at last
an American writer who can think freely and who does
not ignore gaie science. Cabell’s philosophy is as
attractive and fanciful as the land of Poictesme but
there is an acumen of truth under his fancy. It is the
philosophy of a man of imagination who cannot digest
truth without many bits of salt. It has been propounded
ex professo in two suggestive books, “Beyond
Life,” and “Straws and Prayer-books.” Cabell does
not lead a direct attack against Puritanism, but he uses
backhand Parthian arrows which are none the less
deadly. He leaves his visiting card in passing through
Philistia and the Kingdom of Mother Dunce. He
speaks freely and little respectfully of Demagogy, and
makes frequent and transparent allusions to current
events.
This poet is a satirist. His warfare against Philistinism
has taken the form of a defense of fiction.
He considers fiction as a semi-divine impulse, or what
he calls a demi-urge. In the invention of fiction he sees
the starting point of all human activities. According
to him, civilization proceeded from this impulse which
makes us wish to dream and to create a world more
beautiful, more just, than, or at least different from, the
one in which we are living. In the name of this romantic
instinct, he hit simultaneously the Puritans and the
realists, the former because they fear and try to suppress
fiction and imagination, the latter because they
limit them and their rights. This is an interesting reaction
and a timely one. It should be remembered by
all those among us who feel that realism has almost
overdone itself and that a revival of imagination would
best serve the aims of art. Is not the coupling of the
words realism and fiction a contradiction in terms?
Cabell suggests that we take the novel back to its heroic
and adventurous origins. He refuses to believe in
realism, in the first place because the romantic instinct
causes men to dislike life as it is, and to dream of it as
being different in an effort to escape from it. Furthermore,
according to him, the essential process of realistic
fiction is in obvious contradiction with facts.
“You assume,” says Cabell to the veritists, “that any
literature worthy of the name must be faithful to reality
and reproduce it without any further increment. Yet
you refuse to life one of its most outstanding characteristics,
the taste, the deep need of conceiving itself different
from what it is. Are you being real and scientific
in grasping and reproducing only physical facts, in a
world where everything, even the reception of a letter
or the arrangement of a dinner, is subjective? There
are no facts without an emotion around them, no circumstances
without a personal preference expressed on
their account. What is true of life is still truer of literature.
Realism in writing cannot exist and never
existed. Take the most hardened and the most convinced
of all realists, Gustave Flaubert. His Emma
Bovary is minutely observed and that is just why she
is unreal, as unreal as was Flaubert’s perception of the
outside world. The realists assume the task of presenting
to us, in a so-called objective and detached manner
the incidents of life as seen from the intellectual angle,
but there are no such incidents. Realism as a literary
method is unreal. Whilst trying to present our contemporaries
as they are, it is far from resembling real
life. Life is more charitable than the realists. It
presents things and people to us as we wish that they
might be. Fiction is faithful to life because it does not
accept it as it is. It looks upon it with grave misgivings,
as an extremely commonplace and worthless event.
Beauty can only be attained by an elimination of the
trivial. Life is such a bore! Imagination alone can
give a value to the world. The solution of the problem
of life is not understanding, but escape, and the more
romantic the escape the better. Not to live, but to
dream, is the question. Fiction is the only source of
those blessed illusions which Ibsen called vital lies and
which he thought it his duty as a realist to challenge.”
It would be worth while to dwell on this original
defense of fiction. As I have attempted to show in the
different chapters of this book, romantic evasion plays
a primordial part in the American novel to-day. It is
the natural result of the inhibitions which torture the
Puritans. Like the characters of Hawthorne, Dreiser,
Anderson and Sinclair Lewis, those of Cabell are runaways.
The escape from moral and social tyranny
forms the chief theme of all his books. They contain a
long list of evasions. Dom Manuel, count of Poictesme,
suffered from a fit of self-conceit which caused
him to spend his time giving life to those figures of earth
which he made in his own image. But, little by little,
an obscure instinct took him away from his selfish occupation.
He withdrew from his mistresses, his sorcerers,
his family, and finally tired of the government of his
country. He gladly mounted the black charger of
Death and went to see if he could find at last a true
picture of himself in the water of the Styx. Perion de
la Forest, Demetrios and Ashaverus, took a similar
flight in “Domnei.” The three lovers of Melisande
lost their faith in love and deserted their dame to marry
Freedom. Florian de Puysange, in “The High Place,”
obtained the favors of Melior, a fairy, at the peril of his
life, but he soon declared that all amorous gratifications
were idle and died disenchanted. The most famous
evasion, since the days of Latude, was that of Jurgen,
the pawnbroker turned emperor and pope, and who
finally evades heaven and hell in order to return to his
shrew and to his pawnshop. Evasion through passion,
or evasion through dreams, the one bitter, the other a
sham but a peace-bringer,—what else is there in life,
except routine?
In spite of their disillusionments and their romantic
failures, Cabell’s heroes never repented their waking
dreams. They would do it all over again, if they could.
They fail in their search but the thrill was worth the
trouble of the journey. They hug only ghosts in the
dark, but they went through the dark, and enjoyed
the trip.
The author of “Jurgen” connects this craving for
fiction with a primordial human instinct which he considers
as being the same force which actuates all life.
The world in which his people move is not a world for
the Puritans. Everything in it is sensually refined and
steeped in voluptuousness. The Jurgens, the Dom
Manuels and the Florian de Puysanges are little
troubled with their consciences. Does not Jurgen go so
far as to make of conscience an attribute of the damned?
Cabell opposes to the grim universe of the Puritans the
land of Courtesy, and what he calls the Utopia of Gallantry.
This Cabellian country resembles Rabelais’
Abbey of Thélème whose door flashed with the radiant
motto “Do just as you please.” In this delectable
country, we are told:
The wisest may well unbend occasionally, to give
conscience a half-holiday, and procure a passport to
this delectable land. True, there are, as always in
travel, the custom-house regulations to be observed:
in this realm exist no conscientious scruples, no probity,
no religion, no pompous notions about altruism, not
any sacred tie of any sort, and such impedimenta will
be confiscated at the frontier. We are entering a territory
wherein ethics and ideals are equally contraband....
It is a carefree land, where life, untrammeled
by the restrictions of moral codes, untoward
weather, limited incomes or apprehension of the police,
has no legitimate object save the pursuit of progress
and refinement.
Let us now enter Cocaigne.
The suzerain lord of the estate is the great sire Dom
Manuel, count of Poictesme. We find him enthroned
on the threshold of the Cabellian saga, in a book called
“Figures of Earth.” It is difficult to summarize Cabell’s
novels. In epic fashion they are composed of a
long string of episodes and cantos. Before he became the
lord of Poictesme, Manuel began life as a plain herder of
pigs. In his leisure moments he used to model little
clay figures. One day a stranger passed by and admired
Manuel’s handsome countenance. How could
such a fine fellow be a pig herder? Let him arise and
march to adventure. Upon a mountain, guarded by
monsters, the magician Miramon Lluagor holds the
princess Gisele captive. She awaits a Saint George to
free her and by loving her to inherit the treasures of
Miramon. So Manuel departs like another Siegfried.
He climbs the mountain, frees Gisele and ... does not
marry her. At the foot of the enchanted castle he had
met the mysterious Niafer who helped him to fight
Miramon’s enchantments. He marries Niafer instead
of the beautiful princess. It is not easy to say why, for
Cabell’s allegories are often obscure, and I leave the
trouble to pick their precise meaning to scholars. Did
the author want to suggest that between what Emerson
called first and second thoughts, between tuitions and
intuitions, a wise man will “think twice” and choose the
latter, and so did Manuel? Whatever may be the case,
Dom Manuel has now started on his crusade.
We follow him in wonderland among the most
pleasant gambols of the writer’s fancy. After being
delayed at the foot of the mountain by Miramon’s
enchantments, they come to the magic castle on the top.
And then the tale tells how Manuel freed princess
Gisele; how he gave her up for his good companion
Niafer; how selfish Manuel surrendered Niafer to the
rider of the Pale Horse; how he made Figures of Earth;
how, in order to give them life, he conquered the magician
Freydis; how he missed Niafer; how he brought
her back to life with the help of the Head of Misery;
how he won back the kingdom of Poictesme; how he
had a daughter named Melisande; how he escaped the
witchcraft of Alienor and Freydis; and how he finally
surrendered himself to Grandfather Death who took
him over to the river Styx on his black charger, that he
might see his real image in the water.
The novelist never allows humor and parody to conceal
his serious purpose. Dom Manuel is a most
dramatic and suggestive figure, half fictitious, half real.
He impersonates Cabell’s views on the conflict between
life and dreams. The last chapters of “Figures of
Earth” recall some of the most beautiful medieval
allegories. I quote as an example the scene where
Grandfather Death calls on Dom Manuel to take him
away to the subterranean world:
“It is strange,” says Dom Manuel, “to think that
everything I am seeing was mine a moment since, and
it is queer too to think of what a famous fellow was this
Manuel the Redeemer, and of the fine things he did,
and it is appalling to wonder if all the other applauded
heroes of mankind are like him. Oh, certainly, Count
Manuel’s achievements were notable and such as were
not known anywhere before, and men will talk of them
for a long while. Yet, looking back—now that this
famous Count of Poictesme means less to me—why
I seem to see only the strivings of an ape reft of his tail,
and grown rusty at climbing, who has reeled blunderingly
from mystery to mystery, with pathetic makeshifts,
not understanding anything, greedy in all
desires, and always honeycombed with poltroonery.
So in a secret place his youth was put away in exchange
for a prize that was hardly worth the having; and the
fine geas which his mother laid upon him was exchanged
for the common geas of what seems expected.”
“Such notions,” replied Grandfather Death, “are
entertained by many of you humans in the lightheaded
time of youth. Then common sense arises like a light,
formless cloud about your doings, and you half forget
these notions. Then I bring darkness.”
“In that quiet dark, my friend, it may be I shall
again become the Manuel whom I remember, and I
may get back again my own undemonstrable ideas,
in place of the ideas of other persons, to entertain me
in that darkness. So let us be going thither.”
“Very willingly,” said Grandfather Death; and he
started toward the door.
“Now pardon me,” says Manuel, “but in Poictesme
the Count of Poictesme goes first in any company.
It may seem to you an affair of no importance, but
nowadays I concede the strength as well as the foolishness
of my accustomed habits, and all my life long I
have gone first. So do you ride a little way behind me,
friend, and carry this shroud and napkin, till I have
need of them.”
Then the Count armed and departed from Storisende,
riding on the black horse, in gold armor, and carrying
before him his shield whereon was blazoned the rampant
and bridled stallion of Poictesme and the motto
Mundus vult decipi. Behind him was Grandfather
Death on the white horse, carrying the Count’s grave-clothes
in a neat bundle. They rode toward the sunset,
and against the yellow sunset each figure showed
jet black.
Dom Manuel is dead, but we shall meet his lineage in
every hero of the cycle. The head of the Poictesme
dynasty will outlive himself in his descendants. His
daughter Melicent or Melisande, is the heroine of the
second part of the saga called “Domnei,” or “the Cult
of Ladies.” This is the most perfect collection of
stories ever written by the author. It is once more a
fairy tale, a very fine legend embellished with ironic
traits. Rémy de Gourmont would have called it a
masterpiece of dissociation. The American novelist,
like Anatole France, has the talent of being at the
same time ironic and naïve, and of dressing a disillusioned
wisdom in fairy garb. “Domnei,” like “Figures
of Earth,” tells of a great love ending in disappointment.
Perion de la Forest is in love with Melisande. Both
travel to far-away countries in pursuit of adventure and
they fight many fights in pagan lands. Are these lands
Byzantine or Saracenic; are we in Constantinople or
in Palestine; in the Middle Ages or during the Renaissance?
Who can tell? Perion and Melisande recall
to mind Geoffroy Rudel and Melissinde in Edmond
Rostand’s “Princesse Lointaine,” but “Domnei” ends
in sarcasms and not in romantic embraces. It is the
story of three men, a Christian, a pagan, and a Jew, all
in love with the same woman, or rather with the idea
which they form of her. Each of them voluntarily
wrecks his chances of happiness as soon as he sees that
he can attain it. This again seems paradoxical and a
little confusing. Had not the author decisively taken
the side of romance against everything else in the world?
Why should the romantic impulse thus abandon the
three lovers? And why should Cabell weave these
beautiful legends just to take pleasure in ruining them
with his own hands? Doubtless evasion is better than
repression, but the artificial heavens created by the
author’s imagination are somewhat too attractive to be
rejected with such light-heartedness. Yet with what
zest these heroes of his run away from them! But let
us return to Melisande and Perion de la Forest. They
have been made prisoners by the pagan consul Demetrios.
Perion is free, but Demetrios keeps Melisande.
She bought Perion’s freedom by giving herself to the
pagan. She is to be Demetrios’ captive for many long
years. This Demetrios is not an altogether disagreeable
pagan. He really loves Melisande who tries her
best to tame him. But one day he tears himself away
from her. Through a sudden intuition he feels the
uselessness of love-making, and goes away. Melisande
had a third lover, the Jew Ashaverus; he too is caught
for a while by the allurement of the Eternal Feminine,
and he too, in the end, is a runaway from love. Perion
has won over his rivals. After a bloody encounter he
finds Melisande still faithful to his memory and both
try to love each other according to courtly etiquette.
But, alas! how little reality resembles dreams! Perion
has found Melisande, but the Faraway Princess has
vanished to make place for the rather commonplace
woman whom Perion marries, because if you cannot
have the entire ideal you may just as well be content
with a few crumbs. “Domnei” preaches the same
lesson that we find in “Jurgen.”
“Domnei” is a book deep with meaning and very
artistic in form. The three lovers of Melisande make a
very dramatic group. The narrative never lags and
spread through it are such charming bits of fantasy as
the following, which deals with Melisande’s gardens in
a singing style, mellow as the sound of a lute:
Indeed the Women’s Garden on this morning lacked
nothing to delight each sense. Its hedges were of
flowering jessamine; its walkways were spread with
new sawdust tinged with crocus and vermilion, and
with mica beaten into a powder: and the place was
rich in fruit-bearing trees and welling waters. The
sun shone, and birds chaunted merrily to the right
hand and to the left. Dog-headed apes, sacred to the
moon, were chattering in the trees. There was a
statue in this place, carved out of black stone, in the
likeness of a woman, having enamelled eyes and three
rows of breasts, with the lower part of her body confined
in a sheath; and upon the glistening pedestal of
this statue chameleons sunned themselves with distended
throats. Around about Melicent were nodding
armaments of roses and gillyflowers and narcissi and
amaranths, and many violets and white lilies, and other
flowers of all kinds and colors.
To Melicent the world seemed very lovely. Here
was a world created by Eternal Love that people might
serve love in it not at all unworthily. Here were
anguishes to be endured, and time and human frailty
and temporal hardship—all for love to mock at; a
sea or two for love to sever, a man-made law or so for
love to override, a shallow wisdom for love to deny,
in exultance that these ills at most were only corporal
hindrance. This done, you have earned the right to
come—come hand-in-hand—to heaven whose liege-lord
was Eternal Love.
Thus Melicent, who knew that Perion loved her.
She sat on a stone bench. She combed her golden
hair, not heeding the more coarse gray hairs which
here and there were apparent nowadays. A peacock
came, and watched her with bright, hard, small eyes;
and he craned his glistening neck this way and that
way, as though he were wondering at this other shining
and gaily colored creature, who seemed so happy.
She did not dare to think of seeing Perion again.
Instead, she made because of him a little song, which
had not any words, so that it is not possible here to retail
this song.
Thus Melicent, who knew that Perion loved her.
I now come to “Jurgen.” It is Cabell’s great book,
published in 1919; it was censored almost immediately
and eagerly sought by book collectors. Jurgen was
born in Poictesme in the time of Dom Manuel, but the
scene of the novel is laid in dreamland. It recalls the
voyages of Saint Brendan and Dante. I shall try my
best to disentangle the real from the fanciful in the
book. “Jurgen” is the story of a youth of Poictesme
by that name. He was full of ambition. Everybody
predicted for him a career of great deeds and amorous
exploits. Instead, Jurgen settled down; he married
dame Lisa, a matter-of-fact woman, and he opened a
pawnshop. One day dame Lisa disappeared and as he
missed his domestic comfort Jurgen made up his mind
to go after her. He came to a cave on Amneran Heath
and here the fantastic story begins.
It appears that dame Lisa was a witch, and Jurgen
suspected the Devil as being her kidnaper. Jurgen
enters the cave and for several hundred pages we follow
him in the subterranean world. The author’s imagination
winds round and round. It is impossible to follow
it in all its meanderings. Led by the centaur Nessus,
Jurgen travels in the nether world. He is taken back
to his heyday and, younger by twenty years, he soon
forgets dame Lisa to explore the land of the dead on his
own account. Loved by witches, vampires and queens,
he marries a Hamadryad and flirts with Helen of Troy.
From escapade to escapade he finally finds himself in hell,
where he meets the shadow of his father. He interviews
Koshchei, the master “who made things as they are.”
Quiet at last after so many marvelous adventures, he
comes back to his Penelope, to his slippers and his hearth.
“Jurgen” caused a scandal in America. It reads like
the sixth book of the “Æneid” adapted by Casanova.
Eroticism dominates the book, but it is so mingled
with humor that it is inoffensive. There are lengthy
digressions, but the interest never flags. Jurgen is a
most sympathetic rogue. It is hard to see him surrender
to the commonplace at the end of his long
journey, like an ordinary Carol Kennicott or a George
Babbitt. From being emperor and pope he descends
to a pawnbroker again without much ado. But let us
judge Jurgen on his faith and not on his works. When
he finds dame Lisa he cannot believe that he ever
dreamed. But dream he did for a very long while and
he will never forget it. Jurgen had dreamed enough to
find out that, after all, there was not such great difference
between dreaming and staying awake. In wonderland
he met with the same petty passions, cares and
prejudices which mark this world. Why go so far for so
little? And yet, romance is better than routine and
who knows if Jurgen will not start again?
The allegories in “Jurgen” are most suggestive, in
particular those which deal with Jurgen’s voyage to
hell. Neither Voltaire nor Anatole France could have
surpassed Cabell in conveying a moral lesson through a
piquant anecdote. Jurgen has nothing of the Puritan in
him. He is as heathenish as Don Juan. He never loses
his good humor or his temper amidst his thousand and
one adventures. His wit resembles Figaro’s. The conclusion
of the book, where Jurgen interviews both Satan
and Koshchei, is a pert satire on human frailty.
Cabell’s poetic irony displayed itself best in “Jurgen.”
As a representative man, Jurgen embodies in
his person both Don Quixote and Sancho Panza. The
romantic instincts are checked by his robust and plebeian
common sense, which he cannot help venting amidst
his most wonderful adventures. A Yankee afoot on
Mount Parnassus, he may very well be introduced, such
as he is, in the episode where he launches on his subterranean
expedition astride the centaur Nessus:
The cave stretched straight forward, and downward,
and at the far end was a glow of light. Jurgen
went on and on, and so came presently to a centaur:
and this surprised him not a little, because Jurgen knew
that centaurs were imaginary creatures.
Certainly they were curious to look at: for here
was the body of a fine bay horse, and rising from its
shoulders, the sunburnt body of a young fellow who
regarded Jurgen with grave and not unfriendly eyes.
The Centaur was lying beside a fire of cedar and juniper
wood: near him was a platter containing a liquid with
which he was anointing his hoofs. This stuff, as the
Centaur rubbed it in with his fingers, turned the appearance
of his hoofs to gold.
“Hail, friend,” says Jurgen, “if you be the work
of God.”
“Your protasis is not good Greek,” observed the
Centaur, “because in Hellas we did not make such
reservations. Besides, it is not so much my origin as
my destination which concerns you.”
“Well, friend, and whither are you going?”
“To the garden between dawn and sunrise, Jurgen.”
“Surely, now, but that is a fine name for a garden!
and it is a place I would take joy in seeing.”
“Up upon my back, Jurgen, and I will take you
thither,” says the Centaur, and heaved to his feet.
Then said the Centaur, when the pawnbroker hesitated:
“Because, as you must understand, there is
no other way. For this garden does not exist, and
never did exist, in what men humorously called real
life; so that of course only imaginary creatures such
as I can enter it.”
“That sounds very reasonable,” Jurgen estimated:
“but as it happens, I am looking for my wife, whom I
suspect to have been carried off by a devil, poor fellow!”
And Jurgen began to explain to the Centaur what
had befallen.
The Centaur laughed. “It may be for that reason
I am here. There is, in any event, only one remedy
in this matter. Above all devils—and above all gods,
they tell me, but certainly above all centaurs—is the
power of Koshchei the Deathless, who made things as
they are.”
“It is not always wholesome,” Jurgen submitted,
“to speak of Koshchei. It seems especially undesirable
in a dark place like this.”
“None the less, I suspect it is to him you must go for
justice.”
“I would prefer not doing that,” said Jurgen, with
unaffected candor.
“You have my sympathy: but there is no question
of preference where Koshchei is concerned. Do you
think, for example, that I am frowzing in this underground
place by my own choice? And knew your
name by accident?”
Jurgen was frightened a little. “Well, well! but it
is usually the deuce and all, this doing of the manly
thing. How, then, can I come to Koshchei?”
“Roundabout,” says the Centaur. “There is never
any other way.”
“And is the road to this garden roundabout?”
“Oh, very much so, inasmuch as it circumvents both
destiny and common sense.”
“Needs must, then,” says Jurgen: “at all events,
I am willing to taste any drink once.”
“You will be chilled, though, traveling as you are.
For you and I are going a queer way, in search of justice,
over the grave of a dream and through the malice
of time. So you had best put on this shirt over your
other clothing.”
“Indeed it is a fine snug shining garment, with
curious figures on it. I accept such raiment gladly.
And whom shall I be thanking for this kindness, now?”
“My name,” said the Centaur, “is Nessus.”
“Well, then, friend Nessus, I am at your service.”
And in a trice Jurgen was on the Centaur’s back, and
the two of them had somehow come out of the cave,
and were crossing Amneran Heath. So they passed
into a wooded place, where the light of sunset yet lingered,
rather unaccountably. Now the Centaur went
westward. And now about the pawnbroker’s shoulders
and upon his breast and over his lean arms glittered
like a rainbow the many-colored shirt of Nessus.
James Branch Cabell took a flight into gaie science
when he wrote “Jurgen.” The world, according to
him, is shaped by our thoughts. In the course of his
earthly, infernal and celestial pilgrimage, Jurgen passed
through several superimposed spheres: first that of
reality from which he escaped, then that of fancy and
dreams, where he lingered a long while. This upper
world is not purely ideal, nor is it entirely fictitious.
It is still human, too human, as Nietzsche said. It is
made of the same stuff as our dreams. Above and
below there are heaven and hell. If I understand “Jurgen”
aright, neither the one nor the other is entirely
unreal. Heaven and hell are man-made fictions. Hell
is the creation of our pride and of our scruples. When
he meets his father in the burning pit, Jurgen asks the
demons why they torment the old man. They tell him
that they cannot help it because he insists on being
wicked and getting an appropriate punishment for his
sins. Heaven also is filled with our pride. It is the
abode of our highest expectations, a tribute of Koshchei
to our high idea of ourselves. The only real universe
is that of Koshchei. It is the world of things as they
are, and Jurgen does not dwell very long in it. He
needs his earthly comfort, his warm flannels and his
carefully prepared soup. So he falls back into the world
of common sense, the only one where the majority of us
mortals can live, because gaie science is out of the common
reach. Once more the author seems to deny us
the right to enter the land of fiction, which, however,
he shows us as the only interesting one to live in. Let
us see if the rôle which he assigned to art in his
general outlook of things cannot help us to clear the
contradiction.
CHAPTER X James Branch Cabell on the High Place
In James Branch Cabell, the genealogist is barely
hidden by the philosopher. The author of “Jurgen”
is the only philosophical novelist in the United States
to-day. At first glance, he even seems somewhat
un-American. His fanciful characters dwell in a land
as unreal as themselves, Poictesme, bordering upon the
Land of Cocaigne and the Abbey of Thélème. (Who,
previous to Cabell, had ever dared to raise an Abbey of
Thélème in the land of the Puritans?) It is not easy
to find the bonds of connection between the writer and
his surroundings. His work is very close to European
and to French models, and evidences at the same time
a great knowledge of booklore as well as of humanity.
It is necessary to have had a long contact with Cabell
to realize his true significance; at first, he seems to be
rather fantastic, but, after some frequentation, one
discovers the deeper meaning of his writings. His
ambition was to sketch a sort of epic of human desire.
His characters, under their various masks, are attempts
to draw and depict men as conceived in utter liberty.
Dom Manuel, Jurgen, and their succeeding reincarnations,
are not Puritan inventions. This was not the
first time that an inspired American had attempted to
paint a “personality picture” of man as such. A great
many novelists had essayed it and had wasted their
efforts in the task. The Transcendentalists of New
England ascribed to the typical man every attribute of
moral perfection. Emerson, in his famous “Representative
Men,” tried to delineate the ideal man. He
conceived him as a contemplative sort of person.
Emerson had sallies of “gay science.” He did not
accept the world as it is and tried many times to defeat
reality. He knew man well and was wary of accepting
him as he was. Long before Nietszche, he imagined the
superman, whom he called the homo novus, or the
plus-man. A prudent man, rather shy and inhibited,
but capable of thinking daringly, Emerson had some of
Dom Manuel’s and Jurgen’s characteristics. According
to him, the ideal man was much less the active hero
than the thinker climbing up the rarefied summits of
thought and taking his risks with the self-reliance of a
conquistador. Emerson, like Cabell, was a transcendental
realist. He would have sympathized with
Koshchei, the God of Things-as-They-Are. But
Emerson’s sensibility was atrophied and suppressed.
To a large extent he conceived the superman in his
own image, with a large brain and a very small heart.
On the other hand, he allowed a large place to dreams,
to the subconscious elements, and to what he called
demonology. Dreams played a large part in his
philosophy; if there ever was a daydreamer besides
Hawthorne or Alcott in the romantic twilight of
Concord, he was the one. He was not unaware of the
phenomena of dual personality, trances and ecstasies.
His philosophy of history and of the heroes was decidedly
“Bovaryistic.” Upon this point again the
confidences of his journals are most curious. He
confessed to having experienced trances of a mystic and
orgiastic nature; at times he felt as though he were
being turned into another person. That sort of
experience was not infrequent in the Emerson family.
His brother, Charles Emerson, was also under the
influence of such spells and his aunt, Mary Moody, was
a visionary and an authentic clairvoyante. The effects
caused by inhibition seem to have been quite prevalent
among the Puritan writers of New England. Take the
life of Margaret Fuller, for instance. Was there ever
an example of greater suppression—and more heroic
attempt to evade it? Her desire for expatriation was
paid for at the sacrifice of her life.
The number of Dom Manuels, of Jurgens, in American
letters is countless. Thoreau disguised himself as
an Indian. Whitman went through every possible
form of cosmic avatar. Edgar Allan Poe was haunted
by the dead. A Southerner like Cabell, like him
fanciful and fantastic, but sad, obsessed by the memory
of a dear, departed one, his whole life was akin to a
nightmare. A daydreamer and a somnambulist, he too
lived in Dreamland, on Fairy Island, and in the domain
of Arnheim. Had Jurgen been more crafty, had Dom
Manuel been wiser, had Florian de Puysange been less
of the roué, they would all have felt at home in Edgar
Allan Poe’s imaginary fatherland. But Poe did not
care for allegory. He cultivated dreams for their own
sake. The fusion between object and subject, the real
and the ideal, life and dreams, was complete in his
writings. He never woke up.
The nearer we get to Cabell’s “Jurgen,” the more
we see the transformation and alteration of the “personality
picture” or the ideal man in America. The
Civil War came. The great men of the day were
politicians and soldiers,—Grant, Lincoln. Then came
the “dreadful decade” followed by the advent of the
realist, Theodore Roosevelt, Edison, Carnegie, Wilson
and now Henry Ford. Some of these idols were to be
blasted by Mark Twain’s vengeful irony. But Mark
Twain himself was destined to prove, through his books,
that the man of dreams was dead. He buried him
himself without much respect, but not without incidentally
damning the whole race of man in his posthumous
book, “The Mysterious Stranger,” which is a
veritable challenge to life and to the impossibility of
its ever bearing supermen.
Praise be to the Lord, “Jurgen” was born in 1919, and
the rights of imagination were restored. Chivalry, the
troubadours’ gay saber came back to life in America.
The French eighteenth-century conteurs, Voltaire
and Anatole France to-day had somebody to talk to in
the United States.
“The High Place” shows unmistakable traces of
Anatole France’s influence. There are curious affinities
between M. d’Astarac and Florian de Puysange.
Saint Hoprig seems to have been taken out bodily from
the “Revolt of the Angels,” after having drunk a
dram or so in the company of Jerôme Coignard. At
last we have an American novelist frankly going back to
the source of art and free thought.
The ideal man represented by Jurgen and Dom
Manuel was reincarnated in the person of Florian de
Puysange. The book which deals with him is less
loaded with allegory than the previous one, and its
philosophy is more superficial. In atmosphere and
tone it is very French, with an eighteenth-century
tang. It is a masterpiece of Cabellian irony. Anglo-Saxon
countries are richer in humorists than in ironists.
Irony comes with a certain mobility of the mind, a certain
dilettantism, a display of the ego with which Anglo-Saxons
are not very familiar. They are a practical and
realistic race. Socially, and morally speaking, irony is a
dangerous weapon. Humor is amusing, but, even when
it is somber, it remains optimistic. It rests on an
ethical background. Irony comes with skepticism,
and skepticism is not popular among Anglo-Saxons.
Add to this the pressure of public opinion and of social
constraint. From a certain point of view, irony is an
equivocation and a game ill tolerated by practical and
respectable people; yet it is irony which is James
Branch Cabell’s forte. The story of Florian de
Puysange is a masterpiece on this score.
“The High Place” may be connected with the saga of
Dom Manuel and Jurgen. Like “Jurgen,” it is again
the triumph of a dream.
The time is the sunset of the Roi Soleil. The scene
is still the mystical kingdom of Poictesme, located in the
forest of Acaire between the Mediterranean and the
Cévennes. One afternoon the hero of the book, a ten-year-old
child, fell asleep in a beautiful garden while
reading the tales of M. Perrault. A vernal breeze was
blowing in the park. Florian de Puysange had a dream.
All of Cabell’s novels begin thus with a plunge into
dreamland. The transition from consciousness to dream
in his books is operated through various means, usually
magical. In this case, Florian de Puysange was bewitched
by a book, and fell asleep in a beautiful garden.
Florian was a scion of Jurgen’s line. He inherited
dreaming. In his dream he finds himself taken to a
“high place.” The dream is that of a beautiful woman
asleep in an enchanted garden. Florian at this time
was only ten years old, but he was to live his whole life in
anticipation. Jurgen’s dreams had been retrospective.
Those of Florian de Puysange took place in the future.
He climbed the slopes of a high mountain, atop of
which the beautiful Melior, guarded by the Saint Hoprig,
awaited him. Saint Hoprig, who would have done
honor even to Anatole France, was a rather broad-minded
saint. Of course he accomplished miracles
and aided Florian in conquering Melior. Florian
married the fairy. Let us interpret this as signifying
that Florian, freed by sleep from the necessities of
ordinary life, succeeded in marrying the ideal. The
story of Florian’s allegorical nuptials is in the author’s
best manner. He goes back in this to the erotic
symbolism of “Jurgen.” Here is the marriage scene:
Acaire was old and it had been a forest since there
was a forest anywhere: and all its denizens came now
to do honor to the champion who had released them
from their long sleeping. The elves came in their blue
low-crowned hats; the gnomes, in red woolen clothes;
and the kobolds, in brown coats that were covered with
chips and sawdust. The dryads and other tree spirits
of course went verdantly appareled: and after these
came fauns with pointed furry ears, and the nixies with
green teeth and very beautiful waxen hair, and the
duergar, whose loosely swinging arms touched the
ground when they walked, and the queer little rakhna,
who were white and semi-transparent like jelly, and the
Bush Gods that were in Acaire the oldest living creatures
and had quite outlived their divinity. From all
times and all mythologies they came, and they made a
tremendous to-do over Florian and the might which
had rescued them from their centuries of sleeping under
Melusine’s enchantment.
From the top of the “high place” Florian can see all
the country around him:
He saw the forests lying like dark flung-by scarves
upon the paler green of cleared fields; he saw the rivers
as narrow shinings. In one place, very far beneath
them, a thunderstorm was passing like—of all things
of this blissful day,—a drifting bride’s veil. Florian
saw it twinkle with a yellow glow, then it was again a
floating small white veil. And everywhere the lands
beneath in graduations of vaporous indistinction.
Poictesme seemed woven of blue smokes and of green
mists. It afforded no sharp outline anywhere as his
gazing passed outward toward the horizon. And there
all melted bafflingly into a pearl-colored sky: the eye
might not judge where, earth ending, heaven began in
that bright and placid radiancy.
We shall leave it to Doctor Freud to translate these
Cabellian symbols literally. They are both erotic and
poetic:
First Melior and Florian were given an egg and a
quince pear: he handed her the fruit, which she ate,
and the seeds of which she spat out; he took from her
the egg and broke it. Holy Hoprig, who had tendered
his resignation as the high-priest of Llaw Gyffes, but
whose successor had not yet been appointed, then asked
the bridegroom a whispered question.
Florian was astonished, and showed it. But he answered,
without comment, “Well, let us say nine times.”
Hoprig divided a cake into nine slices, and placed
these upon the altar. Afterward Hoprig cut the throat
of a white hen, and put a little of its blood upon the
feet of Melior and Florian. The trumpets sounded
then, as King Helmas came forward, and gave Florian
a small key.
I shall not tell all the romantic events which followed
the nuptials of Florian de Puysange with the fairy
Melior. Florian was a roué. Born during the reign
of Louis XIV, his imaginary life took place by anticipation
during the Regency. No sooner was he married
than he forgot Melior. The only vestige of loyalty
remaining in him was that due to his caste. In order
to obtain Melior, he had, like Faust, to give something
to the Devil and he had promised his first-born child.
To the Devil, who in this instance was Mr. Jennicot, he
had also dedicated as a sort of bonus into the bargain,
the not very valuable soul of Cardinal Dubois, but the
Cardinal cheated the Devil.
As a compensation the Marquis de Puysange poisoned
the Duke of Orleans in the course of an orgy most
dramatically narrated in the book. Florian now started
on his career. A sort of Don Juan with a Bluebeard
complex, he got rid of a long string of women, and would
have disposed of Melior herself had not Saint Hoprig
protected her. This protection, as Florian soon found
out, was of so intimate a nature that it allowed him to
forfeit his promise to the Devil without committing
perjury.
But all these incidents are merely a pretext. I
should do injustice to the author by dwelling upon the
anecdotic side of his book. “The High Place” is
essentially notable for the philosophic fancy playing
through the background of incident. The sub-title,
“a comedy of disenchantement,” tells the moral to be
drawn from it. Disenchanted by reality, disenchanted
by dreams, Florian is a typical Cabellian hero. He is
double within himself. No sooner has he satisfied his
wishes than he wishes something else. On this point
he is no exception to the rule of Dom Manuel and
Jurgen. And yet he had married a fairy, though one
who had come down to earth to become his wife and
was soon to be with child. How could he help being
tired of her?
At the end of his trail, Florian tried to build a moral
system based on the conciliation of contrary elements.
Just as there were two gods in “Jurgen” (Satan and
Koshchei), there are two in “The High Place.” Melior
went back to Fairyland whence she had been drawn by
Florian’s courting. Mr. Jennicot, the Devil, and St.
Michael give us the key to the whole story, and it is
rather disconcerting. Florian’s two patrons, the Devil
and St. Michael, agree unanimously, in way of conclusion,
that life is worth only what our dreams make of
it, and that all dreams are rather inane. What then?
In vino veritas, proclaims the Devil, quoting his Rabelais,
and the Archangel Michael does not disapprove.
Finally, Michael and Satan come so close to each
other that their faces are confused and that they end up
by becoming one. Let us listen to the Devil as Professor
of Philosophy:
Such men as he (Florian) continue to dream, and I
confess such men are dangerous: for they obstinately
aspire toward a perfectibility that does not exist, they
will be content with nothing else; and when your master
and I do not satisfy the desire which is in their
dreams, they draw their appalling logical conclusions.
To that humiliation, such as it is, I answer Drink!
For the Oracle of Babcuc also—that oracle which the
little curé of Meudon was not alone in misunderstanding—that
oracle speaks the true wonder word.
The Archangel Michael wants to know what our
dreams matter to the angels and the demons:
“They matter much to them,” answers Jennicot.
“Men go enslaved by this dream of beauty: but
never yet have they sought to embody it, whether in
their wives or in their equally droll works of art, without
imperfect results, without results that were maddening
to the dreamer. Men are resolved to know that
which they may wholeheartedly worship. No, they
are not bent upon emulating what they worship: it
is rather that holiness also is a dream which allures
mankind resistlessly.”
Whereupon Saint Michael and Mr. Jennicot, in their
perplexity, go back to their cups. They have a great
need of shaking off their thoughts. Man’s dreaming is
for both of them a topic of foremost importance. Are
not they produced by it? But to judge by dreamers’
pace in Cabell’s novels, and by the wreckage of dreams
strewing their path, what does the future have in store
for archangels and demons? Jennicot and St. Michael
console themselves by trying to reconcile their antinomies
inter pocula, among symbolic cups in which,
according to the author, life and death, reality and
dreams, evil and wrong, god and devil, all become
mixed and lose their identity:
“Meanwhile he does not drink, he merely dreams,
this little Florian,” observes M. Jennicot, who seems
to be the favorite interpreter of the novelist. “He
dreams of beauty and of holiness fetched back by him
to an earth which everywhere fell short of his wishes,
fetched down by him intrepidly from that imagined
high place where men attain to their insane desires.
He dreams of aspiring and joy and color and suffering
and unreason, and of those quaint taboos which you and
he call sin, as being separate things, not seeing how all
blends in one vast cup. Nor does he see, as yet, that
this blending is very beautiful, when properly regarded
and very holy when approached without human conceit.”
Then the two faces which bent over Florian were
somehow blended into one face, and Florian knew that
these two beings had melted into one person, and that
this person was prodding him very gently.
Whereupon the dreamer awakes. He is still only ten
years old and he has lived until thirty in his dream.
Now the dream is gone. His father, the Comte de Puysange,
wakes him up. But Florian is not yet through
with dreaming awake, in spite of the author’s final statement
that henceforward Florian de Puysange settled
down, and like Jurgen, descended from heaven to earth.
Thus “The High Place” takes on at the end an
authentic air of a novel Doctor Faustus. But let us
reach the last part of the cycle, “The Cream of the Jest,”
“a comedy of evasions.”
The principal character of the book, Felix Kennaston,
is already known to readers of Cabell; he was the
ironist in one of his early works, “The Eagle’s Shadow.”
Kennaston had from remote descent authentic blood of
Dom Manuel and Jurgen in his veins. The book which
portrays him is a veritable treatise in romantic disguises.
It harks back to the thesis unfolded by the author in
“Beyond Life.” Not satisfied with upholding the
rights of fiction, Cabell now shows us a writer of fiction
at work. Are we to see Cabell himself in Felix Kennaston?
They look very much alike. Kennaston too
is writing an allegorical saga. One day, while walking
in his garden, he had stepped upon a little shining metal
disc which plays an important part in the book. (Each
one of Cabell’s novels has revolved around some
talisman or charm.)
Felix Kennaston’s imagination gave a life of its own
to this piece of metal. It became a magic seal, the
Sigil of Scoteia, a Key to Dreamland. Whenever light
touched it, Kennaston fell into a trance and dreamt
curious dreams. Thanks to this sigil, he spent his whole
life dreaming and he was not alone in his dreams. Of
course he too flirted therein with a fairy, La Belle
Ettare, beautiful, enchanting, wonderfully accomplished,
and of whom Kennaston’s wife became reasonably
jealous. The book is a novel of intrigue only
incidentally. The real subject is the study of Kennaston’s
mind at work. Behind him we see the author
pointing an explanatory finger.
Kennaston did not concern himself with fiction for its
own sake, but because it opened to him the gates of
the Unknown. It was his road to spiritual adventure.
He is an authentic daydreamer. He is not unhappy.
He has every reason for being satisfied with life as it
is. He is rich, talented, successful as an author, married
to an attractive woman; yet he is bored. Bovaryism in
his case is all the more striking because it is gratuitous.
Life weighs on his shoulders; like all of Cabell’s heroes,
he needs adventure, a written if not a real one. We
find the novelist and the adventurer united in his
person. Kennaston represents two things: first, the
common run of man dissatisfied with reality and
instinctively seeking an escape through dreams, and
then, the taking to fiction, writing for more complete
evasion. But let us listen to Kennaston’s complaint
against reality and his plea in favor of dreams. It is
he speaking through the mouth of the scribe Horvendile,
his double; we are reminded of the familiar grievances
of Carol Kennicott, Babbitt and the characters in
Dreiser, Anderson and Sinclair Lewis:
I find my country an inadequate place in which to
live.... Oh, many persons live there happily
enough! or, at worst, they seem to find the prizes and
the applause of my country worth striving for wholeheartedly.
But there is that in some of us which gets
no exercise there; and we struggle blindly, with impotent
yearning, to gain outlet for great powers which
we know that we possess, even though we do not know
their names. And so, we dreamers wander at adventure
to Storisende—oh, and into more perilous realms
sometimes!—in search of a life that will find employment
for every faculty we have. For life in my country
does not engross us utterly. We dreamers waste
there at loose ends, waste futilely.... Oh, yes! it
may be that we are not sane; could we be sure of that,
it would be a comfort. But, as it is, we dreamers only
know that life in my country does not content us, and
never can content us. So we struggle, for a tiny dear-bought
while, into other and fairer-seeming lands in
search of—we know not what! And after a little,
we must go back into my country and live there as best
we may.
This is, in a nutshell, the plight of all the inhibited
and repressed people with whom we have met in the
American gesta told by the American novelists of to-day.
Such is the summary of Felix Kennaston’s adventures.
We understand now the failure of Cabell’s
heroes to make their escape. So their return to the
land described by the scribe Horvendile occurs only
after a long circumnavigation. Disgusted with reality,
a Kennaston will not capitulate without having
experienced every possible form of dream. He has no
illusions about life, as he tells La Belle Ettare, but he is
anxious to wreak a beautiful vengeance on it. If he
cannot live as he wants, he will live as he may. Sick of
men, he will hobnob in the company of great heroes.
In a sequence of curious chapters, Kennaston, besides
holding familiar converse with his fictitious Egeria,
thanks to his magic seal, takes huge delight in imaginary
reincarnations. We find him at Whitehall
chatting with Cromwell, at Vaux-le-Vicomte during a
fête given by Fouquet, at the Conciergerie where he is
waiting to be called to the guillotine:
Nightly he went adventuring with Ettare: and they
saw the cities and manners of many men, to an extent
undreamed-of by Ithaca’s mundivagant king; and
among them even those three persons who had most
potently influenced human life....
For once, in an elongated room with buff-colored
walls—having scarlet hangings over its windows, and
seeming larger than it was in reality, because of its
many mirrors—they foregathered with Napoleon;
on the evening of his coronation: the emperor of half-Europe
was fretting over an awkward hitch in the
day’s ceremony, caused by his sisters’ attempt to avoid
carrying the Empress Josephine’s train; and he was
grumbling because the old French families continued to
ignore him as a parvenu.
In a neglected orchard sun-steeped and made drowsy
by the murmur of bees, they talked with Shakespeare;
the playwright, his nerves the worse for the preceding
night’s potations, was peevishly complaining of the
meager success of his later comedies, worrying over
Lord Pembroke’s neglect of him, and trying to concoct
a masque in the style of fat Ben Jonson, since that was
evidently what the theater-patronizing public wanted.
And they were with Pontius Pilate in Jerusalem, on the
evening of a day when the sky was black and the earth
had trembled; and Pilate, benevolent and replete with
supper, was explaining the latest theories concerning
eclipses and earthquakes to his little boy, and chuckling
with fond pride in the youngster’s intelligent questions.
“The Cream of the Jest” is another treatise on day-dreaming
and absent-mindedness. One day, alas!
Kennaston’s wife threw in the wastebasket the magic
disc which was his key to wonderland. That was the
death blow to his flights into romance and the end of
his romantic career. His wife, too, died in a mysterious
manner, probably punished by the fairies for being too
prosaic. We learn at the end of the book as a sort of
consolation over the loss of the talisman and an assurance
as to its origin—a signal revenge of reality upon
dreams—that the sigil of Scoteia was but the cover of
a pot of cold cream!
Cabell buries Kennaston without much ceremony
after calling him down for his evasions. Yet the parting
word is still in favor of dreams. From the scientific
point of view Kennaston is not hard to explain. His
was a case of auto-suggestion, but this explanation does
not suffice for the novelist. The case of Felix Kennaston
was not an isolated one. Felix was a representative
man. He impersonated the conflict between
fiction and romance: To Kennaston
the dream alone could matter—his proud assurance
that life was not a blind and aimless business, not all
a hopeless waste and confusion; and that he, this gross,
weak animal, could be strong and excellent and wise,
and his existence a pageant of beauty and nobility.
To prove this dream was based on a delusion would be
no doubt an enjoyable retaliation for Kennaston’s
being so unengaging to the eye and so stupid to talk
to; but it would make the dream no whit less lovely
or less dear to him—or to the rest of us either.
For it occurred to me that his history was, in essentials,
the history of our race, thus far. All I advanced
for or against him, equally, was true of all men that
ever lived.... For it is in this inadequate flesh that
each of us must serve his dream; and so, must fail in
the dream’s service, and must parody that which he
holds dearest. To this we seem condemned, being
what we are. Thus, one and all, we play false to the
dream, and it evades us, and we dwindle into responsible
citizens. And yet always thereafter—because
of many abiding memories—we know, assuredly, that
the way of flesh is not a futile scurrying through dining
rooms and offices and shops and parlors, and thronged
streets and restaurants, “and so to bed” ...
It was in appropriate silence, therefore, that I
regarded Felix Kennaston as a parable. The man was
not merely very human; he was humanity. And I
reflected that it is only by preserving faith in human
dreams that we may, after all, perhaps some day make
them come true.
Such is the moral of “The Cream of the Jest,” a
summarizing of Cabell’s ironistic philosophy. It is
decidedly Nietszchean. In a Puritan land he conceives
life as a work of art and sees in Art the highest form of
life to transcend itself. This he did with fine daring and
great poetic feeling in a chapter of the same book, “The
Evolution of a Vestryman.” In pages filled with a
humor reminiscent of Samuel Butler, Cabell eulogizes
Chance. In a world of chance encounters, Art alone
reveals intentions and a goal to the human puppets.
The author, boldly unfolding his thesis, roundly scores
the religions. He reproaches them with postponing till
the morrow what Art promises to us hic et nunc.
Carpe diem! Cabell’s philosophy assumes an artistic
epicureanism midway between Anatole France and
Walter Pater. Then comes a paradoxical apology of
Christianity, which Cabell forgives for having falsified
human perspectives because it has increased the
romantic interest of life. According to him, God did
not die to redeem us. Imagine a novelist dying for
the marionettes he has paraded before our eyes! God
reincarnated himself and died to express himself and to
teach us to do as much. What would the Puritans
think of this new theology?
I shall stop here with this rapid view of Cabell’s
mind. I have neglected his early works, although some
of them were quite significant. Some are even very
attractive: “The Rivet in Grandfather’s Neck” is the
touching, beautiful and ironic story of an amour
d’automne in the romantic background of a Virginia
estate. Cabell is a very subtle and delicate psychologist
of the woman’s heart. “The Eagle’s
Shadow” is a suggestive sentimental “imbroglio.”
“The Cords of Vanity, A Comedy of Cowardice,”
portrays a modern descendant of Jurgen experiencing
in real life all the adventures which had occurred to
Jurgen only in dreams. He flirts with, seduces, and
abandons half a dozen ladies, victims of his disillusioned
philosophy of love. This book gave Cabell a chance to
display a delicious bit of marivaudage.
CHAPTER XI Reinforcements: Willa Cather, Zona Gale, Floyd Dell, Joseph Hergesheimer, Waldo Frank
I have been up to this as objective as possible, sparing
neither praise nor criticism to the present-day American
novelists. I confess that the path I have followed has
been rather arduous and not always leading to gardens
of pleasure. American realism does not provide on the
road artistic oases like Flaubert’s or Maupassant’s.
The great Dreiserian desert or the Andersonian jungle
are hard enough to travel through. The writers whom
I have studied are more interesting for the subjects
which they treat than for their style. As artists they
are imperfect, one might be tempted to say uneducated.
On the other hand, if I have been at all sedulous in
depicting them, the reader will be struck with the
unanimous character of their grievances. All of them
almost ferociously criticize the social man; all have of
American life a somewhat tragic opinion. The more
optimistic among them feign to be ironical. Few show
either pity or resignation.
It was reserved for the women to soften this realism
with a grain of human pathos. The novels of Miss
Willa Cather and Zona Gale in particular are characterized
by a profound feeling of sympathy towards the
inhibited people of whom they write. Willa Cather,
like James Branch Cabell, is from Virginia. As an
analyst, she can be pitiless when occasion requires and
she was so when she wrote “A Lost Lady.” This novel
once again portrays an American Emma Bovary, buried
in the grass of a small town. From adventure to adventure,
from fall to fall, the Lost Lady ends up by marrying
one of her servants. This book is rich in intuitions.
Its gloomy atmosphere enhances the feeling of the tragedy
of suppressed lives and the ensuing moral decadence.
Disregarding the chronological order, this novel can
be compared with a more recent work by the same
author, “The Professor’s House.” It is again the
story of a recluse. The composition of the book is not
perfect. Being concerned primarily with faithfully
representing people and their surroundings, the author
deprived “The Professor’s House” of almost any plot.
She appears to have hesitated between telling a story
and drawing portraits. The book is interrupted in the
middle by a lengthy digression. But the hero of the
novel, Professor Saint Pierre, is an attractive figure.
Saint Pierre would feel at home in one of Mr. Edouard
Estaunié’s books.[53] He is an ardent adept of the
“secret life.” A very human sort of man, with many
prepossessing traits, Saint Pierre in his home recalls
King Lear among his daughters. The professor, who
is a historian, lives among comfortable surroundings.
He likes his work and is an enthusiastic student. All
he needs is the solitude requisite to bring his labors to
an auspicious end. Unfortunately, he is the slave to
a shrewish woman, and plays the indulgent father
to two coquettish daughters, without mentioning the
sons-in-law who are perfect Philistines. This state of
affairs is not conducive to serene living in the academic
groves. This is why the title of this novel is symbolic.
It is an allusion to the existence of Saint Pierre, living
in two different houses, just as he is leading two highly
dissimilar lives. The first house, the real one, is the
home where he is besieged by practical cares and worries.
Poor Saint Pierre has a hard time of it, what with
holding his own with a wife and family who do not
understand him, and pretending to be a scholar and a
writer! But there is the other house, the little dream
house which Saint Pierre rigged up all for himself and
within whose threshold he becomes his real self. It is
a haven of dreams. From its windows the distant
azure of Lake Michigan may be seen. There Saint
Pierre is happy in solitude. But family demands are
pitiless. They pursue him in his retreat like a beast
trapped in the woods. In the end, to loosen this
stranglehold, Saint Pierre tries to commit suicide,
casually, as if to give the impression that he did not do
it on purpose. But he is not even allowed to commit
suicide. Like most of the inhibited characters of
American fiction, he capitulates and makes a virtue of
necessity. His failure is all the more pathetic.
The other novels which have contributed to Miss
Cather’s reputation are equally based on suppression.
They include the “Song of the Lark,” “My Antonia,”
“One of Ours.” The heroine of the “Song of the Lark,”
Thea Kronburg, is the daughter of a village pastor.
She grew up alone in an indifferent and commonplace
atmosphere. She fell in love with her German music
master, who was the choir leader in the church where
Thea played the organ on Sundays. Her soul vents
itself through music, like Corinne or Consuelo. She
must have art and passion to be happy. Thea’s music
teacher is also her professor of philosophy, and this
philosophy is not puritanical but romantic. How
small the world! How petty, life in America! There
is only one thing worth while, and that is aspiration,
romance. It is that at the bottom of our hearts which
gives its value to all things,—its redness to the rose,
its azure to the skies and love to man. Without it
there is no art. Poor Thea is only too easily converted
to this creed. Thank goodness, she will not be cheated
from her happiness! She leaves her village and has a
magnificent artistic career, but she remains modest
and sincere in success. Art for Thea is not vanity; it
is the realization of her dearest and most intimate self,
the whole-hearted expression of her truest personality.
Not all of the inhibited people portrayed by Miss
Willa Cather have been as fortunate as Thea Kronburg;
witness the Lost Lady and Professor Saint Pierre. In
“My Antonia” the author has gone back to a less
optimistic theme. She has put into this novel the best
of her art and of her philosophy. The scene of the
novel is far-away Nebraska. Antonia is a Czech.
“My Antonia” is what is called in America an “immigrant”
novel. Immigration has given to America a
new exotic background, and a new source of local color.
In “My Antonia” Willa Cather studies the immigrants
with her usual sympathy. Antonia is a portrait drawn
from within. Her self-abnegation is rare. A hard
worker, devoted to children, betrayed yet ever faithful,
she is a new edition of Flaubert’s “Simple Heart.”
She is the incarnation of the motherly feeling. The
sites of the Far West, the rustic rites of the seasons
form the background of this canvas painted with the
simplicity and the forcefulness of a master.
It is difficult to find in “My Antonia” passages for
an anthology. Everything in it holds together. The
tale is unfolded, “not as a thing of which one thinks,
but as conscience itself,” slowly, in sheer duration.
“My Antonia” is a little epic, the “Evangeline” of
the Far West. Here is a description of a Nebraska hamlet.
It tells a lot as to the nostalgia of its inhabitants.
It is Jim, the hero of the story, who is speaking:
In the evening I used to prowl about, hunting for
diversion. There lay the familiar streets, frozen with
snow or liquid mud. They led to the houses of good
people who were putting the babies to bed, or simply
sitting still before the parlor stove, digesting their
supper. Black Hawk had two saloons. One of them
was admitted, even by the church people, to be as
respectable as a saloon could be. Handsome Anton
Jelinek, who had rented his homestead and come to
town, was the proprietor. In his saloon there were
long tables where the Bohemian and German farmers
could eat the lunches they brought from home while
they drank their beer. Jelinek kept rye bread on hand,
and smoked fish and strong imported cheeses to please
the foreign palate. I liked to drop into his bar-room
and listen to the talk. But one day he overtook me on
the street and clapped me on the shoulder.
“Jim,” he said, “I am good friends with you and I
always like to see you. But you know how the church
people think about saloons. Your grandpa has always
treated me fine, and I don’t like to have you come into
my place, because I know he don’t like it, and it puts
me in bad with him.”
So I was shut out of that.
Black Hawk is about as dead as Gopher Prairie or
Winesburg, Ohio. Poor Jim! There are very few
distractions in this far Western village. There is the
druggist across his ice-cream and soda counter, the
tobacconist and the old German who stuffs birds, both
of them great gossips. The great thrill is going to see
the night train fly by at the depot. At the telegraph
office, the idle clerk comforts himself in pinning on the
wall portraits of actors and actresses which he procured
with cigarette premiums. Then there is the station
master who tries to forget the death of his twins by fishing
and writing letters to obtain a change of residence:
“These,” says Jim, “were the distractions I had to
choose from. There were no other lights burning
downtown after nine o’clock. On starlight nights I
used to pace up and down those long, cold streets, scowling
at the little, sleeping houses on either side, with
their storm-windows and covered back porches. They
were flimsy shelters, most of them poorly built of light
wood, with spindle porch-posts horribly mutilated by
the turning-lathe.
“Yet for all their frailness, how much jealousy and
envy and unhappiness some of them managed to contain!
The life that went on in them seemed to be
made up of evasions and negations; shifts to save
cooking, to save washing and cleaning, devices to propitiate
the tongue of gossip. This guarded mode of
existence was like living under a tyranny. People’s
speech, their voices, their very glances, became furtive
and repressed. Every individual taste, every natural
appetite, was bridled by caution. The people asleep
in those houses, I thought, tried to live like mice in
their own kitchens; to make no noise, to leave no trace,
to slip over the surface of things in the dark. The
growing piles of ashes and cinders in the back yards
were the only evidence that the wasteful, consuming
process of life went on at all. On Tuesday nights the
Owl Club danced; then there was a little stir in the
streets, and here and there one could see a lighted
window until midnight. But the next night all was
dark again.”
Thank God, even at Black Hawk there are a few
compensations for a refined sensibility. Antonia and
Jim know how to see through things, and they find
beauty even in their monotonous surroundings. There
are the orchard, the hen yard, the stable and the charm
of the rustic works and days. There is the hay in the
attic, the favorite nook of Antonia’s brood. And then
Christmas comes bringing the snow, the spiced cakes
made in true Bohemian fashion, then spring and the
budding out of fresh leaves and flowers. Jim is not
blind to the familiar and simple beauty around him.
Let us follow him in Antonia’s wild garden:
Alone, I should never have found the garden—except,
perhaps, for the big yellow pumpkins that lay
about unprotected by their withering vines—and I
felt very little interest in it when I got there. I wanted
to walk straight on through the red grass and over the
edge of the world, which could not be very far away.
The light air about me told me that the world ended
here: only the ground and sun and sky were left, and
if one went a little farther there would be only sun and
sky, and one would float off into them, like the tawny
hawks which sailed over our heads making slow shadows
on the grass. While grandmother took the pitchfork
we found standing in one of the rows and dug potatoes,
while I picked them up out of the soft brown earth and
put them into the bag, I kept looking up at the hawks
that were doing what I might so easily do.
When grandmother was ready to go, I said I would
like to stay up there in the garden awhile.
She peered down at me from under her sunbonnet.
“Aren’t you afraid of the snakes?”
“A little,” I admitted, “but I’d like to stay anyhow.”
“Well, if you see one, don’t have anything to do with
him. The big yellow and brown ones won’t hurt you;
they’re bull-snakes and help to keep the gophers down.
Don’t be scared if you see anything look out of that
hole in the bank over there. That’s a badger hole.
He’s about as big as a big ’possum, and his face is
striped, black and white. He takes a chicken once in
a while, but I won’t let the men harm him. In a new
country a body feels friendly to the animals. I like
to have him come out and watch me when I’m at
work.”
Grandmother swung the bag of potatoes over her
shoulder and went down the path, leaning forward a
little. The road followed the windings of the draw;
when she came to the first bend she waved at me and
disappeared. I was left alone with this new feeling of
lightness and content.
The art of Miss Cather shows itself in these sketches
of nature faithfully and minutely observed, but pervaded
too with a sympathetic emotion. She herself
has given us the key of her art, in an article which she
wrote when “The Professor’s House” was published.
Her ideal in writing, she tells us, would be to have
people and things posing before her as they would for
painters of still life, like Rembrandt or Chardin, omitting
nothing from the background up to the surface.
This “still-life” painting is the most correct definition of
Miss Cather’s art. Her ambition is to treat style as
secondary in respect to the characters. She wants to
omit what is only picturesque in order to let people
tell their own story, without any comment on her part.
She takes a green vase and a yellow orange and puts
them side by side on a table. She carefully avoids
interfering and relies entirely on the objects thus placed
to produce an artistic effect. Let her make the reader
see the green vase beside the orange. Nothing else
matters. She would like to have the style fused so
completely with the object that the reader would not
even suspect the former’s existence. The people for
whom she writes are those whose chief interest is in the
vase and the orange as such, and in the way each lends
it color to the other.
Here is an original programme of static and intimate
realism based upon a scrupulous reproduction of the
object, a realism which could not exist without this
gift of sympathetic intuition (the Germans call it
Einfühlung) characteristic of Miss Willa Cather. The
art of an Edmond Jaloux, an Edouard Estaunié or a
Georges Bernanos would give to a reader familiar with
French literature a fairly good understanding of her
talent. Les choses voient, but they see only for those
who can feel them.
This wilfully static realism explains at once the
qualities and faults of Miss Cather’s war novel, “One of
Ours.” The American critics have not been very benevolent
towards this book. The first and autobiographical
part of it is excellent. Faithful to her philosophy of art
through reminiscence, the author describes the youth
of a child of the prairies, also a victim of Puritanism.
Eugene Willer, the hero of “One of Ours,” is one of
those American youths whose restlessness is increasingly
preoccupying the moralists and the sociologists. His
is a soul filled with desire and easily wounded by the
things which surround him. Miss Cather has told,
with her usual minute realism, the sad story and tragic
death of this misunderstood youth. A tender and
loving boy, Eugene expected too much of life, and was
hurt in his first encounter with it. He had married
a frigid woman, a “crystal cup.”[54] His wife slammed
the door in his face on their wedding night. The unfortunate
youth had no taste left for life after that. Hear
him exhaling his dejection in the moonlight, like Salammbô
on her high terrace, or Carol Kennicott in her
Gopher Prairie garden. The moon which illuminated
the romantic enthusiasms of yore is nothing more than
a mirror for the deceptions of this American René.
How many agonies has this pale moon of the prairies
shone upon!
Inside of living people, too, captives languished.
Yes, inside of people who talked and worked in the
broad sun, there were captives dwelling in darkness—never
seen from birth to death. Into those prisons the
moon shone, and the prisoners crept to the windows and
looked out with mournful eyes at the white globe which
betrayed no secrets and comprehended all.... The
people whose hearts were set high needed such intercourse—whose
wish was so beautiful that there were
no experiences in this world to satisfy it. And these
children of the moon, with their unappeased longings
and futile dreams, were a finer race than the children
of the sun. This conception flooded the boy’s heart
like a second moonrise, flowed through him indefinite
and strong, while he lay deathly still for fear of losing it.
Thus lamented the hero of “One of Ours,” a true
Obermann of the prairie, seeking an ideal and a reason
for existence.
Then came the war. How tragic is life, and how
poor in resources is the soul of man if it needs violent
death to give it a meaning! The American pacifists
have shunned Miss Cather’s war novel. They have
not felt the bitter philosophy which exudes from it.
Was it her fault if those whom an army leader called
“the élite of the best men that ever were in America”
went, in search of exaltation, to dye with their blood
the slopes of Belleau Wood? When are we going to
have a Freudian interpretation of the war as a supreme
and tragic derivative to inhibition?[55]
I shall stop here with the review of Miss Cather’s
works. All of them stand high as literary achievements.
She belongs to that small group of novelists
who honor American letters and who are specialists of
what may be called “optimistic realism”: Ellen Glasgow,
Mary Austin, Dorothy Canfield, and Zona Gale,
of the latter of whom I shall speak now.
Zona Gale was born in Wisconsin. She began with
journalism and published short stories and novels.
She is the chronicler of American life in the small towns
of the Middle West. Her art recalls that of Willa
Cather. For the critics there are two Zona Gales.
There is the author of popular tales, such as “The Village
of Friendship,” “Mother of Men,” “When I Was
a Little Girl,” “The Neighbors”; but “Birth” and
“Miss Lulu Bett” are her true masterpieces. “Miss
Lulu Bett” appeared in 1920 and won the author a wide
reputation. It had a sensational vogue on the screen.
It is a classic. But let me begin with “Birth.” Before
speaking of it I want to recall what I have already
mentioned of that sensibility peculiar to Americans.
While the Frenchman, supposedly a domestic person,
makes little of family life on the stage and in his novels,
the American idealizes it. The father, the mother and
the child, those are the corners of his “eternal triangle.”
Zona Gale has gratified the tastes of that particular
public. “Birth” is a work of original analysis, a good
psychological document for the study of certain maladies
of personality. The novel portrays a curious case
of sentimental aphasia. The hero of the book is a simple
sort of soul. He married a woman his superior in
education. Awkward, gauche, even grotesque, he is at
bottom the best of men. His heart is paved with good
intentions, but unfortunately he knows not how to
disclose them. Pitt—that is his name—acts like a
man, who knowing two languages, would be incapable
of translating one into the other. Failing to be able
to express himself, he buries himself in a sort of psychological
twilight where he vegetates and suffers in
silence. Unable to express his sentiments to others,
he is reduced to acting for his own benefit what was
meant for them. His life is henceforward but a fiction,
a novel which would never have been read had not
Zona Gale played the part of the publisher. Pitt
would make an excellent Pirandello character. Externally
but a grotesque clown, inside goodness and delicacy
incarnate, he seemed to come out of the shadows
at the birth of his son. Pitt adores his child, but as a
father he continues to be a victim of Freudian inhibitions.
He feels every paternal sentiment, but he is
unable to find the words and gestures which correspond
to his emotions. Little by little the distance between
father and child lengthens, and one day poor Pitt
disappears, misunderstood by his own child.
The book was followed by “Miss Lulu Bett.” Zona
Gale studied in it again the effects of suppression, but
with new methods of dramatic simplification. Her style
is lighter; her portraits are more strikingly pathetic and
resemblant. Lulu Bett is a scapegoat. A Cinderella at
home and a slavey, her life is that of an automaton, and
yet she possesses a romantic heart. We must admire
the skill with which Zona Gale was able to keep her
before us halfway between tears and laughter. Every
reader remembers poor Lulu’s courtship by an adventurer
who subsequently abandoned her, her devotion to
the members of the household, her marriage to the village
music-dealer, all incidents of a trivial nature, but
sympathetically brought out to reveal the kind-hearted
Lulu. Zona Gale’s pathos is direct and familiar, almost
trivial, but pervaded with delicate and deep emotions.
All inhibited people are not necessarily Ophelias or
Lady Macbeths. There are many nuances to repression.
Nevertheless, Lulu Bett is a romantic heroine.
Watch her at the piano. She can play with only one
finger and she is ignorant of real music, but the village
piano-dealer visited her, and Lulu, as the saying goes,
puts herself out.... When words fail, music is the
natural interpreter of people who understand one
another, especially if they are lovers. Here is the
charming description of this timid concerto:
Cornish was displaying his music. “Got up quite
attractive,” he said—it was his formula of praise for
his music.
“But we can’t try it over,” Lulu said, “if Di doesn’t
come.”
“Well, say,” said Cornish shyly, “you know I left
that Album of Old Favorites here. Some of them we
know by heart.”
Lulu looked. “I’ll tell you something,” she said,
“there’s some of these I can play with one hand—by
ear. Maybe——”
“Why sure!” said Cornish.
Lulu sat at the piano. She had on the wool chally,
long sacred to the nights when she must combine her
servant’s estate with the quality of being Ina’s sister.
She wore her coral beads and her cameo cross. In her
absence she had caught the trick of dressing her hair so
that it looked even more abundant—but she had not
dared to try it so until tonight, when Dwight was gone.
Her long wrist was curved high, her thin hand pressed
and fingered awkwardly, and at her mistakes her head
dipped and stove to make all right. Her foot continuously
touched the loud pedal—the blurred sound
seemed to accomplish more. So she played “How
Can I Leave Thee,” and they managed to sing it. So
she played “Long, Long Ago,” and “Little Nell of
Narragansett Bay.” Beyond open doors Mrs. Bett
listened, sang, it may be, with them; for when the
singers ceased, her voice might be heard still humming
a loud closing bar.
“Well!” Cornish cried to Lulu; and then, in the
formal village phrase: “You’re quite a musician.”
“Oh, no!” Lulu disclaimed it. She looked up,
flushed, smiling. “I’ve never done this in front of
anybody,” she owned. “I don’t know what Dwight
and Ina’d say.” She drooped.
They rested, and, miraculously, the air of the place
had stirred and quickened, as if the crippled, halting
melody had some power of its own, and poured this
forth, even thus trampled.
“I guess you could do ’most anything you set your
hand to,” said Cornish.
“Oh, no,” Lulu said again.
“Sing and play and cook——”
“But I can’t earn anything. I’d like to earn something.”
But this she had not meant to say. She
stopped, rather frightened.
Then there is the tragi-comical scene of Lulu Bett’s
marriage, a mock marriage unfortunately. One day
the brother-in-law of Lulu’s sister arrived from the
West. He started to court Lulu. To celebrate his
homecoming the whole household had adjourned to a
restaurant. There are Lulu, her brother-in-law Dwight,
who fulfills in the village the functions of dentist and
justice of the peace, Lulu’s sister, Ina, and Ninian, the
newcomer. Excited by the dinner, and without being
apparently aware that he is uttering before competent
witnesses words that might bind him, Ninian declares
that he takes Lulu for his lawful wedded wife, and Lulu
accepts the challenge. She learns soon enough that
Ninian is a bigamist:
“Why not say the wedding service?” asked Ninian.
In the mention of wedlock there was always something
stimulating to Dwight, something of overwhelming
humor. He shouted a derisive endorsement of
this proposal.
“I shouldn’t object,” said Ninian. “Should you,
Miss Lulu?”
Lulu now burned the slow red of her torture. They
were all looking at her. She made an anguished effort
to defend herself.
“I don’t know it,” she said, “so I can’t say it.”
Ninian leaned toward her.
“I, Ninian, take thee, Lulu, to be my wedded wife,”
he pronounced. “That’s the way it goes!”
“Lulu daren’t say it!” cried Dwight. He laughed
so loudly that those at the near tables turned. And,
from the fastness of her wifehood and motherhood, Ina
laughed. Really, it was ridiculous to think of Lulu
that way....
Ninian laughed too. “Course she don’t dare to
say it,” he challenged.
From within Lulu, the strange Lulu, that other
Lulu who sometimes fought her battles, suddenly spoke
out:
“I, Lulu, take thee, Ninian, to be my wedded husband.”
“You will?” Ninian cried.
“I will,” she said, laughing tremendously to prove
that she too could join in, could be as merry as the rest.
“And I will. There, by Jove, now have we entertained
you, or haven’t we?” Ninian laughed and
pounded his soft fist on the table.
“Oh, say, honestly!” Ina was shocked. “I don’t
think you ought to—holy things—what’s the matter,
Dwightie?”
Dwight Herbert Deacon’s eyes were staring and his
face was scarlet.
“Say, by George,” he said, “a civil wedding is
binding in this State.”
“A civil wedding? Oh, well——” Ninian dismissed it.
“But I,” said Dwight, “happen to be a magistrate.”
They looked at one another foolishly. Dwight
sprang up with the indeterminate idea of inquiring
something of someone, circled about and returned.
Ina had taken his chair and sat clasping Lulu’s hand.
Ninian continued to laugh ...
“I never saw one so offhand,” said Dwight. “But
what you’ve said is all you have to say according to
law. And there don’t have to be witnesses ... say!”
he said, and sat again.
And so it happens that Lulu Bett is married to
Ninian—not for long for he deserts her right away
and she comes back to her Cinderella’s duties in her
sister’s home.
Unfortunately for Lulu, Ninian was but an adventurer.
How could she possibly miss reading it in that
man’s eyes? Betrayed and abandoned, she came back
home to resume her former drudgery. Zona Gale
showed some pity for her at the end, a relative sort of
pity, for she abandoned Lulu Bett to the circumambient
banality.
I lack the space to go through the entire list of
American novelists of to-day who have specialized, in
their rôle of scrupulous realists, in the critique of Puritanism
and of the repressions which follow upon it.
Among them I should like to make a special place for
Floyd Dell, one of the most original writers of to-day,
author of “Moon Calf,” “The Briary Bush,” and more
recently “The Runaway.” This last novel depicts a
pathetic case of evasion. It tells the story of a man who
goes as far away as China to forget his natal village and
married life. He comes back after several years transformed
and unrecognizable, to find himself a complete
stranger, even to his own daughter. Unfortunately,
the book ends like a popular “movie.”
Examples of dual personalities are not rare in the
work of modern American authors outside realism. I
am thinking especially of the novels of Joseph Hergesheimer
and Waldo Frank, two notable artists. Hergesheimer
sticks to the purely romantic novel. He
presented to us in exotic or historic surroundings seductive
personalities, half real and half fantastic. The
author of “Linda Condon,” of “Java Head,” is also
that of “Cytherea.” This last novel is very Freudian.
It depicts the explosion of a suppressed and tragic passion.
The hero of “Cytherea,” an adept of the “secret life,”
is bewitched by the magical spell of a fetish. He abandons
his social rank, his wife, and his children, and goes
to Cuba to seek romantic exaltation. The woman he
loves is possessed like him of an irresistible desire. She
is a magic doll, a reincarnation of the goddess of Cytherea.
The couple end sadly in the tropics. She dies,
and he finds himself alone in the world.
In “Linda Condon,” and particularly in “Java
Head,” Hergesheimer has dealt with similar topics.
The hero of “Java Head” is a Puritan let loose. He
brought back with him to Hawthorne’s old Salem a
Manchu princess whom he married, thereby greatly
scandalizing his relatives. The book is full of picturesque
and tragic contrasts. “Linda Condon,” is a case
of moral duplicity. Linda, bearing the weight of a
loaded heredity, is a willful inhibitor. She leads two
lives. Pure as a lily among roués, she abandons her
carnal self to her husband, while devoting to a sculptor
an ideal love wherein her real personality is gratified.
There is a great temptation to include Waldo Frank
among the Freudians. He is a master of the inner
monologue. He has powerfully dramatized in “Chalk
Face” a morbid case of double personality. “Chalk
Face” is the story of a daydreamer, half insane, somewhat
reminiscent of George Duhamel’s Salavin. The
insanity of this person is the result of a divorce between
his intentions and his will. His free will, lacking
balance, has gone over to the side of blind instincts
and unconscious desires. The hero of “Chalk Face”
runs unconsciously to passionate crime, and finally
jumps into a lime kiln, in hallucination of his own
image.
Waldo Frank is not a pure realist. He likes to transpose
reality into lyrical and musical variations. His
novel “A Holiday” should be compared with Sherwood
Anderson’s “Dark Laughter.” There are in it many
profound intuitions of the Negro soul.
“City Block” is a mysterious panorama, but yet a
lyrical one, of a modern city. The tableaux shown to us
by the author appear through a fantastic and subjective
atmosphere recalling Edgar Poe. The author of “Our
America” is one of the most self-conscious artists of
American literature and a high-class critic, with no
tender feelings towards the Puritan tradition.
CHAPTER XII Ulysses’ Companions: Robert McAlmon, Ben Hecht, William Carlos Williams
The American novelists that I have dealt with so far
have been veterans of letters, men and women who
have had a long career. Few of the younger writers
do not owe them something as regards their conception
of life and of art. They have imposed upon the new
generation their realism, their choice of subjects and
their style. Most of the writers of America borrowed
their pessimistic philosophy and their direct mode of
expression from Dreiser and Sherwood Anderson.
Idealism is quite dead in the American novel of to-day,
at any rate that traditional idealism based on sentimentality.
Even the disillusioned realism of the masters
whose work I have analyzed no longer satisfies the
young. They have substituted cynicism and utter
crudity for it. The newcomers have lost all faith, hope
and charity. The prevalent pessimism of the last fifteen
years of American literature, particularly noticeable
in the novel, betrays a profound disturbance of the
American conscience. It is partly the result of the
political and social events of the last few years.
When an ideal is shattered, when a faith dies out and
when the sense of a moral and social discipline is relaxed,
apprehension, soul-fear and anxiety prevail. This is
precisely the case in the United States to-day. American
pessimism is the ransom of Puritanism. The
traditional idealism has failed. The young Americans
are burning what their fathers adored. Through their
disenchantment they have sensed the practical incapacities
of the idealists. They sounded out the transcendental
vagueness of even as high a moral leader as
Emerson, and the democratic quixotism of Whitman
made them smile. They relegated the good Walt
among those whom they ironically term “Chautauqua
poets.”
William James had tried to reconcile idealism with
utilitarianism, the philosophy of the past with that of
to-day, but he failed in his attempt. Realism in the
novel is contemporaneous with the advent of a new
philosophical school hostile to idealism, and it too
called itself “realism.”[56] This school is in direct contradiction
to the theories of William James. Yet his
pragmatism was responsible for exasperating the practical
sense of the younger generation. Their suspicion
of ideology dates from the time when they noticed,
upon applying James’ criterion, that it did not “pay.”
What was the use of accumulating so many transcendental
vapors if our best energies were to be fed with
thin air? Doubtless, for those who can see, as Emerson
said, the whole world is contained in a drop of water,
and our merest acts are rich in heroic potentialities.
But that is a personal point of view. The gift of discovering
the universe in an atom is not a general privilege.
One must needs be a Pascal, an Emerson or a
Pasteur. What, in effect, was developing in America
under the cloak of transcendental idealism (particularly
in the second half of the nineteenth century) was
the most unrestrained sort of materialism and utilitarianism
the world had ever seen. It would seem that
this transcendental idealism was but a subterfuge actually
favoring mercantilism. Other deceptions were to
follow. The pragmatic imperialism of Roosevelt and
the mystic imperialism of Woodrow Wilson also failed.
What then was this idealism which constantly appealed
to Force and which applied the Scriptures in terms of
colonial annexations and commercial enterprises? So
the younger writers cast their lot, not with the tender,
but with what James called the tough-minded.
The Great War came to the élite of American youth as
the supreme disillusion. It was much discussed before
America went in, and it was still more discussed after
it had been waged and won, when America came out of
it. No sooner was the armistice signed than a change
occurred. Polemics, regrets, retractations, revisions, the
story is too well known to bear repetition. The practical
difficulties which arose between America and her
former allies or associates are the tangible result of the
upsetting of values, and responsibilities perpetrated by
the intellectuals or, as they are called to-day, the
“revisionists.” The result was a great moral confusion
among the young. Yet the social structure had
not changed. Ever indulgent towards revolutions,
even to the point of fostering them philosophically in
her bosom, provided bombs were thrown in foreign
lands, America itself had not moved. The Government,
the Church, the University, and the general
state of ideas and customs remained the same.
This is the paradox of American civilization. The
individual seems to evolve faster than the nation in
the United States. Doubtless, America has become
more prosperous, materially speaking, but it is precisely
this purely material philosophy which is a scandal to
the young; they despair over it. Their country, rutted
in self-complacency and steeped in the illusions of 1776,
gives them the impression of an arrested civilization, of a
multimillionaire who should have retired from business.
The disenchantment of peace followed that of war, and
intellectual and literary radicalism was born. Two
Americans were facing each other with drawn weapons.
This restlessness is quite apparent among the youth
of the land. They are favored by the well-known
indulgence and relaxation of discipline at home and
in the school. In a country without traditions, intellectual
instability is perforce great, as great as the
restraint upon the mores is tight. That with which
the American youth clash, the “enemy,” is a rather
vague entity. In Europe it would take a concrete
shape, that of a man, of a creed, or an idea, but in
America it is something much more impalpable and
dangerous. It is the general state of public opinion
and customs, the pretension of imposing upon the
élite the blind and ready-made ideals of the masses.
Thwarted desires, restraints, evasions, capitulations of
the conscience or social revolt,—those are the result
of standardization, of democratic leveling; they are
equally the source of the pessimism which pervades
American letters to-day. That is how it happens that
the United States, so obviously optimistic as a nation,
have a literature which is becoming increasingly depressed
and tragic in tone.
It is easy to imagine what a fertile soil such a
state of mind affords to the development of Freudian
microbes, and to what excesses these ardent and suppressed
energies might go. It is for the criminologist and
the sociologist to tell that story—a heart-rending one,
verily. A great increase in criminality, especially among
the young, the growth of sadistic, erotic and eccentric
impulses, the disintegration of the family, neurasthenic
and hysterical explosions, such is the other side of the
picture and the price which the United States is paying
for its material prosperity. Innumerable newspapers
in search of new sensations daily exploit these scandals
upon which they thrive. The American literature of
to-day reflects this state of affairs faithfully.
The Frenchman or Continental is quite prepared to
understand that sort of literature. The United States
have not had the monopoly of moral anarchy since the
war. The same wave of emancipation and revolt which
brought up in France the works of Radiguet, Roger
Martin du Gard, Morand, Lacretelle, Schlumberger,
Lucien Fabre and others, has given to America its
McAlmons, its Ben Hechts, its Floyd Dells, its Waldo
Franks. The young American is a natural-born rebel.
He has always been that, or at least since Mark Twain
wrote “Tom Sawyer” and “Huckleberry Finn.” How
could he help it? What adolescence is freer than his?
Where in the world could there be fonder parents and
less tyrannical teachers? Is not the American coming
of age from the very time of his early youth? Is not
playing hookey his favorite diversion? See with what
zest he goes in for sports, with what joy he plays the
umpire. And the automobile, and jazz, or giving the
lie to prohibition, and the thousand and one diversions
and eccentricities with which he enlivens his existence?
America is so vast, the call-of-the-wild so forceful!
Numerous advanced American novelists have made
themselves the interpreters of suppressed youth. There
has been great growth in the “novel of adolescence” in
America, as well as in France, in the last ten years. I
shall review in this chapter some of the more significant
ones. I begin with the novels of Robert McAlmon.
Mr. McAlmon is only thirty years old. He was born
in Kansas, the ninth child of an itinerant pastor. He
earned his living around the ranches and as a tramp
and professional hobo, cowboy, reporter, press agent,
lumberjack, model in New York studios, all of which
did not prevent him from completing his studies in Los
Angeles at the University of Southern California. In
1918 he promoted an aviation magazine. Later, in
Paris, he founded with William Carlos Williams,
“Contact,” a printing firm, to which we owe the publication
(in France, Oh, Land of Liberty!) of some of the
most daring and original works of the young American
school. Mr. McAlmon is the author of several volumes
of poems and short stories.
He is also the author of a novel called “Village.”
This village is named Wentworth. It recalls Sinclair
Lewis’ Gopher Prairie and Sherwood Anderson’s Winesburg.
There is the same isolation, the same type of
shut-in lives, the identical tragic attempts at evasion
and identical suppression. Here is the panorama of
Wentworth. It tells a lot as to the nostalgia of its
inhabitants:
Beyond the outskirts of the village, Wentworth, le
vent soufflait, if not more boisterously than in the city
proper, with a sweep uninterrupted by dwelling houses,
or other obstacles. Already the gloss and dazzle of
snow, which had fallen but two days ago, was dulled
by the dust, which whirlpools and hurricanes of rash,
rushing winds had swept across the land for over a
day and a half, after a three-foot fall of snow. In the
afternoon a lull occurred; now again, at ten o’clock in
the evening, the gale was up, tearing into the snow and
throwing it into banks that left between them spaces
of ground upon which uncovered grey-white snow lay
scantily. Musique fantastique de la neige, snow-wind
clamour, shrill shriek of cold, whiteness shattered by a
highmoaning vermilion calliope wail. Where are the
grey wolf packs? The herd of bison that thundered
in catapulting panic across the plains?
Fifty miles away lay the Indian reservation, with its
degenerating remnants of a once wild and arrogant race.
No evidence of will or desire remains for the eye to
observe. Apathy and dull carelessness, without the
consciousness of indifference, are all that can be discerned.
Few farmers can be coming into the village for the
next few days. Not till the snow has packed down so
that horses can plow their way through the covered
roads; not till need or the daring of more audacious
souls has caused a few farmers to remake the roadways,
will many leave their farm homeside fires to come and
market in Wentworth. Salt pork and potatoes, salt
pork and sauerkraut, milk and soggy bread, will suffice
as a diet for German, Polish, Swedish, and unexpected
farm families in these cold days surely, when
they have sufficed as their main food always.
To be sure, though, there is little doubt that Ike
Sorensen will attempt to drive his faithful team to
town from his ranch eight miles out. It’s not to be
thought that either wind or snow, or cold, or rain, or
heat, or hurricane, or blizzard, will keep old Ike from
crusading forth for his weekly drunk-on. He will have
his hard liquor though the world be crashing to its end.
Such is the background of Mr. McAlmon’s sketches.
“Village” is hardly a novel. It is a collection of vivid
impressions serving to complete our knowledge of the
tragedies of moral isolation in America. The pictures
drawn by the author possess neither Sinclair Lewis’
humor nor Sherwood Anderson’s chiaro-oscuro. They
are deliberately bare, with a thorough-going objectivity
and frankness, reminiscent of a pure, undiluted
Maupassant. I shall not tell in detail the plot of
“Village.” There is none, to tell the truth. It is
merely a series of sketches and youthful confessions.
What Robert McAlmon is telling us with his cruel and
cold impartiality of his young Americans is very little
edifying. Snow storms and rains are not the only
weapons Wentworth uses to fight off the drought. Its
church spire does not cast its shadow upon saints.
The youth of Wentworth literally have the devil in
them. McAlmon is less optimistic than Mark Twain.
His Tom Sawyers are cynics, with their own good
reasons. They are stifled by their surroundings, they
are walled up alive.
John Campbell, one of the characters of the book, is
but a child. He is being bored to death in the village.
One day he runs out into the fields, under the pretext
of catching rabbits. He is brought home bleeding.
We surmise that he has committed suicide to escape
paternal corrections and reproof:
John Campbell went past cornfields late autumn
crisped. Their leaves rasped and shuddered in the
wind, and their stalks whined from the frost that kept
them brittly chilled. A sear chill was within him too,
a hard rebellion at life, rotted only some portion of his
heart where the weakness of despair was a warm fluid
dampening the hardness of his defiance to helplessness.
Alternate waves of rage at, and indifferent understanding
of, his father, flowed through him. At
moments he felt he could almost sympathize with what
life had made the older man. It was this very sympathy
that made him feel helpless himself in all of his
outlook on existence. At angry moments he could
hatingly see his father’s face within his mind, a face
with waxen, shiny eyes, insistent with neurotic rage.
How dared he, having messed up his own life, as he had,
presume to dictate to anybody else what they should or
should not do, as though he had discovered a right way,
and knew always that what his son was doing was
wrong.
But at the ebb of an emotion he would understand
again. Who could retain temper or patience with the
continual bickerings of family life, and forever pressing
economic needs? Often enough John felt himself
driven wild with the oppression of home life. What
way was there to smash down all the barriers and have
a degree of freedom to act, and if the impulses he had
were sinful, who had made them so? But what was
he to do? He’d hate farm work; he’d hate office work
in the city, and despise the people working around him
for their clerkish acquiescence. What was life about?
A sickness of it was in his stomach, tiring him to complete
non-resistance for the time being.
I shall stop here with the diagnosis of this precocious
pessimism. John Campbell is a representative young
American. He is only a child, but in his case, despair
and cynicism have not waited for the years to ripen.
Alas! John Campbell is hardly a fiction. The readers
of American dailies could give him many brothers.
Suicides and juvenile criminality are not rare in the
United States. Yet, poor little John’s pessimism had
not yet reached the purely conscious stage. That was
left to his elders. He had not suffered sufficiently or
reflected enough upon his distress to play the real
Hamlet. He died while climbing a fence with a loaded
pistol in his hand, and it was never ascertained whether
his death was accidental or premeditated.
Robert McAlmon also displays for our benefit more
matured and more self-conscious pessimists who ask
again, like John Campbell, “What about life?”
Amazement before the mystery of existence, a sentiment
of general futility, misanthropy spreading from
the family to the entire social group, desire and hatred
of women, lack of faith, despair and sarcasm, such is the
mental attitude of the young people we meet with in
“Village.” The last pages of the book are particularly
symptomatic. They recall the kind of talk heard in
the yards of French Lycées, when “Bel Ami,” “Nana,”
“Against the Grain,” “Azyade,” and the “Garden of
Berenice,” first appeared. There was the same tone of
cursing and irony in Arthur Rimbaud’s “Illuminations.”
In France doubtless they spoke better and wrote better,
but not any more sincerely, and at bottom the sentiments
and the pessimism were identical. Towards
1890 the young Frenchmen were already fin de siècle.
In 1926 the young Americans are commencement de
siècle, and they join forces with the French in doubting
life and upholding Shakespeare’s dictum about it:
“a tale told by an idiot and which hath no meaning.”
Here is an example of a conversation between three
youths of the Middle West who were soon to go through
the Arc de Triomphe with a gun on their shoulders.
Miss Willa Cather in “One of Ours,” and Mrs. Wharton
in “A Son at the Front” had pictured the war as a
fight of Providence occurring at the psychological
moment to furnish an ideal to the young and give them
a chance to let some steam off. These rookies in
“Village” rather seem to belong in Barbusse’s “Squad.”
They are the musketeers of despair, but of an ironical
despair. The War is here, hurrah for the War! Little
matter whether it be just or not, as long as it drags us
out of the tedium of our village! Listen to these backsliding
heroes exposing their philosophy of the great
struggle:
“You can stay out if we get in, if you will be that
yellow-livered. There’ll never be conscription in this
country.”
“Won’t there? Don’t you ever believe there won’t.
But even if there weren’t I’d have to go. Not because
I couldn’t stand the gaff of being called yellow-livered,
but just because feeling it all about me, and getting fed
up with life anyway, I’d conclude what to hell, and
enlist some day, but without at all believing I was going
to serve any right cause by it, or that if we won that
there would be a great and gentle democracy throughout
the world. I’d just go, and kill Germans like the
rest, because I’d get used to it being done; but if I ever
stopped to think I would think that maybe some of the
guys I killed were a hell of a lot more use in the world
than I, or than fellows around me. But there—well,
life’s life. Let ’em die. What’s useful anyway?
Let’s talk of something else. I’m stalled.”
“Say, boy, if you’d use your head on making dollars
rather than on theories, you’d be better off,” Lloyd
Scott advised. “I won’t waste my life in pessimism
anyway.”
“Neither will I; but I will live out my own temperament
just because I must; and also because it’s more
interesting than letting a set of social conventions
which change with every generation and with geographical
situations, dictate one’s actions. Why limit
yourself?”
McAlmon’s soldiers are very fond of their off-color
vocabulary. Like the youth of to-day they affect the
use of slang. It is one aspect of their revolt. But
to go back to our heroes (?), the problem of the World
War is not the only one which preoccupies them. Their
conversation takes on a more general turn. It is the
meaning of life which they question. Peter Reynalds
and Lloyd Scott, whom I have already quoted, continue
to exchange their impressions. They compare
their philosophies of life. “Enough!” says one of
them. “It is still better to be making money. Skepticism
never made anyone rich.” “Yes,” says the other,
“but you have to act according to your temperament.”
(See Dreiser.) “That is more interesting than letting
social conventions which change with every generation
dictate your actions. Why should one limit oneself?”
Whereupon Lloyd Scott ceases to follow him and wonders
what the deuce is the matter with him. Peter
answers this question in a thoroughly skeptical manner.
Why choose a stand if you are disgusted with every one
of them beforehand? There is something wrong with
his will power:
“It’s this. I’ve got to make a living for myself, and
I’m damned if there’s anything I like doing that pays.
I tried newspaper work; did sob stories for awhile
and then couldn’t contemplate existence any more;
tried office work in a lumber concern and died with the
boredom of companionship about me. It’s the damned
unrelated unrest of an Irish temperament, I suppose.
If the bloody war hadn’t come on I’d have struck for
Europe to see if living over there wasn’t more gracious;
aber mein gott. It’s this being an American; neither
a savage nor a civilized man. A roughneck, who’s a
little too refined.”
Whereupon the Wentworth Hamlet says good-night
to his friends. Before the war these pessimistic dialogues
used to end with a return to the village where
wine, gambling, practical joking, love-making, and now
and then a suicide or an escape, proved that there was
no smoke without fire and that even in America not
everything was well with the best of possible worlds.
In “The Portrait of a Generation” and “Post-Adolescence,”
Robert McAlmon has repeated himself.
He has made himself the spokesman of the pathetic
nihilism in which young Americans are struggling
to-day. “The Portrait of a Generation” is a handbook
of pessimism mitigated with humor and fantasy.
It is Leopardi disguised as one of Jean Cocteau’s
parade. Robert McAlmon has learnt the “Gay
Savoir” at the school of the French Sadists. The
door of his Inferno might well bear the motto: “Jazz
here,” just like any American bar in Montmartre or
Montparnasse. But under this travesty the pessimism
is nevertheless profound:
Not in Europe or America are we at home, we, that
ostracized portion of degenerate mankind which lives
on the continent criticizing our home countries. The
family of course is a decaying institution. We don’t
go in for dutifully pretended affections now. What we
want is an aristocracy of the intelligence. Not the
hard French face, so disillusioned. Not the wooden
English visage, prizing rudeness as a social asset....
Nothing left. There is really nothing left for them or
for the reckless American flapper-impulsive need to
keep rushing about space without tradition or direction,
swirled in the dynamic maelstrom, human steel dust,
lithe voiced electricity broadcast. The nation mourns
his honoured death.
Then Mr. McAlmon shows us the younger generation
carried away in the maelstrom of modern dynamism
like scraps of steel, like those wireless waves “whose
voice races nimbly throughout the whole world.”
“Ah! let America at least weep decently over her own
demise!”
The novels of youth published by American writers
in the last few years are quite numerous; I cannot
review them all. The Parisian house of the “Contact”
editions whose president is Mr. McAlmon, has specialized
in realistic novels. It has published the most
significant confessions of these young writers, and
among others the books of George Hemingway, John
Herrman, Emmanuel Carnevali, Gertrude Beasley, etc.[57]
In “My First Thirty Years,” Miss Beasley is hardly
more reassuring than Robert McAlmon. Her book
frankly tells the brutal story of a young woman obsessed
by evil instincts in the midst of her family circle.
Contact with reality has stripped her of all illusions.
She curses life and those who have given it to her without
her consent. She wishes that she had never been
born. It sounds like the Book of Job. After cursing
her father and mother, the heroine turns against the
country of her birth, “America is the land of murderous
institutions. To be sure they do not kill the body, but
they leave us, like Frankenstein’s monster, a being without
a soul.”
Thirty years ago, I lay in the womb of a woman,
conceived in a sexual act of rape, being carried during
the pre-natal period by an unwilling and rebellious
mother, finally bursting from the womb only to be tormented
in a family whose members I despised or pitied,
and brought into association with people whom I should
never have chosen. Sometimes I wish that, as I lay
in the womb, a pink, soft embryo, I had somehow
thought, breathed or moved and wrought destruction
to the woman who bore me, and her eight miserable
children who preceded me, and the four round-faced
mediocrities who came after me, and her husband, a
monstrously cruel, Christlike, and handsome man with
an animal appetite for begetting children.
A young novelist of the Middle West, Ben Hecht,
has buried all the illusions of those young people into
two novels which even Stendhal would not disown.
In “Humpty-Dumpty” and in “Erik Dorn” realism is
pushed to the point of melodrama, but we perceive
behind the veil of cynicism a sadness and a moral confusion
which are unmistakable. The spiritual bankruptcies
described by Theodore Dreiser and Sherwood
Anderson are idyls in comparison with the tableaux
painted by Ben Hecht. “Humpty-Dumpty” is the
tragedy of the void. The hero of the book is the catastrophic
type of dual personality. He is a perverted
simulator playing his life instead of living it, and playing
it tragically, at the expense of others. A cruel
sadist, he tortures people just when he likes them most.
Humpty-Dumpty, a sinister puppet, is a moral, intellectual
and social anarchist, as dangerous as a roaming
tiger, a tiger doubled with a dilettante letting his soul
(for he has a soul) wander among the flowers of decadent
literature.
“Erik Dorn” is not less cynical than “Humpty-Dumpty.”
It is a challenge to society made by a
nihilist. The hero of this novel goes straight before
him in life as he would in the jungle. He believes in
nothing, not even in himself. He is in love, and likes
to make others suffer. The approaching war is but a
pretext to rouse his dormant sadistic impulses. Erik
Dorn is a Julien Sorel overlooked by the guillotine.
The novel is the work of a man of great talent who shows
himself to be—in the last chapters of the book, which
describe the Communist Revolution in Bavaria—a
real animator. Here is an example of Erik Dorn’s
meditations:
A tawdry pantomime was life, a pouring of blood,
a grappling with shadows, a digging of graves.
“Empty, empty,” his intelligence whispered in its
depths, “a make-believe of lusts. What else? Nothing,
nothing. Laws, ambitions, conventions—froth
in an empty glass. Tragedies, comedies—all a swarm
of nothings. Dreams in the hearts of men—thin
fever outlines to which they clung in hope. Nothing
... nothing ...”
Nitchevo! Vacuum! This Chicago Hamlet consoles
himself by reading Huysmans, Rémy de
Gourmont, Flaubert, Théophile Gautier and Walter
Pater. He goes in for literature without believing in it.
It helps him to take life “against the grain.” “Living
had made him forget life,” says Ben Hecht. Erik
Dorn plunged into books to chloroform his passions:
“Too much living has driven him from life,” Dorn
thought, “and killed his lusts. So he sits and reads
books—the last debauchery: strange, twisted phrases
like idols, like totem poles, like Polynesian masks. He
sits contemplating them as he once sat drunkenly
watching the obscenities of black, white and yellow-bodied
women. Thus, the mania for the rouge of life,
for the grimace that lies beyond satiety, passes in him
from bestiality to asceticism and esthetics. Yesterday
a bacchanal of flesh, to-day a bacchanal of words ...
the posturings of courtezans and the posturings of
ornate phrases become the same.”
The heroine of this discouraging book resembles the
hero. She too is uncertain, lost, wandering through the
maelstrom of life. Dorn, according to the American
critic who wrote the preface[58] is obviously a rascal, but
extenuating circumstances may be pleaded. If Dorn is
a rascal, we are told, that is the fault of Society.
(America knows its Rousseau well.) Dorn is “déclassé”
through his own frankness as regards himself
and his fellow men; his “head is the parasite of his
heart.” (Should it not be the other way around?)
Dorn is a sick man. He can no longer react to external
stimuli.[59] He lives on the margin of life, in a mechanical
fashion. He is a dissociated being. He has lost all
conviction and become a sophist. Ideas are his
amusements. Words fascinate him. Experiences are
for him but an excuse to displace adjectives. He
considers doctrines, dogmas and ideals as ridiculous
efforts to impose upon life, which is ever changing, little
tags which never vary. The sole reality for him is
intelligence, and this is how he defines it:
“Intelligence is a faculty which enables man to
glance at the chaos of ideas—and end up nowhere at
all.”
Far be it from me to take these paradoxes for truths
and to mistake reality for those extreme views, ab uno
disce omnes. One should be wary of placing upon
Young America the grimacing mask of a Middle
Western Faust. However, under all this melodramatic
claptrap, we perceive the unrest, the moral confusion,
and the necessity for a rejuvenation, characteristic of
the younger generation.
Ben Hecht’s efforts to find in æsthetics a derivative
and an issue for suppressed energies are not isolated
efforts. On all sides the renaissance of ideas has made
imperative the need for a revolution in art and in
literature. Those who have been disillusioned by life
seek a refuge in art, and bring with them their taste for
originality and eccentricity at any cost. The new
American literature quickly acquired a tone that was
ironic, immoralistic and rebellious. The revolter became
Bohemian. Those who formerly inhibited now
turned æsthetes, somewhat later than the French whom
they believed to be sincerely following. America is
young and naïve.
The modern American æsthete has been masterfully
portrayed by one of the best-informed American essayists
of to-day.[60] Let us examine him as he is destined to
go down to posterity in the wake of the dandy, the fatal
man, the “fin de siècle” and the flapper. The American
æsthete, model 1924, is a child of the twentieth
century, according to Mr. Boyd. The Yellow Nineties
had flickered out in the delirium of the Spanish-American
War when his first gurgles rejoiced the ears
of his expectant parents. If Musset were more than a
name to him, a hazy recollection of French literature
courses, he might adapt a line from the author of La
Confession d’un Enfant du Siècle and declare: “I
came too late in a world too old.” The 1924 æsthete
studied at Princeton, Yale or Harvard, in the early
years of the Woodrovian epoch. At this time he was
still “classical.” Between two escapades he would go
and worship at the tomb of William and Henry James.
During his careful education, American literature was
revealed to him as a pale and obedient provincial cousin,
whose past contained occasional indiscretions, such as
Poe and Whitman, about whom the less said the better.
Then, the 1924 æsthete picked up a taste for Art after
some party in the red-plush drawing-rooms. He
severed relations with the rabble who preferred baseball
and football to poetry. He was herded into the
intellectual fold, and borrowed his sociology and his
ethics from the advanced reviews. He discovered
simultaneously Socialism and French, or pseudo-French,
literature. Then he floated in the rarefied atmosphere
of Advanced Thought. Came the War, and with it
disillusionment. The enthusiasm of the æsthetes was
not to survive the carping remarks of the critics and the
pacifistic campaigns. By luck or cunning, the æsthete
succeeded in getting out of the actual trenches. He
edited his first paper.... Simultaneously with his
plunge into arms and letters he made his first venture
into the refinements of sex, thereby extending his
French vocabulary and gaining that deep insight into
the intimate life of France which is still his proudest
possession.
When militarism was finally overthrown, democracy
made safe, and a permanent peace established by the
victorious and united Allies, he was ready to stay on a
little longer in Paris, and to participate in the joys of
La Rotonde and Les Deux Magots. There for a brief
spell he breathed the same air as the Dadaists, met
Picasso and Philippe Soupault, and allowed Ezra
Pound to convince him that the French nation was
aware of the existence of Jean Cocteau, Paul Morand,
Jean Giraudoux and Louis Aragon. From those who
had nothing to say on the subject when Marcel Proust
published “Du Côté de Chez Swann” in 1913 he now
learned what a great man the author was, and formed
those friendships which caused him eventually to join
in a tribute to Proust by a group of English admirers
who would have stoned Oscar Wilde had they been old
enough to do so when it was the right thing to do.
The time was not ripe for his repatriation, and so,
with the same critical equipment in French as in English,
but with a still imperfect control of the language as
a complication, the now complete æsthete returned to
New York and descended upon Greenwich Village. His
poems of disenchantment were in the press, his war
novel was nearly finished.... Both his prose and
verse were remarkable chiefly for typographical and
syntactical eccentricities, and a high pressure of unidiomatic,
misprinted French to the square inch. His
further contributions (if any) to the art of prose
narrative have consisted of a breathless phallic symbolism—a
sex obsession which sees the curves of a
woman’s body in every object not actually flat, including,
I need hardly say, the Earth, our great Mother....
Mr. Boyd is rather malignant, but the portrait
resembles the original. In the last analysis the æsthete
may be diagnosed as the literary counterpart of the
traditional American tourist in Paris. He is glamored
by the gaudy spectacle of that most provincial of great
cities. Paris obsesses and holds the American æsthete.
He has learned all about “cineplastics” from the
French æsthetes. The faithful are called upon by a
French expert to admire the films of William S. Hart
and Jack Pickford, and some one carefully translates
the poetic rhapsodies inspired in him by the contemplation
of their masterpieces. Two souls dwell in the
breast of the æsthete, and his allegiance is torn between
the sales manager’s desk ... and the esoteric editorial
chair where experiments are made with stories which
discard the old binding of plot and narrative, the substitute
being the structural framework which appeals to
us over and above the message of the line.
This classical portrait of the latter-day American
æsthete is being modified under our very eyes. He is
no longer in 1927 what he was in 1924. And of what
will to-morrow be made? The American æsthete,
model 1927, is much less bothered with erotica than his
predecessor, and like the husky child who beats his
nurse, he is strong enough to shake off the foreign yoke.
Even in literature alliances have been broken, if we are
to believe Mr. William Carlos Williams, who published
(in France naturally and in a de luxe edition) his
delicious collection of improvisations called “The Great
American Novel.”[61] In the tone of the inner monologue,
and with a fanatic passion which does not exclude
humor, Mr. Williams makes a plea of “America for
Americans” in literature.
Europe is nothing to us. Simply nothing. Their
music is death to us.
Do not imagine I do not see the necessity of learning
from Europe—or China, but we will learn what we
will, and never what they would teach us. America
is a mass of pulp, a jelly, a sensitive plant ready to
take whatever print you want to put on it. We have
no art, no manners, no intellect—we have nothing.
We water at the eyes at our own stupidity. We have
only mass movement like a sea. But we are not a sea.
Europe we must—we have no words. Every word
we get must be broken off from the European mass.
Every word we get placed over again by some delicate
hand. Piece by piece we must loosen what we want.
What we will have. Will they let it go? Hugh.
But William Carlos Williams has faith in America.
According to him, the art of to-morrow, American art
par excellence, will be of the “flamboyant” type.
America is seeking new openings for her aspirations.
Is she as much of a Philistine as she is supposed to be?
The American who lives a model and edifying life
(three meals a day, breakfast in bed, new paper on the
walls), that American at times emigrates to the circus
en masse, as Whitman used to say, to watch men, women
and animals executing exquisitely impossible tricks.
What could be more “flamboyant” than the trapeze
man being projected into the air, and the tiger jumping
through man-made hoops, or the elephant upholding his
full weight by balancing his front legs on bottles?
What could be more “flamboyant” than the painted
clown, eternal symbol of the human race, laughing in
order not to cry, and grimacing while making a thousand
grim jokes with small men all around him accomplishing
their marvelous feats?
Jazz, the Follies, the flapper in a green and orange
dress, with her red warpaint on, impossible riots of color
in a world which abhors gray! And the “movies”!
They, too, deprived of all color, flaming through the
imagination of those watching them, a boundless flame
of romance, irrepressible humor, luxury, horror and
great passion. Those human souls which know not
passion, which are able to create neither romance nor
splendor nor horror, those infinitely varied phases of
Beauty, those souls seek outside of themselves what
they lack—a search often futile, and how disastrous!
But imagination will not capitulate. If it cannot
express itself through dance or song, then it will try
protestations and clamors. If it cannot be a great
flame, it will be a deformity. If not Art, it will be
Crime. Men, women and children cannot possibly be
content with a humdrum life. Let imagination embellish
it, even to the point of exaggeration. Let it give to
life a touch of splendor and of horror, with infinite
beauty and depth. To receive all this from the outside
is not enough. A mere acceptation does not suffice.
Imagination, to satisfy itself, needs creative energy.
The “flamboyant” expresses faith in this energy. It
is a cry of joy, a declaration of richness. It is, at any
rate, the first principle of all art.[62]
It was not without a purpose that I have quoted in
the course of these essays these confessions at some
length. Behind the mask of fantasy their accent is
poignant at times. Let us remember particularly the
manner in which William Carlos Williams conceives
art as a diversion to and a remedy for inhibitions and
dangerous living. I accept his views readily. I do
not want to pose as a sociologist or as a prophet, but I
venture to say that this æsthetic theory seems to be in
perfect accord with what the American novelists of
to-day consider as the needs of human nature. One
fact is positive, if they have told the truth and if my
report has been accurate. A civilization, no matter
how great and prosperous, cannot rest upon the suppression
of passions and the restraint of human emotions.
It cannot last without “Gay Science.” A
system of obstinate prohibitions opens the door to
neurotic disorders, crime and every form of eccentricity
and perversion.
To return to the domain of literature and the novel,
it is fortunate that in following its natural bent Young
America should have instinctively found this truth.
It’s an ill wind that blows no good. No matter how
much of a rebel, of a skeptic, of a dilettante and of a
cynic Young America has been, it is much more earnest
than it appears. It is in quest of a new ideal. It does
not believe in salvation through restraint and puritanical
resignation. It does not hope any more to find its
ideal in a system of repressions which is a negation of
the beautiful and the good in the human soul, nor yet in
a philosophy, no matter how transcendental, which
forgets the man or the woman of flesh and blood.
Neither does it seek its ideal in the goods of this world.
Young America applies the dictum that man does not
live by bread alone. It says with Emerson that the
value of this world is not measured in bales of cotton or
sacks of dollars. It tries to find its ideal in a more
felicitous, and in the last analysis, more artistic, conception
of life. It feels with justice that in art there is
a profound harmony which seizes us and which expresses
us in the deepest part of ourselves, a synthesis
in which nothing is forgotten, a vast tolerance founded
upon a sense of real values. This ideal cannot serve for
the masses, but it can rejuvenate and humanize the
schemes of the leaders. Young America is making a
slow, painful march towards this goal. Awkward, and
often violent in its efforts, it has already been rewarded
in its quest. It is impossible to doubt it after one
glance at the great crop of original works in prose and
verse which it has gathered in the last decade and a half.
I have arrived at the end of my labors. My one
ambition has been to present to the reader as complete
and as faithful a panorama of the modern American
novel as possible. I have not said all, but I do not
think I have omitted anything essential. There remain
to be cleared up several points which are closely related
to my subject. There is the question of influences,
especially of French influences. I have alluded to
the panegyric of Balzac by Theodore Dreiser. I could
have added that of Flaubert, Zola, the Goncourts,
Huysmans, and especially of Maupassant, who is still
very popular in America. The American novelists of
to-day have not failed to acknowledge their debt to the
French realists, realizing that without them, they would
not have been what they are. An autonomous and
autochthonous phenomenon as far as origins and ends
are concerned, the American novel has gone to France
to seek lessons in art and in frankness. From Balzac
to Marcel Proust, the American novelists know their
French literature thoroughly. The vogue in America
of the French novelists has only been equalled by the
Russians, who are better able to play on the mystical
chords characteristic of the Anglo-Saxon.
I have been able to make only rapid allusions to the
bonds which tie the American novel of to-day to the
English novel, but what American writer of the twentieth
century is not conversant with the works of Conrad,
D. H. Lawrence and James Joyce?
There remains one stiff problem, that of documentation.
In what measure are we entitled to apply to
the American novel and to the human types which it
presents to us the ab uno disce omnes? What is there
in common between the United States and its customs
and the novels which describe them? A difficult
question, harking back to the problem of literature
conceived as the expression of society, the Taine’s
problem of the three factors. If I had had the time
and the courage to front it, I would have attempted to
solve it by a distinguo reminiscent of Molière. We
have society and society. The more liberal and varied
the morals, the less chance apparently for literature and
manners to correspond. On the other hand, the more
stereotyped, conventional and automatic the morals,
the less chance that literature should differ from them.
And that seems to be the case in the United States, if
my studies are accurate. There has been such a
development in the unanimity of thoughts, feelings and
aspirations, such a standardization in America, that it
has become impossible for the freest minds to express
themselves independently of their surroundings. This
uniformity having become tyrannical, the most liberal
artists have only been able to shake it off by studying it
as a phenomenon in itself. To describe it faithfully
has become for them the best way of denouncing it.
For my own part, I think that there is a great resemblance
between what the American novelists have
described and the actual facts. Even if that were not
so, there would remain this amazing unanimity in
thinking and in realistic observation. Even if Puritanism
and repression, as Hawthorne, Howells, Henry
James, Mrs. Wharton, Dreiser, Sinclair Lewis, Anderson,
Cabell and others describe them, were a fiction,
there would be, in the universal character of this fiction,
an evidence of a state of mind capable of impressing a
psychologist. Allowing that Puritanism is a vice, a
malady of the mind, an obsession, is it not remarkable
that we should meet with it among the most notable
American novelists of yesterday and to-day? How
could such a general obsession be fictitious and exist
without corresponding to something which explains
and justifies it? But I am firmly convinced of the
great value of the modern American novel from a
documentary, psychological, moral and social standpoint.
As one critic expresses it, “just like the American
skyscrapers, the American novel has sprung from
the soil, awkward, utilitarian, often amorphous, more
agreeable to the eye than to the intellect, queer,
painfully searching for new modes of expression, with
almost no relation with the site upon which it is growing
or with what surrounds it.” From the point of view of
art and ideas, there have never been in American
literature works so defiant of the accepted laws of
decorum, perspective and harmony.
[2] In this survey of the case against the Puritan the author does not claim
to adhere to a literal rendering of the views of the different critics. Many
of the comments and examples are his own.
[3] A foreigner who goes to the American “movies” would not contradict
Mr. Mencken on this point. The policeman, as a deus ex machina, to wind
up a plot and bring in a happy ending, has no rival on the American screen
except perhaps the young girl, acting as Salvation Nell. A squad of police
rushing to the scene of a row or of an assault, provided it arrives on the
psychological moment, is sure to raise the enthusiasm of the audience to the
limit. Moral rescue by the police is the most popular form of the Aristotelian
catharsis in America.
[4] The “leavings aside” of Theodore Dreiser in this indictment are frequent
enough to call for a fairer balance of the whole account when all is
told. I refer the reader, for a retort on this point, to the first pages of this
chapter, where I take the liberty to be much more optimistic concerning
the intellectual capital of America.
[6] A revaluation of most of the great American representative men and
women has taken place in the United States recently, in the light of ex
professo Freudism and psychoanalysis. See the books of Crutch on Edgar
Poe, Van Wyck Brooks on Mark Twain, Anthony on Margaret Fuller,
Wood on Amy Lowell, etc., etc. This is another aspect of the intellectual
revolt in America to-day.
[8] This mother complex is one of the most difficult American idiosyncrasies
for the European to understand. The sublimation of instincts in
America reaches its limits in married life when the wife becomes in familiar
appellation “mother.” This American complex has no equivalent in the
Old World.
[9] The author of this book had a first-hand impression of the power of
the American woman as a censor when, in a certain city of the West, an
Association of Christian Mothers interfered to stop the production of Charles
Vildrac’s “Paquebot Tenacity.” Vildrac’s play, for the un-Puritan critic,
is a most moral play. It dramatizes the problem of free will. It stages the
conflict between a strong and a weak man, both of them in the hands of Fate.
The American “mothers” did not see these moral issues. They were only
concerned with a dialogue between one of the characters and a maid around
a bottle of champagne. The suppression in New York City more recently
of “The Captive,” a Freudian play of the first order, marked another
triumph for the “motherly complex.” Eugene O’Neill’s Ibsenian drama
“Desire under the Elms” was interdicted in Los Angeles lately by the same
“complex.” Meanwhile nude exhibitions which could hardly be tolerated
even in Montmartre are allowed to proceed along every “gay White Way”
throughout the United States.
[10] Is not this a reason, among others, why the American business man
stays “at his desk” until a late age, when the average European has gone
into retirement a long time before? Work for the latter is only a makeshift
in order to enjoy life better. For the American it is life itself.
[11] J. Laumonnier, “Le Freudisme,” p. 8. Cf. Ibid., p. 113, an essay on
comparative psychology of peoples—based on Freudism. The Anglo-Saxons
are apparently distinguished by a particular aptitude for inhibition
and repression.
[12] Since this was written there has been an important revival of Hawthorne
criticism like the chapter in Mrs. L. L. Hazard’s “The Frontier in
American Literature,” and the book of Lloyd Morris, “The Rebellious
Puritan: Portrait of Mr. Hawthorne”; “Nathaniel Hawthorne, A Study in
Solitude” by Herbert Gorman. These critical studies support very well
the interpretation of Hawthorne presented in this volume.
[13] I take the liberty to coin this adjective in memory of Eusebia Palladino,
the famous medium.
[14] Edmund Wilson in the New Republic, March 16, 1927. Sarcastic Mr.
Wilson sums up the spiritual failure and the sentimental starvation of the
typical American virgin in Henry James’ novels as follows: “She goes on
eating marrons glacés in a hotel parlor with her father and sister, all her
life,” a life fortunately short enough to bring to a quick close this original
form of Dantesque torture.
[15] And yet Puritanism did not prevent Henry James from writing the
most sensible and most appreciative essay on Émile Zola in his “Notes
on Novelists.”
[16] “The Old Maid,” “New Year’s Day,” “The Spark,” “False Dawn.”
[17] “The Old Maid” and “New Year’s Day” by the same author go very
deep, too, in the analysis of subconscious emotions and their influence on
moral and social behavior.
[24] This account of Dreiser’s Darwinian philosophy is being written just
at the moment when the great French statesman, Georges Clemenceau, in
the eighty-sixth year of his career, prints his “Au soir de la pensée.” That
this great man, who knew men and life as very few did, can adhere to a
philosophical creed literally in accord with that of Theodore Dreiser as
presented in these pages, may well lead the reader to believe that, after
all, there must be some truth in Darwinism as a hypothesis to explain the
essential features of our modern social system.
[25] A more awkward and clumsy way to express one’s self in writing than
this passage cannot be easily imagined, and there are, unfortunately, too
many passages like this one in Dreiser’s books. This pseudo-scientific
jargon could be endured in Haeckel but it is difficult to be, at the same time,
a bio-chemist and an artist. This groping through mysticism, science or
triviality, toward literary expression seems to be the curse of the new
American writers.
[27] Did not the Catholic Church have something similar to say on the
subject, with its dogma of the Communion of Saints and the atonement for
the wicked by the good?
[28] The lesson of the Dutch masters has been learned very early by American
realists. Thirty years ago, in his preface to “A Hoosier Schoolmaster,”
Edward Eggleston attributed his vocation as a novelist to the reading of
Taine’s book on Dutch painters.
[29] This theory of conscience can prepare the reader for Dreiser’s views on
crime and the criminal in “An American Tragedy.” It took bio-chemistry
a long time to become a substitute for the Puritan doctrine of responsibility
in the American novel. The first step in this direction after that of Hawthorne
was taken by Oliver Wendell Holmes in the sixteenth chapter of
“Elsie Venner.” There, good Dr. Holmes mobilized a college professor to
demonstrate “the limitations of human responsibilities” from a scientific
standpoint and present the criminal as a sick person not to be hanged or
electrocuted, but preached to and cured, if possible, if not pensioned.
[30] The French philosopher and historian, M. Eugene Seillères, renewed
entirely the study of romanticism in Europe by viewing it as what he calls
l’impérialisme mystique, the imperialistic tendency toward individual
supremacy. If we applied his definition to America, this country would
stand as essentially unromantic, i.e., as the one which gives the individual
the least chance for self-expansion beyond certain set limits. Hence the
triumph of realism and middle-class standards in American literature. In
the last fifteen or twenty years, on the other hand, the “revolt against the
village” may well be interpreted as the sign of a new romantic upheaval
among us, if we accept Mr. Seillères’ definitions.
[33] Margaret Fuller in her “Memoirs” has told similar experiences, as
when she thought herself to be a whirling dervish and fell inanimate on the
floor after performing like one of them.
[34] Let me refer the reader for instance to Jim Blausser’s speech to his
countrymen assembled to try to “boost” Gopher Prairie, and Doctor
Pickerbaugh’s orations in “Arrowsmith.”
[35] Let the reader turn to “Tar” in particular for a vivid impression of
Anderson’s primitivism. Beauty and the Beast fight there at close hand.
One marvels how a would-be artist could save his soul from disgrace out
of such a muddy and zoölogical chaos.
[36] The “dance before the mirror,” as the French playwright François de
Curel called it.
[37] In fact very little respect of any sort. For the desecration in particular
of the myth of birth, I refer the reader to the orgiastic chapters in “Tar,”
contrasting the birth of the little pigs with that of a human being. The
scene is almost epic in its coarse nakedness.
[40] A lesson which Anderson, as some of his critics tell, probably learned
from Gertrude Stein, a virtuoso of the suggestive language to an extreme
which the disciple has not yet followed, fortunately for us. Miss Stein’s
story of an American family is a quarry where many curious gravels can
be found, but no statues.
[41] Stephane Mallarmé, a pioneer of modern æsthetics, was himself a victim
of a similar spell. At the end of his career he replaced inspiration by throwing
haphazard words in black on white. He originated a new process of
composition in which words produced their effect by sheer magic, like those
Japanese paper-balls which blossom out into a display of flowers when
placed in a glass of water.
[42] Is not this proletarian appeal the main sign of difference between the
old and the new order of things in American literature? Passing from
William Dean Howells to Sherwood Anderson is like descending the social
ladder several rungs. No more well-to-do bourgeois, Laphams or Kentons.
Now Middle Western literature takes us down to the ground floor and sometimes
to the basement of democracy.
[44] This celebrated moving picture from the German studios has lately
put psychoanalysis on the screen and made it intelligible to the masses.
“Winesburg, Ohio” is not the only book of its kind which gives a literary
rendering to Freudism. It is contemporary of and well in keeping with
Pirandello’s plays, Eugene O’Neill’s drama and the newest French plays
by Lenormand, Sarment, Cromelynck, and others.
[45]L’énergie américaine, l’énergie anglo-saxonne, such was for the last half
a century the slogan of almost all the French travelers to the United States.
Did not a French consul write, a few years before the War, a book called
“La supériorité des Anglo-Saxons,” based on the same views? These critics
knew only the surface of city life in America. They ignored Winesburg
and, of course, had not read Sherwood Anderson. Decadence or, as Max
Nordau called it in a sensational book “Degeneracy,” has become a current
topic in the books of the younger American writers. Most of them could
be inscribed with George Cabot Lodge’s saying that: “We are a dying race,
as every race must be of which the men are, as men and not accumulators,
third rate.” Such a statement certainly calls for a serious qualification
but it may prove useful as a “damper” against the professional panegyrists
abroad and the megalomaniacs at home.
[46] The part played by drunkenness in recent American fiction is appalling.
In the good old days drinking used to be poetic and it was still Horatian
in the way the late Barrett Wendell presented it in a famous essay. Since
prohibition, it has become a narcotic and a dope. The triumph of drunkenness
as a deus ex machina in modern American literature will be found in
Eugene O’Neill’s plays, although the fact that we pass our time on his stage
mostly among sailors, may be taken as an extenuating circumstance.
[47] Eugene O’Neill, in “Emperor Jones,” succeeded in the tour de force of
staging a continuous monologue, but he was clever enough to use a tom-tom
for a diversion from beginning to end. We miss this diversion in “Many
Marriages.”
[49] From Rousseau to jazz seems a very long way, and yet does not the
modern American, so fond of dancing to the tune of a Paul Whiteman
orchestra, in some gorgeous palace, unconsciously pay homage to the primitive
instincts so dear to the author of “Dark Laughter”? What a piquant
contrast, not only in shade but in ideals, that both the black man and the
Puritan should live within the same frontiers and that the latter should
borrow from the former one of his favorite forms of self-expression.
[50] Hamlin Garland, in his “Crumbling Idols” (1894) frankly put the case
of realism versus sentimentalism before the public. He quoted Mistral and
the French Felibres, as well as Taine and the critic Veron in support of his
plea for what he called provincialism. Realism triumphed in American
fiction until Mrs. Wharton published her article on “The Great American
Novel” in the Yale Review for July, 1927. She protested against what she
called the “twelve-mile limit” and the narrow horizons of “the village
pump.” That the “revolt against the village” will lead to an entire change
of orientation in present-day American fiction and possibly to a new flight
“beyond the horizon” in the next few years may soon become an easy and
necessary prophecy.
[51] Let me refer the reader on this point to “The Outlook for American
Prose” by Joseph Warren Beach (The University of Chicago Press).
[52] And needless to say, in an entirely different spirit from the “Connecticut
Yankee” by Mark Twain, who showed himself a gross Philistine in regard
to medieval lore.
[53] Author of “La Vie secrète,” “Les Choses Voient,” etc.
[54] We owe that expression to Mrs. Gertrude Atherton, a much talented
novelist and a specialist of women’s psychology in the United States.
[55] In her latest short novel, “My Mortal Enemy,” Miss Cather has brought
the tragedy of moral repression to its most crucial point. She tells the
story of a woman who was looked upon as a rather peevish and vain person
by those who knew her and who, at the end, frees her truest self in a pathetic
prayer before going to die alone on a cliff above the sea.
[56] This “later realism” has been studied through modern English fiction
by Professor W. L. Myers in his book “The Later Realism” (Chicago University
Press), a masterpiece of searching criticism.
[57] In his novel called “What Happens” John Herrman gives us a pitiless
and depressing document about the habits of college students of both sexes.
If this be a faithful painting, American youth would then seem to have but
two ideals—Vice and Alcohol. I leave the full responsibility of this verdict
to the author. A similar, but more optimistic and moralizing representation,
will be found in Mr. Percy Marks’ novel, “The Plastic Age,” The Century
Company, New York.
[59] See in Chapter II my exposé of “behaviorism.”
[60] Mr. Ernest Boyd in his “Portraits Real and Imaginary.”
[61] To which we should add his amusing “Kora in Hell.”
[62] The advent of “flamboyant” will be found in the books of Messrs.
Carl van Vechten, Scott Fitzgerald and Ernest Hemingway who take their
revenge on dullness with firecrackers, bull fights and champagne. Out of the
gloom of realistic fiction the sun rises beyond the horizon of the “village
pump” through the pages of “Firecrackers,” “The Great Gatsby,” and
Hemingway’s “The Sun Also Rises.” The return to art for art’s sake may
free the American novel from the shackles of pessimism. Let us hope so.